‘Hovora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS ( VOLUME 44 1942 The New England Botanical Club, Jne. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. JAN 13-1949 Dodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Cenducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 44. January, 1942. No. 517. CONTENTS: New Species and new Variety of Solidago from Kentucky. E. DU BOUM. sh so oa I a e error Bad Great Basin Plants V—Aquatics. Bassett Maguire and G. Horton Jensen. ............. eese 4 Polygala vulgaris new to the North American Flora. G. A. Hardy. 9 Cytological Basis for Specific Segregation in the Sedum Nevii Complex. J. T. Baldwins Jc ono eho ceca tc cos Rd 10 Dissemination by Ants of Seeds of Bloodroot, Sanguinaria cana- densis. Burton No Gates, A E als a sae. oes oi cee 13 Euphorbia glyptosperma in Massachusetts. R. E. Torrey. ..... 15 Pinellia ternata in Brooklyn, New York. Mary-Elizabeth Pierce. 16 Two Plants newly adventive in North America. E.J. Alexander. 18 Carex typhina in Maine. Ralph C. Bean. .............. eese 20 Purple-flowered Form of Cornus canadensis. H. Hara. ........ 20 The New England Botanical Club, Jne. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—a monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 20 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate at higher prices (see 3rd cover-page). Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application; volumes 35-43 can be supplied at $4.00 per volume, net, and some single numbers from them only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in- directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants this is the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. A limited number of complete sets of the past Issues can now be supplied at a greatly reduced price. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Rhodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 44. January, 1942. No. 517. A NEW SPECIES AND A NEW VARIETY OF SOLIDAGO FROM KENTUCKY E. Lucy BRAUN IN the spring of 1940, in one of the many sandstone ‘‘rock- houses" of the Red River country of Menifee County, Kentucky, in the Cumberland National Forest, the writer found plants of what appeared to be an undescribed species of goldenrod. Even at this season (early May) when the vegetative stems were about 6-10 inches tall, the distinetness of the species was evident. Dry stems of the previous autumn still retained their shriveled leaves, which when moistened could be pressed into shape, and ripe fruits still stood loosely in the dry involucres, for in the protection of a rockhouse no storms could reach the plants to batter down the delicate stems. A revisit to the area in September was planned, but other things prevented. Then, on September 16, 1941, sixteen months after the first collection, we again ascended the “hollow,” steep and rocky toward the upper end where footing was in places precarious and hand-holds lacking or uncomfortable because of the plentiful Hercules’ Club (Aralia spinosa). In the dry sand under the sheltering roof of the rockhouse, a mass of Solidago in full bloom rewarded our efforts. The next day, more plants were found on the other side of the Red River, in Powell County. The plant evidently belongs to the Flexicaules group of Solidago. Its decumbent habit, white-pilose stems and lower leaf surfaces, very delicate leaf-texture (leaves so thin that coarse print is readable through the leaves) and exceedingly soft feel 2 Rhodora [JANUARY are features which at once are apparent. Comparison with other species of the group emphasizes the specific distinctness of the plant of this unusual habitat. SoLrpAGO albopilosa, sp. nov., caulibus gracilibus, debilibus 2-5.5 dm. altis striatis dense albopilosis; foliis caulinis inferioribus medianisque late ovatis vel late ovalibus 3-6 em. longis 3-5 cm. latis, acutis, in basem truncatum abrupte contractis, serratis tenuissimis, supra pubescentibus infra pilosis, pilis albis ad venas principales 2 mm. longis; inflorescentiae foliis similibus minoribus serratis; petiolis laminae longitudinis secundam vel tertiam partem aequantibus; involucris 4 mm. altis; bracteis obtusis, 1-3-costatis; radiis 4 vel 5; achaeniis pubescentibus. Plants stoloniferous, without basal rosettes; short vegetative stems, however, are numerous. Stems slender, weak, often decumbent and sprawling, or even pendent, 2 to 514 dm. long, slightly zigzag, striate, densely white-pilose. Lower and median stem-leaves broadly ovate or broadly oval, blades 3-6 (—7) cm. long, 3-5 (-6) em. wide, acute at apex, abruptly contracted at base, base varying from slightly cordate to truncate with scarcely winged petiole to rounded with a narrow cuneate extension along petiole, serrate; leaves of the inflorescence similar but smaller, and narrower, serrate. Petioles of the cordate and truncate leaves 14 to 14 the length of blades, those of the oval leaves generally shorter. Leaves very thin and delicate, and exceedingly soft, pubescent above, pilose beneath with white hairs, those on the principal veins 2 mm. long. Inflorescence axillary and terminal, but thyrse, if present, very poorly developed, clusters few-flowered, the lowest occasionally 2-3 cm. long, racemosely branched and leafy-bracted; axis of inflorescence and pedicels densely white pilose. Flowers fragrant. Involucre 4 mm. high, bracts obtuse, pubescent toward tip, 1- to 3- (or occasionally 5-) ribbed, only the central rib distinct. Rays 4 or 5, rarely 3. Achenes 1.8-2.2 mm. long, pubescent, pappus capillary, 3 mm. long.—KrNTUcKY: in dry or moist sandstone rockhouses of the basal Pottsville formation, head of ravine tributary to Red River between Glady Creek and Wolfpen Creek, Menifee County, May 4, 1940, Braun, Ky. no. 2915; same locality, Sept. 16, 1941, Braun, Ky. no. 4278 (TYPE in Gray Herbarium and isotypes deposited in a number of herbaria); rockhouses on Gray's Branch (also tributary to Red River), Powell County, Sept. 17, 1941, Braun, Ky. no. 4295; same locality, Oct. 12, 1941, Braun, Ky. no. 4333. Solidago albopilosa was found growing in company with Heuchera parviflora var. Rugelii and Silene rotundifolia. Vegeta- tive stems of the Solidago resemble the Silene. The goldenrod is 1942] Braun,—New Species of Solidago from Kentucky 3 strictly limited to sites beneath projecting cliffs and the roofs of the rockhouses. Even though so abundant that it carpets the ground in the rockhouses, it stops abruptly at a line coinciding with the cliff margin far above. In one rockhouse on Gray's Branch, it extends under the overhanging cliff into almost dark crevices, there growing with filmy fern, T'richomanes Boschianum. The habitat is similar to, but drier than that in which Eupa- torium deltoides* was found. As yet the two species have not been found in the same rockhouse. The nearest station for the Eupatorium is about 5 miles from those of the Solidago. Just beyond the outer line of growth, in both stations, one plant was found which had taller, less weak although slender stems, larger and proportionately narrower leaves less abruptly contracted at the base, less pilose stems and leaves, and 3 to 4- rayed heads. One (no. 4279, Menifee Co.) has a fairly well ` developed terminal thyrse as well as axillary clusters, suggesting the inflorescence of S. latifolia; in the other, the inflorescence is almost entirely of axillary clusters. In leaf-shape, but not in stature, in pubescence nor inflorescence, these plants of marginal situation slightly resemble the form of S. latifolia which is com- mon in mesophytie woods of the Red River. (Solidago latifolia in this area has the leaves broadest near the middle, and tapering gradually, not abruptly, to a very short petiole.) The strongest resemblance is, however, with Solidago albopilosa. The fragrance of the flowers of S. albopilosa attracts many bumble bees. As Solidago is insect-pollinated occasional transfer of pollen from one to another species in this closely related series might result in hybridization. The two intermediate plants may be hybrids. SOLIDAGO RIGIDA L., var. glabrata, var. nov., a forma typica differt caulibus foliisque glabris. Differs from the typical form of the species in its glabrous stem and leaves.— KENTUCKY: in dry soil with prairie plants, near Cave City, Barren County, Sept. 11, 1940, Braun, Ky. no. 3629. Type in Gray Herbarium, isotype in writer's herbarium. In appearance and stature this plant is like typical S. rigida. Its glabrous stems, and smooth, glabrous, álmost shiny leaves will readily distinguish it from the species. Occasional scattered hairs on some of the leaves are longer, more slender and less stiff than those of the typical form, and without the coarse * RHODORA 42: 50-51. 1940. 4 Rhodora [JANUARY elevated base. The leaf-margin is hispid-ciliate, although less prominently so than in the species. Short hispid hairs, widely spaced, are arranged in lines along the branches of the inflores- cence; pedicels pubescent. THE UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI, Cincinnati, Ohio. GREAT BASIN PLANTS V.—AQUATICS BASSETT MAGUIRE AND G. HonTIN JENSEN Tue following records are presented in continuation of dis- cussion of rare or interesting plants of the Great Basin. Grateful acknowledgment is made to the Utah Wildlife Research Unit of the Federal Fish and Wildlife Service for certain specimens made available to this paper. POTAMOGETON AMERICANUS C. & S., in 12 in. of water, Stewart Lake, Uinta Co., Utah, July 10, 1938, G. H. Jensen & L. Dargan, no. 153. Until this present collection came to light, no Utah material had been seen by the writers, although the species had been included by Tidestrom in the Flora of Utah & Nevada. Failure to find this plant after a number of years search had almost con- vinced us that it was not likely to have been found in the state, and that its inclusion in the Utah range might have been due to misinterpretation of the amphibious form of P. gramineus L. This latter species abounds in the state, and, in the absence of well-formed submerged leaves, strongly simulates P. americanus. *POTAMOGETON CRISPUS L., Ogden Bay Refuge, Weber Co., Utah, Aug. 2, 1937, C. S. Williams, no. 1241. This introduced European species, known commonly from Minnesota eastward and sparingly from the Pacifie Coast region, is now apparently collected only from the above station in the entire Rocky Mountain and Great Basin areas. *POTAMOGETON FILIFORMIS Pers. (P. interior Rydb.), along dike, East Lake, Locomotive Springs, Box Elder Co., Utah, Sept. 15, 1936, D. Hobson & Geo. Piranian, no. 14850; Lyman Lake, Black’s Fork River, Wasatch National Forest, Summit Co., Utah, July 27, 1939, D. Hobson, no. 51. * The asterisk designates plants which are thought previously to have been unre- ported from our region. 1942] Maguire and Jensen,—Great Basin Plants V—Aquaties 5 The typical form seems to be considerably less common in Utah than the var. borealis (Raf.) St. John, and less frequent than the following. POTAMOGETON FILIFORMIS Pers. var. *MacouNn Morong, shallow water, Unit 2, Bear River Refuge, Box Elder Co., Utah, Sept. 12, 1932, Maguire, no. 3183; eddies of Salmon River, 10 mi. N. Challis, Custer Co., Idaho, July 15, 1934, Maguire & Maguire, no. 5434; Strawberry River, Wasatch National Forest, Wasatch Co., Utah, Sept. 8, 1939, D. Hobson, no. 39; side stream, West Fork, Smith's Fork, vic. Hewinta, Wasatch National Forest, Summit Co., Utah, July 10, 1939, D. Hobson, no. 31: abundant, shallow stream, 1 mi. W. Moroni, Sanpete Co., Utah, June 13, 1940, Maguire, no. 18651; frequent, shallow, rapidly flowing water, Fremont River, 1 mi. E. Fruita, Wayne Co., Utah, July 1, 1940, Maguire, no. 19273. All of the above collections seem to come well within the var. Macounii as delimited by St. John (1916), except Maguire, no. 18651 from Sanpete Co., Utah. The specimens of this collection strongly suggest a condition intermediate to P. vaginatus in the development of excessively large primary leaf sheaths. The following three collections are intermediate between typical P. filiformis and the var. Macounii: warm springs along San Carlos River, San Carlos Indian Reservation, Gila Co., Ariz., March 30, 1935, Maguire, no. 10335; Posey Lake, Garfield Co., Utah, Sept. 3, 1936, Geo. Piranian; in 5 ft. of water, Tony Grove Lake, 8000 ft., Bear River Range, Cache Co., Utah, Aug. 5, 1938, Maguire, no. 16085. POTAMOGETON FOLIOSUS Raf., var. *aENUINUS Fern., beaver pond, 1 mi. N. Warner Ranger Station, 9000 ft., La Sal Mts., Grand Co., Utah, Aug. 3, 1933, Maguire et al, no. 4368; common, Posey Lake, 9500 ft., Aquarius Plateau, Powell National Forest, June 27, 1940, Maguire, no. 19161; Strawberry River, Wasatch Co., Utah, Sept. 10, 1939, D. Hobson, no. 33; slow stream in meadow, 3 mi. n. e. Logan, Cache Co., Utah, May 21, 1939, Maguire, no. 16685. Apparently only the var. macellus (Fernald, 1932) has pre- viously been known in Utah. *POTAMOGETON FRIESII Rupr., Bear Lake, W. Fk., Bear River, Summit Co., Utah, Sept. 4, 1939, Dean Hobson, no. 37; Lyman Lake, Black's Fk. Creek, Summit Co., Utah, July 27, 1939, Dean Hobson, no. 52. Collections made in Glacier National Park, Montana (Ma- guire, 1934) revealed the presence of this species in the western states, extending the then known range south and westward from 6 Rhodora [JANUARY British Columbia, Alberta, and North and South Dakota (Fer- nald, 1932). The above collections further extend the range by more than 700 miles. *POTAMOGETON GRAMINEUS L. var. GRAMINIFOLIUS Fries, common on mud and in pools in marsh which had been covered with water during spring and early summer, south end Fish Lake, Aug. 24, 1938, Sevier Co., Utah, Maguire, no. 16202. In addition to this cited number many collections have been made within the state, showing it to be common and generally distributed. This species, the P. heterophyllus of Am. authors, is recorded by this latter name by Tidestrom (1925) from Ruby Lake, Nevada. It is possible that much of material of Utah passing as P. americanus is P. gramineus, since the amphibious form of this species, becoming very coarse, considerably resem- bles the former. POTAMOGETON PRAELONGUS Wulfen, common in water 6-15 ft. deep, vic. Twin Creeks, Fish Lake, Sevier Co., Utah, 8900 ft., Aug. 25, 1938, Maguire, no. 16219; Posey Lake, Garfield Co., Utah, Sept. 3, 1936, Geo. Piranian, no. 556; abundant, Posey Lake, Aquarius Plateau, Powell National Forest, Garfield Co., Utah, June 27, 1940, Maguire, no. 19162; Stanley Lake, Challis National Forest, Custer Co., Idaho, A. S. Hazzard. Recorded by Tidestrom (1925) from Fish Lake, Utah, this species proved to be quite frequent, in water from 6-18 ft. deep of this lake. It is abundant in Posey Lake, the above record adding the second known station within the state. 'The Idaho collection of Dr. Hazzard offers a new record for the little known distribution of the species in this state. *PorAMOGETON BERCHTOLDI Fieb., P. pusillus L. var. mucrona- tus (Fieber) Graebn., spring 1 mi. west of Logan, Cache Co., Utah, 4500 ft., Maguire, no. 13883; Fish Lake, Sevier Co., Utah, 8900 ft., Maguire, nos. 16200, 16203, 16174, and 16222; Bear River Refuge, Box Elder Co., 7200 ft., Maguire, no. 3182; all of these collections from Utah. POTAMOGETON BERCHTOLDI Fieb. var. *rENUISSIMUS (Mert. & Koch) Fernald, P. pusillus L. var. tenuissimus Mert. & Koch. Bear River Refuge, June 18, 1936, Maguire et al, no. 14003; and two collections, Piranian & Hobson, nos. 13990, June 24, 1936, and 15997, June 23, 1936, all from the Bear River Refuge, Box Elder Co., Utah. The excellent distribution maps of Fernald reveal no localities for the cosmopolitan P. Berchtoldi (P. pusillus) in Utah or in any 1942] Maguire and Jensen,—Great Basin Plants V—Aquatics 7 of the contiguous states. Rydberg, (1906) cites three localities from Colorado. The typical form as indicated by the above collections is obviously not uncommon in the state. The var. tenuissimus is known thus far only from the brackish waters of the Bear River Refuge. *PorAMOGETON Rossinsit Oakes, Stanley Lake, Challis National Forest, Custer Co., Idaho, July 30, 1934, A. S. Hazzard. The above collection apparently extends considerably south- ward the known range of the species, rare in the Intermountain Region, and previously unknown from the Great Basin. *PoTAMOGETON TENUIFOLIUS Raf., abundant, in water 3-12 ft. deep, narrows near north end of Fish Lake, Maguire, no. 16208; common in water 6-12 ft. deep, vic. outlet Twin Creeks, Fish Lake, 8900 ft., Sevier Co., Utah, Maguire, no. 16220; Silver Lake, Brighton, Big Cottonwood Canyon, Salt Lake Co., Utah, Maguire, no. 13156. This species is possibly the P. alpinus or P. lucens of the Tidestrom (1925) flora. *PoTAMOGETON ZOSTERIFORMIS Fernald, gravelly bottom, shal- low water, east side of North Bay, Maguire, no. 16207; soft muck bottom, North Bay, Maguire, no. 16226; both collections from Fish Lake, Sevier Co., Utah, altitude 8600 ft. The distribution records and map of this species, given in much detail in the recent monograph of Fernald (1932), show this locality to occur in the center of a vast area in which the plant has hitherto been unknown. The nearest station in any direction from this newly discovered one is over 500 miles distant. *NAJAS FLEXILIS (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt, subsp. caespi- tosa Maguire, subsp. nov. Plantae dense caespitosae, 2—4 (5) em. altae; foliis integris; testis cum (40) 50-70 seriebus longitu- dinalibus areolarum circum semen. Plant densely fastigiately cespitose, 2-4 (5) em. high; leaf margins essentially entire, rarely provided with a few fine spines; seed coat finely reticulate with (40) 50-70 longitudinal rows of areolae; in other critical characters similar to typical Najas flexilis—Tyrr. Common, sand-gravel bottom, shallow water to 12 in., Pelican Point, Fish Lake, 8600 ft., Fish Lake National Forest, Sevier Co., Utah, Aug. 3, 1940, Bassett Maguire, no. 19888. Coryrr. Fish Lake, Sevier Co., Utah, Maguire, no. 19882; channel north end, Fish Lake, Sevier Co., Utah, Aug. 24, 1938, G. H. Jensen & L. Dargan, no. 201. 8 : Rhodora [JANUARY This interesting dwarfed population is known only from Fish Lake, Utah, but there occurs in abundance and with remarkable uniformity of size, habit and habitat. All of the plants vary between 2-4 cm., rarely 5 cm. in height, and grow in a narrow zone of sand-gravel bottom in water from 6-12 in. in depth. Prolonged search failed to reveal plants growing in deeper water or different habitat. Dr. R. T. Clausen (1940), competent student of Najas, who recently visited Fish Lake, and there studied the plant under field conditions, wrote, * Field observa- tion of the plants strengthens my opinion that the population in Fish Lake is part of the collective species, N. flexilis, but I now incline more than ever to regard it as worthy of subspecific status." *NAJAS GUADALUPENSIS (Spreng) Morong, locally common, shallow water with Sagittaria cuneata, Zannichellia, and Chara, pool, south end Oxbow Pond, 4% mi. s. Smithfield Sugar Re- finery, Cache Co., Utah, Oct. 10, 1940, Maguire, no. 20198. This species has apparently not previously been known from the entire Great Basin-Intermountain Region (Clausen, 1936). NAJAS MARINA L., warm (80?-84? F.), hard-water springs, to 3 ft., growing on sandy bottom, Fish Springs, Juab Co., Utah, G. H. Jensen & L. Dargan, no. 203. Recently additional material, but in condition too far disinte- grated to preserve as record, has been submitted from Locomo- tive Springs, Box Elder Co., Utah. Clausen (1936) gives the locality of the then known collection of N. marina as “Central Utah." Although the original collec- tion from Utah may thus have been from one of the two stations recorded above, there now exists two definite localities for the species. In all probability it is of more widespread occurrence in the warmer and somewhat saline spring waters of western Utah. *LILAEA SUBULATA H. B. K., in wet soil at edge of pond, vic. Shoshone Ranger Station, Minidoka National Forest, Twin Falls Co., Ida., R. K. Gierisch, no. 780. This remarkable collection is apparently the first recorded for interior Western America. Its range hitherto has been known only from the Pacifie Coast region, extending from British Columbia to South America. Muenscher (1938) has recently discussed the distribution of this aquatic. 1942] Hardy,—Polygala vulgaris 9 ANACHARIS CANADENSIS (Michx.) Planchon, shallow water in pond, 2 mi. N. Oxford, Bannock Co., Ida., Sept. 18, 1932, Ma- guire, no. 3194; common, in water 6-12 ft. deep, Fish Lake, 8600 ft., Sevier Co., Utah, Aug. 25, 1938, Maguire, no. 16221; abundant, shallow and deep water, State Reservoir, Logan Canyon, vie. Logan, Cache Co., Utah, Oct. 18, 1940, Maguire, nos. 20262, 20263; common in water 6-15 ft. deep, Strawberry Reservoir, Wasatch Co., Utah, July 8, 1938, G. H. Jensen & L. Dargan, no. 87. Tidestrom (1925) cites A. canadensis only from Panguitch Lake, Utah. All specimens cited herein are deposited in the Intermountain Herbarium, Utah State Agricultural College. REFERENCES CITED CLaAusEN, R. T. Correspondence of August 27, 1940. CLAUSEN, R. T. Studies in the Genus Najas in the Northern United States. RHODORA 38: 333. 1936. FERNALD, M. L. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares. Mem. Gray Herb. III, 1932. Reprint from Mem. Am. Acad. Arts & Sci. MAGUIRE, BassETT. Distribution Notes concerning Plants of Glacier National Park, Montana. RHODORA 36:305. 1934. MvENSCHER, W. C. Lilaea subulata in Washington. Torreya 38: 8. 1938. RYDBERG, P. A. Flora of Colorado. 1906. Sr. Jonn, H. Revision of North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Coleophylli. Ruopora 18:121. 1916. Tiwestrom, Ivar. Flora of Utah and Nevada. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 25. 1925. UTAH STATE AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE PoLYGALA VULGARIS NEW TO THE NORTH AMERICAN FLORA.— This odd little plant, Polygala vulgaris L., was found growing wild at Comox, Vancouver Island, British Columbia, in May, 1941, and referred through Mrs. L. Planta to the Provincial Museum, Victoria. My identification was confirmed at the Gray Herbarium, Harvard University, by Bernice G. Schubert. Professor M. L. Fernald, the Director, also informed me in a previous letter that its occurrence in the wild state in North America was at that time unknown. Mrs. Planta states that ‘it was growing on a grassy bank by a roadside forming part of a field that had been seeded down with imported seeds," most probably of European origin, where P. vulgaris occurs in abun- dance. 10 Rhodora [JANUARY The genus is well represented in North America in the more southerly and eastern parts, a few species extending into eastern Canada. As P. vulgaris is the type of the genus it is not without a certain prestige on that account. Its reaction to the new environment will be closely studied. Fortunately it brings with it no bad name as a weed.—G. A. Harpy, Provincial Museum, Victoria, British Columbia. CYTOLOGICAL BASIS FOR SPECIFIC SEGREGATION IN THE SEDUM NEVIT COMPLEX J. T. BALDWIN, JR.! Wiry reference to Sedum Nevit Gray, Wherry (1935)? wrote: “The best evidence at present available indicates the real range to be from central Georgia to Alabama, southernmost Illinois, easternmost West Virginia, and central Virginia.’’ Cytological study of plants of this complex from Alabama and from Virginia has revealed chromosomal differences of specific magnitude. In early April of 1937 Dr. A. V. Beatty sent the writer flower- ing, living specimens of a sedum—supposedly of S. Nevii—from Pratt's Ferry Bridge, Bibb County, Alabama. "They differed in appearance and in chromosomes from S. Nevii as the writer knew the species in Virginia. Some of Beatty's plants were transmitted to R. T. Clausen of the Bailey Hortorium, where they were accessioned as number C 108. Concerning this sedum, Dr. Clausen, in a letter of May 25, 1937, wrote: “It is a puzzling specimen, which seems most nearly related to Sedum Nevii, from which it differs, however, in flower size, shape of leaves, sterile shoots, and markedly in habit"; he gave the plant provisional nomenclatorial designation as a variety of S. Nevii. Accompanied by Dr. Roland M. Harper and Dr. Beatty, the writer, on July 17, 1940, visited the above station in Bibb County. ! Supported by Faculty Research Fund of the University of Michigan, Project No. herr, E. T. 1935. The ranges of our eastern parnassias and sedums, Bartonia No. 17: 17-20. 3 The writer bas collected tetraploid plants of S. pulchellum Michx. at Cobden, Union County, and at Sanburn, Johnson County, Illinois. Since juvenile stages of this species are often confused with the S. Nerii complex, Illinois records for the latter are most likely based on collections of the former. The S. Nevii complex apparently does not extend westward out of the Appalachian Mountains. 11 Segregation in the Sedum Nevii Complex Baldwin, 1942] 4 (^S ^ (A A ^ ed A Ni ' "i yt Photo. Dr. Ralph Bennett Fic. 1, Sepum Nevi: flowering plant from Alabama, ca. 0.5 12 Rhodora [JANUARY There the sedum grew in matted clumps on damp limestone ledges and on mossy tree-trunks to a distance of about two feet above ground. Growing there too were Acer leucoderme Small, Quercus Durandi Buckl., Croton alabamensis Smith, Asclepias verticillata L., Sedum ternatum Michx., Smilax sp., Euphorbia sp. and Vernonia sp. The following day we found the sedum in Tuscaloosa County, in the first ravine below lock 13 on the west bank of the Warrior River, about eight miles from Tuscaloosa. Associated with the plant, or nearby, were, among other species: +% Mitotic and meiotic metaphases of the Sepum Nevu complex. Fics. 2—4, Alabama plants: 2n = 12 in root-tip cell; n = 6 at first and second metaphase of mierosporogenesis. All ca. 1330X. Fics. 5-7, Virginia plants: 2n=28; n=14. All ca. 3330X. Neviusia alabamensis Gray, Illicium floridanum Ellis, Croomia pauciflora (Nutt.) Torr., and Polymnia laevigata Beadle. The sedum was transplanted from these two stations to the University of Michigan Botanical Gardens. Specimens at one station looked different from those at the other but after a few weeks in the greenhouse could not be told apart. They flowered during March and April of 1941 (ria. 1). The chromosomes were counted in aceto-carmine smears of root tips and of anthers: 2n = 12 (FIG. 2), n = 6 at first (FIG. 3) and at second (FIG. 4) metaphase. The Virginia representatives of this complex are what is usually called S. Nerii. Whether the name is properly applied 1942] Gates,— Dissemination by Ants of Seeds of Bloodroot 13 to them or whether it should be reserved for the species as found in Alabama is a matter for the taxonomist to decide.! Plants from three stations in Virginia have been investigated: Boyce, Clarke County; Roanoke, Roanoke County, and Mountain Lake, Giles County. Chromosomes of these plants were ex- amined in smears of roots and anthers: 2n = 28 (Fia. 3), n = 14 at first (FIG. 6) and second (FIG. 7) metaphase. Plants growing on different boulders at Mountain Lake varied somewhat in aspect but became alike under greenhouse culture; no differences in chromosomes were established. If the Alabama and Virginia plants were euploid in relation to each other, 2. e., 12-24 or 14-28 in 2n-numbers, and the chromo- some set in each was morphologically comparable, the writer would not take the initiative, in spite of obvious phenotypic dis- similarities, of saying that two species are present.in the Sedum Nevii complex. But the 2n-number relationship is 12-28, and the chromosomes of the two sets are likewise unlike in size-range and in morphology. Two species are represented: many unpub- lished cytological data on Sedum support this conclusion. To discover in this complex plants with a 2n-number of 24 would not be surprising: their existence is here postulated; if found, it is expected that they will be referable to the species of which the Alabama plants are members. Department of Botany, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, Ann Arbor, Michigan THE DISSEMINATION BY ANTS OF THE SEEDS OF BLOODROOT, SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS Burton N. GATES In Ruopora’, reference was made to the observations of Dr. E. B. Southwick?, who had seen ants carrying the seeds of 1 Sedum Nevii Gray was briefly described by Asa Gray in Mem. Am. Acad. n. s. vi. 373 (1858), from a specimen sent by Rev. R. D. Nevius from along cliffs near Tusca- Joosa, Alabama. In 1860 Chapman, Fl. So. U. S. 150, acknowledging in his prerace the coóperation of Gray, gave a fuller description of S. Nevii from the Tuscaloosa material of Nevius; and in Gray. Man, ed. 5: 172 (1867) Gray included tbe plant of Salt Pond Mountain, Virginia under S. Nevii. True S. Nerii is, therefore, the Ala- bama plant.—E»ps. 2 Burton N. Gares, Dissemination by Ants of the Seeds of Trillium grandiflorum. Ruopora, Vol. 42, No. 479, 1940, p. 196. 3 As told by Dr. William Morton Wheeler. Ants, 1910, p. 315. 14 Rhodora [JANUARY Bloodroot, Sanguinaria canadensis L., and feeding on their caruncles. Since this behavior is closely related to the reaction of ants toward seeds of Trillium grandiflorum, as reported by the author*, parallel observations have been made with the Bloodroot seeds. These seeds have a pronounced caruncle, suggestive of a cock’s comb, mounted as a crest on the seed. Differing from the carun- cle of the Trillium seed, which is spongy and somewhat viscous, that on the Bloodroot seed is dry to the touch, elongated like a sausage, but with slight constrictions giving the caruncle a crinkled, wavy appearance. ‘Transparent, filled with a firm gelatinous material which has no apparent taste to humans, it is approximately one-third the volume of the seed. The contain- ing membrane is highly lustrous, resembles cellophane marked with milky-white, translucent blotches. Unlike Trillium seeds, which ants gnaw out of the capsule when it falls to the ground, Bloodroot seeds, being dry, rattle from their long tapering pod upon dehiscence. Seeds were found to be ripe and falling, June 12, 1941 (Worces- ter, Mass.). When first observed, ants were roving beneath the plants, where a dozen or more of the bright, polished, red-orange seeds had fallen. Their color is almost identical with that of the juice exuded by the stems. However, it was impossible to detect that the ants were paying any attention to the fallen seeds. It was probable that some seeds had already been carried. off by the ants, inasmuch as there remained too few seeds in relation to the opened seed-pods. Freshly gathered Bloodroot seeds were then offered indis- criminately to ants found about the grounds, including some near the Bloodroot plants. In nearly all instances the ants were interested at least in biting the caruncle. Ants too small to carry a seed, mounted it and gnawed at the caruncle. A few ants were dropped into a small dish of collected seeds; they frantically tried to carry them off. Fresh seeds were then offered at random to a series of ants, in order that those making positive reaction might be collected for identification. At one station, although a number of ants were 3 Ibid and also in the sequel, Observations in 1940 on the Dissemination by Ants of the Seeds of Trillium grandiflorum. Ruopora, Vol. 43, No. 509, 1941, p. 206. 1942] Torrey,—Euphorbia glyptosperma in Massachusetts 15 offered a seed, some merely crawled over it and hesitated; nearly all turned toward it and showed some interest in it. None of these ants, however, picked up the seed, although they were large enough to have done so. There was indication that the ants reacted less quickly and precipitously to the Bloodroot seeds, in some instances, than they did to the Trillium seeds in the 1939 and 1940 experiments. Twelve ants, however, made prompt, positive reactions, usually dragging away the seed; these ants were collected and identified’. The twelve specimens comprised three species: the largest, Formica neogagates, the middle sized, Myrmica emeryana, the smallest, Lasius americanus. Lasius americanus is the only species which was also a positive reactor to the Trillium grandi- florum seeds? in 1940. The Bloodroot plant, like the Trillium, has no mechanical means of disseminating its seeds. Dissemination is apparently effectively accomplished by ants which respond to the lure of the caruncle. Strasburger? accounts for the attractiveness of this lure to ants by the presence of an abundance of oils, explaining “the distribution of certain seeds by ants... , attracted to re- move and accumulate the seeds, by the abundance of oil in the elaiosome-containing tissue of the appendages, such as the caruncle." MASSACHUSETTS DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, State House, Boston, Mass. EUPHORBIA GLYPTOSPERMA IN MASSACHUSETTS.—In the rou- tine work of identifying plants received by a department of Botany, one occasionally chances upon a specimen of more than ordinary interest. Such was a lawn weed sent in recently by Mr. T. A. Bachand of Huntington, Massachusetts, and which we identified as Euphorbia glyptosperma Engelm. Through the kindness of the Gray Herbarium the specimen was submitted to Dr. L. C. Wheeler who recently contributed to RHODORA a re- vision of the Chamaesyce section of Euphorbia. Dr. Wheeler 1 All identifications were made by Mr. Lawrence G. Wesson, Jr., Boston, Mass., whose kindness is much appreciated. 2 Ibid., RHODORA, 1941. 3 Strasburger's Text-book of Botany. Fifth edition, by Dr. Fitting and others. 1921. p. 586-7. 16 Rhodora [JANUARY writes us: “So far as I have any record this is the first collection of the species in Massachusetts, but in view of its general wide range and its occurrence in adjacent states, its presence in Massachusetts is not surprising. " Mr. Bachand responded graciously to a request for additional material by sending us some thirty plants, of which about one- third were the common Euphorbia maculata L. So the two species were apparently growing in close association. Sheets have been deposited in the Gray and the New England Botanical Club Herbaria, also at the National Herbarium in Washington and at the Massachusetts State College.—R. E. Torrey, Massachusetts State College, Amherst. PINELLIA TERNATA IN BROOKLYN, NEW YORK ManY-ELizABETH PIERCE To the lengthening list of exotic plants which seem able to maintain themselves adventitiously in eastern United States should be added Pinellia ternata (Thunb.) Breitenbach, a mem- ber of the Araceae widely distributed in China and Japan. The ternately dissected leaves, about eight inches high, and the slender, typically aroid flower-stalk, ten to twelve inches long, arise from a brittle, subterranean rhizome. Bulblets are pro- duced on the leaf-stalk, both below the ground line and at the joining of the leaflets. These bulblets sometimes sprout into young plants before they fall from the parent stem. The colony at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden was discovered in August of 1941 on a grassy bank near a brook. It covers several square feet and seems to be well established. In fact, we suspect that this is not its first year with us and wonder how long it has escaped notice. With its bulblets and root-stocks it seems able to make itself thoroughly at home. The plants were in flower about the tenth of August. Just how the plant was introduced is quite a mystery, since no new planting has been made in that area for at least five years. In the National Herbarium there is a specimen labeled Pinellia tripartita collected in Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, in May of 1935, "accidentally introduced." This specimen closely resembles our plant and from the pub- lished descriptions there seems to be very little difference be- 1942] Pierce, —Pinellia ternata in Brooklyn, New York 17 M. Purdy del. ; PINELLIA TERNATA, about l4 18 Rhodora [JANUARY tween the species. There is a possibility that Pznellia ternata might be of some use as a ground-cover, but the writer would hesitate to plant it in competition with any horticultural treasure. Since the species does not seem to have been adequately illus- trated, Miss Purdy has kindly made the accompanying drawing. BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN TWO PLANTS NEWLY ADVENTIVE IN NORTH AMERICA E. J. ALEXANDER Two interesting east Asiatic plants have made their appear- ance within the last few years in the local area around New York. Since neither has been cultivated in the United States, they are clearly adventives, and show evidence of persisting as newcomers to the flora of North America. In June of the present year, when the writer was giving a lecture on wild flowers to the Flushing Garden Club, one of the club members, Mrs. Ralph Stoddard, brought up a specimen of a creeping, vine-like plant with dandelion-like flowers which had appeared in her lawn and persisted there several years. No one had ever seen anything like it, nor could they identify the plant. Upon dissection of one of the flower-heads the plant was found to be a species of Lactuca. Checking through that genus it was found to be Lactuca stolonifera (Gray) Maxim., native in Shan- tung, the Corean Archipelago and Japan. The habit of the plant is totally unlike our familiar lactucas. It is a delicate creeper, rooting at the nodes and sending up 1-2-flowered peduncles 8-10 cm. tall, the heads about 2.5 cm. across in flower. The leaf-blades are 1-2.5 em. long, ovate, entire, pale green, glaucous beneath, on long, slender petioles, the entire plant glabrous. The only station so far recorded is in Flushing, N. Y. but the plant may appear elsewhere. A specimen has been deposited in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.! The second plant is equally interesting. In July, 1937, Mr. Robert W. Storer sent to the New York Botanical Garden a 1 Lactuca stolonifera was brought to the Gray Herbarium in June, 1939, by Mrs. Stillman P. Williams, as ‘a pest” in a garden at Media, Pennsylvania.—Eps. 1942] Alexander,—T wo Plants newly adventive in America 19 sketch of a strange aroid that was well established in a rhodo- dendron ànd azalea planting at the railroad station in South Orange, New Jersey. The sketch suggested Arisaema Dracon- tium, but the flowering season was too late and the plant too small, so a specimen was asked for, which Mr. Storer sent in August. The plant was then identified by Mr. Joseph Monachino as Pinellia ternata (Thunb.) Breitenb., native of China, Corea and Japan. A second specimen was received later, also from New Jersey, but no record of it was kept. Recently, the writer was shown a weed that had appeared in rhododendron plantings in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. No flowers had been seen on this plant, but it had a strange habit of forming bulbils at the apex of the petiole between the three leaflets and also out of the lower groove of the petiole. A careful comparison of the leaf- venation, and of the petiole and bulbil-structure indicated that this plant was also Pinellia ternata, and subsequent flowering confirmed it. This plant has been recorded as an escape in several botanic gardens in Germany, but its source of introduc- tion to this country is a mystery, although it may have come in the form of seed in imported peat-moss. It is possible that further records of it may be obtained by a search of rhododendron plantings in various localities. The flowering period so far recorded is from late June into August. Pinellia ternata resem- bles a miniature Jack-in-the-pulpit when not in flower, but the leaves are closely crisped-undulate on the margin. The flower- structure is very different. The spathe is slender, the base of the spadix adnate to it on the dorsal side, with pistillate flowers only on the free side, the spathe then constricted for a short distance, the spadix bearing staminate flowers on all sides above the con- strietion and terminating in a long-tapering, purple and green tail. The plant, however, may be recognized at any time by the several-scaled, red-streaked bulbils between the leaflets and on the petioles. New York BOTANICAL GARDEN 20 Rhodora [JANUARY CAREX TYPHINA IN Marne.—On August 26, 1940, the writer was exploring the shores of Wayne Pond or Androscoggin Lake which lies partly in Leeds, Androscoggin County, Maine, and partly in Wayne, Kennebec County. The particular object of the search was Nyssa sylvatica which had been reported in that region years before. Two small trees of this species were found. However, on the westerly shore of the lake a Carex was found which looked unusual. This proved to be Carex typhina Michx., which Prof. Fernald tells me has not previously been known east of the Connecticut Valley. On further search in the section known as the “Cape”, where the Dead River has made a long tongue of land running into the Lake for a mile, a second station for the Carex was found. Both stations are in Leeds, Andro- scoggin County, Maine.—RarPnu C. Bran, Wakefield, Massa- chusetts. A PURPLE-FLOWERED FORM OF CORNUS CANADENSIS.— Prof. Fernald recently reported the form with purple involucres from North America. The corresponding form in Asia was, however, published by Prof. Miyabe and Dr. Tatewaki from Saghalin in 1937 under the generic name, Chamaepericlymenum. So the following combination is necessary under Cornus. CORNUS CANADENSIS L., f. purpurascens (Miyabe et Tate- waki), comb. nov. Chamaepericlymenum canadense f. purpuras- cens Miyabe et Tatewaki in Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. 15: 43 (1937). Cornus canadensis f. rosea Fernald in Rnopona 43: 156 (1941).—H. Hana, Tokyo Imperial University. Volume 48, no. 416, including pages 633—686, plates 693-695, and the title-page of the volume, was issued 10 December, 1941. FEB 10 1942 Dodota JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 44. February, 1942. No. 518. CONTENTS: Some Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy. M. L. Fernald... 21 Status and Distribution of some Cyperaceae in North and South America. Hugh ON e: icy cide derriere ARR 43 Notes on some Fresh-water Algae from New England. A H Qaslalon.-.... Sa Scrat teas tr us bs wi a ge a epee 64 Grasses of Hot Springs National Park, Arkansas, and Vicinity. Frenos J. Boully. ........ vaste phe es Core te ov ces e ARREST 70 Carex Bayard. M. L. Ferala < ages os cscs see c eve v inane 71 Macloviana as a Specific Name. M. L. Fernald. .............. 71 The New England Botanical Club, Jne. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—a monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 20 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate at higher prices (sec 3rd cover-page). Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application; volumes 35-43 can be supplied at $4.00 per volume, net, and some single numbers from them only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in- directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants this is the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. A limited number of complete sets of the past Issues can now be supplied at a greatly reduced price. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 44. February, 1942. No. 518. SOME HISTORICAL ASPECTS OF PLANT TAXONOMY! M. L. FERNALD I have decided to speak to you today upon Some Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy, not because I am a historian but because of the imperative need of clearer understanding of our dependence on historical factors in proper interpretation of our floras and their component genera and species. The good old subject, natural history, in its very name seemed to imply some- thing of this sort; but, as the late William Morton Wheeler so often lamented, natural history is out of fashion. I whole- heartedly subscribe to his opinion, for it so happens that I hold the title, so long made famous by Asa Gray, of Fisher Professor of Natural History. When, in the first half of the last century, that professorship (originally the Massachusetts Professorship of Natural History, founded in 1805) was established, the field of its incumbent was defined as including the organization of a botanie garden, the teaching of botany and entomology (with botany mentioned first) and the collecting of “all specimens in mineralogy . . . and after arranging them he shall deposit them in the Cabinet of Mineralogy belonging to the Corporation of Harvard College." That was natural history indeed. Forthwith many of our colleges had professors of Natural History, who taught botany 1 Vice-Presidential address delivered before Section G, American Association for the Advancement of Science, and affiliated Societies, at Dallas, Texas, December 30, 1941. In the absence of Professor Fernald, read by Professor Samuel W. Geiser of Southern Methodist University, Dallas. Publication in Ruopora as additional pages made possible through a gift from Mr. Bayarp Lona. 22 Rhodora [FEBRUARY and zoólogy, with geology and mineralogy on the side. But the term and its full implication soon got lost; “biology” elbowed them out and more and more in too many of our institutions biology has become animal physiology and anatomy, with a partial recognition of plant anatomy and physiology and a smug indifference to taxonomy and the other interests which formerly constituted natural history. Section G of the American Associ- ation and its young daughter, the Botanicak Society of America, as well as its numerous smaller granddaughters, have honorable titles, distinguished histories and sufficiently extensive fields of endeavor. May they maintain their autonomy and never become mere stepchildren of “biology”. And what of the museums of Natural History? Many of them, still clinging to the old term natural history, have unblushingly divorced botany from their field of activity, natural history to them, like biology to many others, meaning merely the study of animals; and, absurdly enough, the term Natural History to some people, who have never seen over the boundary-fence which so often isolates the so-called humanities, seems to be thought of as a branch of human history. As a Professor of Natural History I regularly receive announce- ments and circulars from numerous historical organizations; and within three years I have been invited to prepare and present at an international conference, sponsored by our State Department in Washington, an original contribution in the field of political history. But to come to my main theme. Plant taxonomy or systematic botany is coming back. More and more those whose botanical training ignored or overlooked this fundamental field are asking: “What is this plant; how can I find out what it is?"; and are giving concrete evidence of leaning, at least, on systematic botany. With this recent awakening to the importance and the great human interest of knowing at least by name and by super- ficial characteristics the common plants about us, the student is bound to ask: “Why do plants have Greek, Latin or latinized names? Why aren’t the English names good enough?” He then will soon ask: *Why do you taxonomists often use different names for the same plant? Why, for instance, do Britton and Small call the bleeding-heart Bicuculla, while others call it Dicentra; why do the first two botanists call the tick-trefoils 1942] Fernald,—Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 23 Meibomia, others calling them Desmodium?’ And above all, "Why do so many taxonomists disguise what they mean in describing new species by using ‘dead’ Latin; isn't living English the official language in the United States?" These are healthy questions. The answers to them should be clear. One of the elementary interests of man has always been the classification in his own way and the naming of the natural ob- jects around him. The peoples of all races have such classifica- tions and names. It was natural, then, that among the earliest classical writers some should have turned their attention to plants and animals. It follows, therefore, that many of the names still current in botany date back to Pliny (23-79 A. D.), Dio- scorides (first century A. D.) or Theophrastus (370-285 B. C.). Their viewpoint was largely that which after the Middle Ages become known as the “doctrine of signatures". These old names of plants, consequently, often reflect a supposed resem- blance to some part of the human body, man, of course, being the animal most familiar to man. Several such names, unfortu- nately, cannot be literally translated in mixed society and my distinguished predecessor, Asa Gray, appending brief deriva- tions of generic names in his Manual, coined for such names the naive explanation ' meaning recondite”! What would more certainly lead the true inquirer to his classical dictionaries? Gray lived in the Victorian era. Nevertheless, in my student- days, listening to lectures on the fine arts by a professor who got his ideas chiefly from John Ruskin, I, as a devout young botanist, was forced to listen with tolerance to scathing remarks, by one who knew little about them, regarding the indecencies of plant- names, just as if nothing shocking is ever tolerated as art. Some years later, when a proposition was before the Harvard Faculty of Arts and Sciences to require all undergraduates to take at least one course in each of the major fields of learning (omitting botany and zoólogy), I urged the importance for everyone of some understanding of the principles of biology. My plea was promptly but unsuccessfully met by a professor of romance literature, he urging that biology is an immodest subject, as Ruskin had already shown. We are gathered as workers and students in this vast field of botany and at the risk of shocking the finer feelings of the ghosts 24 Rhodora [FEBRUARY of Ruskin, his former American disciple and the specialist on romance literatures, I propose to start with ancient names of plants having to do with generation of the human species and thence to refer briefly to the historic or traditional backgrounds of names which we all know. One of the most famous aphro- disiacs of all time has been the Mediterranean genus Mandragora, the mandrake. Its fame was so general that it found mention in the Old Testament. From the volumes of literature upon its supposed properties I quote a mild passage of the 16th century: “The roote is long, thick, divided . . . into two or three parts, resembling the legs of a man . . . There have been many ridicu- lous tales brought up of this plant, whether of olde wives or some runnagate surgeons or physickmongers, I know not (a title bad inough for them!) . . . They adde further, that it is never or verie seldome to be founde growing naturally but under a gallows, where the matter that hath fallen from the dead bodie hath given it the shape of a man; with many other such doltish dreames. They fable further and affirm, that he who woulde take up a plant thereof must tie a dogge thereunto to pull it up, which will give a great shrike at the digging up; otherwise if à man should do it, he should certainly die in short space after: besides many fables of loving matters, too full of scurrilitie to set forth in print, which I forbeare to speake of." The 16th century herbalist, however, was not content to stop there; he promptly added: “He that would know more hereof may read that chapter of doctor Turner his book concerning this matter. ” Many museums of zoólogy or of medical science and anatomy display to an intelligent or unintelligent public a model of an infant in the mother's womb, with head and feet near together. We are, therefore, inevitably reminded of that large genus of plants of tropical and temperate regions, the birthworts, Artisto- lochia. This generic name, from two words meaning best delivery, came down at least from Pliny. It is nearly 2000 years old (probably older since of Greek origin and presumably borrowed by Pliny) and it was given because the Mediterranean species has the large calyx bent back, with summit and base together. The plant was, consequently, supposed to have been indicated by the Creator as an aid in child-birth. Neither the name nor its origin is now considered shocking; to Ruskin they were beyond the 1942] Fernald,—Hlistorical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 25 pale. They are really most interesting, as opening our eyes to a eurious philosophy of the past, which was the basis of much medical practice. The modern drug-store has on its shelf mandrake pills, although it is toward 3000 years since the plant gained its initial reputation. Other familiar old generic names reflect the supposed genera- tive (I mean no pun) powers of the plant; while still others reflect its supposed origin. The Mediterranean and oriental Adonis of the Ranunculaceae is credited with having sprung from the blood of the youthful lover of Venus, who, torn to shreds by a wild boar set upon him by the jealous Mars, was changed by Venus into the herb which annually springs into bloom. Similarly Anemone, with many red-flowered species in Asia Minor, com- memorates Na’man, the Semitic equivalent of Adonis. Still others of the ancient generic names were based upon resemblances to human organs, to diseased conditions or, in some cases, to familiar animals or their obvious characteristics. To this group belong Chelidonium, Dracontium, Paronychia, Saxi- fraga and Juglans. Chelidonium, swallow-wort, is a quick- growing small poppy with saffron-orange latex. According to Aristotle (384-322 B. C.) and other ancient scholars, the mother- swallows gather this herb and strengthen the sight of their young by painting the eyes with the orange juice. If you doubt the accuracy of Aristotle, Theophrastus and Pliny, examine a swallow’s eye. You will there find the orange or yellow ring! Dracontium, for which our green dragon, Arisaema Dracontium, was named, has a long spadix projecting from the spathe, like the tongue of a dragon or serpent; a piece of dragonroot carried in the pocket was thought to keep away venomous beasts. Paro- nychia has dry chaffy scales and bracts like dry fingernails; it was, therefore, the reputed cure for the disease of the nails known as paronychia or, in English, whitlow, whence the colloquial name, whitlow-wort. Saxifraga granulata and related species bear small pebble-like grains and bulblets about the base, other species having them in the inflorescence. Consequently, by the inevitable ancient philosophy, they were a cure for calculi: *the root boiled in wine and drunken, breaketh the stone and driveth it forth." Juglans (the walnut), a name used by Cicero and others, is a contraction of Jovis glans, the nut of Jove, be- 26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY cause of its supposed great power, as clearly indicated by the corrugated and folded flesh of the nut, resembling the human brain, in curing weakness of the brain and insanity. In these modern times the connotation of the word “nut” has become reversed. We should be cautious, nevertheless, about Jeering at those modern faddists who live chiefly on nuts. After the classical period and through the Middle Ages the study of botany suffered along with other learning; but with the Renaissance and perfection of printing learned doctors, chirur- geons and apothecaries, in addition to priests, monks and some country gentlemen, entered the field, and the sumptuous volumes, often beautifully illustrated and printed and larger than the tra- ditional family bible, attest their zeal. To a great extent these students of the 16th and 17th centuries derived their matter from the ancient writers, but some of them showed marked originality. In these brief comments we must pass those cen- turies, until the publication in 1700 of the great work of Tourne- fort, Institutiones rei herbariae. In this monumental work, Tournefort, assembling from past students great volumes of condensed information, attempted for the first time on any such scale definitions of all recognized genera of plants, with con- cise and clear diagnoses, bibliographic references and drawings il- lustrating the diagnostic characters of the genera as understood by him. Tournefort, unfortunately, followed the universal polynomial nomenclature of his time, with each species desig- nated by a long descriptive phrase. With the rapid advance in the science such long phrases became cumbersome and it was a great contribution of Linnaeus, that he reduced these descriptive phrases of the species to a single selected specific name, this, combined with the generic name, giving us the binomial, now in general use. Linnaeus accepted many of the genera as defined by Tournefort, citing the latter’s diagnoses and figures. In interpreting such genera, taken over by Linnaeus directly from Tournefort, it is necessary to go back to the latter author. In other cases Linnaeus derived his generic names and their diag- noses from predecessors other than Tournefort and, of course, he coined many names himself and gave for them original diagnoses. Since, by general agreement at international congresses, the nomenclature of plants begins with Linnaeus in 1753, the plant 1942] Fernald,— Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 27 taxonomist wisely stops in his backward search for interpreta- tions with that date, except in cases where Linnaeus based his genera and species primarily on the work of earlier authors. This is fortunate, for in too many cases the older authors left no adequate specimens by which their descriptions and names can be checked; even the names of Linnaeus, whose great herbarium belongs to the Linnean Society of London, are frequently subject to different interpretations. Of that more later. Returning to the origins of the names. The authors down to and including Tournefort and Linnaeus naturally accepted many generic names, such as Calla, Iris, Myrica, Cannabis, Morus, Ulmus, Celtis and Cercis, from classical writers, others from bot- anists of the 16th and 17th centuries, and inevitably coined many themselves. As interesting as any, taken over from Pliny and Virgil and perpetuated to our present time, is Cornus. In English we call it dogwood, as if it has some association with dogs; but the derivation of our English name seems to have been directly through the Latin generic one. Cornus, the ancient name, from cornu, a horn, referred to the hardness of the wood, a European species having long been used for skewers by butchers and for daggers and other sharp implements, whence the collo- quial names in some English provinces, skewerwood and dagwood, the latter coming from the Old English dagge, a dagger or sharp, pointed object. Cornus and dagwood are, then, apparently closely related in meaning, and only by an erroneous etymology did dogwood become established as the English name of Cornus. It would be as pedantic to urge the abandonment of “dogwood” for Cornus as to insist that Erythronium shall not be called “ dog- tooth violet." Those purists who insist that this name should be abandoned because Zrythronium is not really a violet ap- parently lack human souls; they are merely tedious bodies and intellects. In ancient usage the term “violet” was applied to many showy spring-flowers, whether or not they belonged to the genus Viola. One of the ancient “violets” of the Mediterranean region and central Europe is Erythronium Dens-canis, Viola Dens-canis of the ancients, literally dog-tooth violet, because of the white and pointed ovoid bulb suggesting the eye-tooth of a dog. All that I have thus far said concerns the folk-origin or the 28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY ancient philosophic background of classical names of plants. To the extreme literalist many such names, based upon demonstrably erroneous assumptions, are misleading; to those who still cherish Santa Claus they are full of literary and historie connotation. At any rate the usually very mechanical international rules of botanieal nomenclature insist on the retention of such old names as were maintained by Linnaeus in 1753. Coming back to con- sideration of the genera and species taken over from earlier botanists or first defined by Linnaeus, we find that he had a keen appreciation of the historic or mythological bases of names and their frequent folk-origin. To be sure he coined some which are descriptive, Eriophorum (bearing cotton or wool), Alopecurus (a fox's tail) and Celastrus (commonly evergreen); but when compared with such latter-day names as Cynoglossopsis, Abro- meitiella, Pseudoépostoa, Haageocactus, Asta of the Cruciferae (in Yankee pronunciation not distinguishable from the venerable name Aster in the Compositae), and Saintpauliopsis, even the more matter-of-fact names of Linnaeus become poetry. Linnaeus wrote at great length upon the philosophy of botany and he had a strong contempt for malformed and hybrid names. His own (except a few barbarie ones taken over from non-Latin tongues) are models, and the keen imagination of the master was constantly at work. As a student, tramping from southern Sweden northward into Lapland, he became acquainted, on June 11, 1732, with the flesh-colored flowers of Andromeda polifolia and his youthful enthusiasm found exuberant expres- sion. In his journal he wrote: * As I contemplated it I could not help thinking of Andromeda as described by the poets; and the more I meditated upon their descriptions, the more applicable they seemed to the little plant before me . . . Hence, as this plant forms a new genus, I have chosen for it the name of Andro- meda."' The genus Andromeda, as understood by Linnaeus in 1753, was highly complex; and, forthwith, such scholarly botan- ists as David Don, Konrad Moench and Richard Salisbury, segregating it into its elements, followed the lead of Linnaeus and gave mythological names to the separated genera. That was as it should be; the anticlimax was American. The great manipu- lator of transcontinental railroads, the late Edward H. Harriman, 1 Lachesis Lapponica, trans. J. E. Smith, i. 188, 189 (1811). 1942] Fernald,—Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 29 ordered by his physician to break away from his nerve-wrecking New York office, organized a yachting cruise to Alaskan waters, his invited party ineluding botanists and other naturalists. Mr. Harriman keenly appreciated the refined beauty of the little moss-like shrub with delicate white flowers, the Andromeda hypnoides of Linnaeus, already separated as Cassiope hypnoides (L. D. Don. Immediately, therefore, there was added a name in the group and those who maintain all the generie names pro- posed for species of the original Andromeda of 1753 must recite some of them as follows: Andromeda, Cassandra or Chamaedaphne, Cassiope, Leucothoé, Phyllodoce, Pieris and—Harrimanella. What taste! One other case is of more strietly North American interest. I refer to Leatherwood, Moosewood or Wicopy, Dirca palustris L., the small tree-like shrub of rich woodlands of Atlantic North America. It is closely related to the Old World Daphne, but by Linnaeus was separated as the genus Dirca. The original ma- terial known to Linnaeus was collected by John Clayton along streams of interior Virginia: “ Ad ripas fluminis R [o]anok dicta, aliorumque fluviorum prope montes". Linnaeus, separating it from Daphne, consequently, with his fine feeling for propriety, took his cue from Clayton's statement of the habitat and named it for Dirca or Dirce, wife of Lycus, who, after her brutal murder, changed into the fabulous fountain Dirce. Linnaeus, however, was a better student of the classics than of English, for he ren- dered the English-American colloquial names: “Anglis Leater- voud s[ive] Mousevoud ”.? Linnaeus delighted to honor in his generic names the out- standing and sometimes more humble botanists of his own and preceding centuries. In his Critica Botanica he stated that such “names formed to preserve the memory of a Botanist who has deserved well of the science I retain as a religious duty . . . I would sooner root out all generic names which do not in them- selves express the essential character of the genus than one taken from the name of a Botanist who has deserved well of the science”; but he did not, like some recent botanists, issue a 1 Gronovius, Fl. Virgin. 155 (1739). ? L. Amoen. Acad. iii. 13 (1756). 3'Translation of Sir Arthur Hort, The ''Critica Botanica’’ of Linnaeus, 61, 62. Ray Society, London, 1938. 30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY joint report with reciprocal compliments, with first a species named by no. 1 for no. 2, then one named by no. 2 for no. 1 and so on through the volume. Most fortunately, the newspaper reporter's idea that taxonomists regularly name plants and animals for themselves is rarely so nearly exemplified. Lin- naeus's own characterization of the genus named for him was as follows: “Linnaea was named by the celebrated Gronovius and is a plant of Lapland, lowly, insignificant, disregarded, flowering but for a brief space—from Linnaeus who resembles it.”! In naming genera for others Linnaeus often exhibited the lively fancy so apparent in his other generic names. Two examples of these must suffice; these I have selected as belonging to genera familiar in Texas. “Commelina has flowers with three petals, two of which are showy, while the third is not conspicuous. " Therefore, Linnaeus named the genus for three Dutch students of early date, ‘‘the two botanists called [Jan and Kasper] Com- melin: for the third died before accomplishing anything in Botany. ”? Everyone in the warmer parts of the Americas knows Til- landsia. It is closely covered with appressed scales which caused Linnaeus wrongly to infer that it sheds and has no use for water. With this false inference in mind he gave the generic name Tillandsia. It seems that a student, afterward a professor at Abo, crossed the Gulf of Bothnia by boat, to attend the uni- versity at Stockholm. He was so painfully seasick that thereafter he regularly made the journey, five times the shortest distance, overland around the head of the Gulf. Furthermore, in the Scandinavian fashion of his day, he assumed the surname Tillands, which signifies “by land" *. Who but Linnaeus would have grasped such a straw in seeking to name a new genus? Occasionally, however, Linnaeus was misled, especially through the errors of others. 'The insistent genius of the English in anglicizing French words is proverbial. In my own wanderings in Newfoundland and southern Labrador this has been every- where apparent. Bonne Espérance and Blane Sablon of Cartier and other French discoverers of the region arc Bonny Spearens” and “Nancy Belong"; Griguet is “Cricket”, and Le Quirpon is 1 After Hort. 2 After Hort. 3 Linnaeus, Praelect, Ord. Nat. 291 (1792), 1942] Fernald,—Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 31 *" Karpoon". So with plant-names in various parts of the world. French explorers in the West Indies called one of the trees bois fidéle. By the English this was interpreted as fiddle-wood (of which no one ever made a fiddle); and Linnaeus fell into the trap, coining for it the correctly latinized Greek equivalent, Citha- rexylum (fiddle-wood). In his descriptive specific names Linnaeus was particularly happy; they have been constant models for later botanists. In his geographic adjectives applied to American plants he was less happy. In continental North America he recognized six principal areas: Canada, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, Carolina and Mexico; these he seems to have drawn by lot and forthwith applied them. His Potentilla pensylvanica came from Hudson Bay; his Berberis canadensis from the Alleghenies. And several American plants, early carried to the Mediterranean by Portu- guese and Spanish explorers, were assumed to have come from the East or Southeast, while the geographic sources of others were hopelessly tangled. The commonest and endemic temperate North American milkweed is Asclepias syriaca L.; the Atlantic North American Conioselinum is C. chinense (L.) BSP. These, after all, merely demonstrate that the great founder of modern taxonomy was human and that he had the proverbial European understanding of American geography. There is not time further to follow the origins of our plant- names. Nor can I tax your patience by taking up the masterly works of hundreds of founders of taxonomy. The pioneer work of Clusius, Bauhin, Morison, Ray, Plumier, Dillenius, Burmann, Gronovius, Scheuchzer, Haller, Hill, Gmelin and their contempo- raries tempts the chronicler of progress in the science, as do the wonderful forward steps of Lamarck, Robert Brown, de Jussieu, the DeCandolles, Jacquin, Willdenow, Koch, Kunth, Schlech- tendal, Agardh, Fries, von Martius, Ledebour, Endlicher, Alexander Braun, Eichler, Schimper, Lindley, Decaisne, Bent- ham, the Hookers, Gray, Boissier, Regel, Hackel, Warming, Engler, Wettstein and a host of equally great or hardly lesser masters. Contemplation of the tremendous volume of funda- mental work in taxonomy done before the period of electric lights, typewriters, short-hand, automobiles, radio and movies by such profound scholars as Lamarck, Alphonse DeCandolle, 32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY von Martius, Ledebour, Boissier, Bentham & Hooker and count- less others should bring a blush at least of modesty to many of us modern workers who so obviously seek to swell the weak personal bibliography by trivial and needlessly multiplied titles. All these we must pass; proper discussion and appreciation of their work would require many volumes. In the remaining moments, moreover, I shall restrict my examples largely to cases in the only flora I know, that of temperate eastern North Ameri- ca; and I shall try not to wander too far from the elementary questions propounded in my opening paragraphs. “Why do plants have Greek, Latin or latinized names? Why aren’t the English names good enough?” From the days of Pliny to those of the most modern of taxonomists the use of Latin or Greek names has been the universal practice, the great taxonomic works of Linnaeus, Lamarck, Willdenow, the De- Candolles and Bentham & Hooker upon worldwide floras, of Robert Brown on Australia, of Schlechtendal on Alaska, of von Martius on Brazil, of Gmelin or of Ledebour on Russian Siberia, and their hundreds of contemporaries and successors have been written wholly or with at least the names and technical descrip- tions in Latin. By common consent Latin for two milleniums has been the chosen language of scholarship; at any rate, scholars, seeking the best, have found much of it, first in Greek, later in Latin. Consequently the international rules of botanical no- menclature wisely lay down the fundamental principle (Art. 7) that “Scientific names of all groups are usually taken from Latin or Greek. When taken from any language other than Latin, or formed in an arbitrary manner, they are treated as if they were Latin. Latin terminations should be used so far as possible for new names." In general, taxonomic botanists have respected this principle, laid down by Linnaeus; but, especially in the earlier post-Linnean period, they sometimes dug up such bar- barities as Lablab; on the other hand certain aboriginal American names, taken over for genera, like Mayaca, Sassafras, Catalpa and Sequoia, offend no one. If, as some in non-descriptive sciences so short-sightedly urge, the taxonomist, in clinging to the Latin or latinized names is non-progressive, what would they substitute? Surely a colloquial name like *''cat-tail" or its equivalent in other languages is not widely intelligible. In many 1942] Fernald,—Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 33 parts of the United States and Canada it means T'ypha; but in Britain alone “cat-tail” has been colloquially used for aments of Corylus or of Juglans, or for inflorescences or plants in Phleum, Equisetum, Scirpus, Echium, Eriophorum, Amaranthus and Hippuris. Those who attended the International Botanical Congress at Ithaca, in 1926, will remember the session when the chairman of the excursion committee announced a trip where the party would pass an extensive ‘‘cat-tail swamp.” Immedi- ately the hundred Old World delegates looked questioningly at their American colleagues, until the Chairman of the session, the late Professor Ostenfeld, properly instructed, wrote on the blackboard: *Cat-tail = Typha.” Then, but only then, all was clear. A system of vernacular names is not safe in exact tax- onomy. “Why do taxonomists often use different names for the same plants?" In the earlier days of modern taxonomy most of the detailed studies were made at universities or museums of com- peting European nations. Naturalists of diverse interest ac- companied the great exploring or naval expeditions or were sent out on botanizing missions from France, Britain, Denmark, Sweden, Holland or Russia; and the plants brought back were studied and, when thought to be new, described by taxonomists of the national institutions or by those supported by the patrons of science. With limited personal contact between the earlier workers, it was inevitable that there was duplication of names or that different names were given to similar plants; and when the Americas entered the field of descriptive botany their remoteness from workers in Vienna, Berlin, Paris, Leiden, Copenhagen and even London was a perpetual handicap. The bleeding-hearts were generally recognized as a genus during the first half of the 19th century and in the thirty years from 1824 to 1853 no less then eleven generic names were as- signed to them by workers at different institutions: Dicentra by Bernhardi at Erfurt in 1833, Cucullaria by Endlicher at Vienna in 1839, Bicucullaria by de Jussieu at Paris in 1840; and other names by workers in centers as remote as Lexington, Kentucky, and St. Petersburg (now Leningrad) in Russia. Dicentra was extensively taken up and had long been preferred, when it was discovered that one of the somewhat irregular authors of names 34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY (so irregular that some botanists have seriously proposed legisla- tion to outlaw his names), Adanson, had proposed for the genus in 1763 the name Bikukulla. This has absolute priority and those botanists, who for some years opposed the international agree- ment to conserve the better-known names which lack technical priority of publication, picked up Adanson's name (altering it in a manner inconsistent with their professed insistence on strict priority, to Bicuculla). Many such instances occur, and the leading taxonomists of the world, recognizing that strict appli- cation of the principle of priority of publication in generic nomen- clature would produce needless confusion, have very wisely adopted the principle of conserving such much-used and long- established names as nomina generica conservanda, with hearty approval of all but the most adamant. Dicentra is thus con- served; so is Desmodium over Meibomia. Were these and others not so conserved we should lose many names which have long since become established in taxonomie, morphological, horticul- tural and pharmaceutical literature: Spirogyra, Vaucheria, Fucus, Selaginella, Podocarpus, Agathis, Sequoia, Welwitschia, Glyceria, Spiranthes, Carya, Calycanthus, Wisteria, Ailanthus, Vernonia, Liatris and Zinnia, along with many hundreds of others. How would the traditional botanical laboratories and teachers of morphology respond if, following the strict principle of priority, they were told to discard the name Spirogyra and take up for it Conjugata, to throw out good old standard Fucus in favor of Virsoides, that Selaginella must be called either Selaginoides or Lycopodioides (published at the same date), that Zama is Palmafiliz, that Sequoia must become obsolete and we must call it Steinhauera? For some years loud outcries arose from a minute minority against nomina conservanda. Today such protests are searcely heard. The principle underlying nomina conservanda is sound; but the detection of long-familiar names which, unless conserved, must fall, is never finished. Obscure old books and papers, previously overlooked, come to light, like many of those of Rafinesque who, during his lifetime, was so generally erratic that his contempo- raries ignored or destroyed his publications. It is authoritatively stated that a saintly and profound leader in American botany of a century ago, receiving isotypes of many of Rafinesque’s pro- 1942] Fernald,— Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 35 posed genera and species and copies of his innumerable publica- tions, conscientiously consigned them to a bonfire as the work of the Devil. Who today would not make great sacrifices to see authentic specimens of Rafinesque’s species? When, therefore, rare, obscure or overlooked old works come to light, upsets are likely to occur. Since the original list of nom?na conservanda hundreds of other names have been suggested for conservation. These include Setaria, Rhynchospora, Loranthus, Nama, Hely- chrysum and many scores more which it would be a pity to lose. Everyone discovering a good old name in danger of exclusion will do a real service by communicating it to the Secretary of the International Commission on such names. Furthermore, the human equation comes in. Different points of view and different experiences lead to divergent conclusions. The sections or subgenera of one author are the genera of others. The genus Pyrola of a more conservative group of botanists is to some others a group of genera. The cytologically similar and freely hybridizing Sorbus and Aronia are to some, who lay more emphasis on habital characters, satisfactory genera. To others they are congeneric and to others only subgenera of the inclusive genus Pyrus. These are honest differences of judgment and no legislation will solve them. As to the use by all considerate taxonomists of Latin in pub- lishing new diagnoses, a brief consideration will show that any other course would be selfishly inconsiderate; incidentally such publication would be invalidated by the international rules. Latin having been for more than 2000 years the language of scholarship in all western civilization, it is inevitable that no real student of plants and their proper identification and classification can possibly get beyond the mere threshold until he makes him- self at least a slight master of the language of his subject and of his long line of outstanding predecessors. He may, like many of us, be forced to overcome the deficiency of school- and college- training, and his Latin may be very unpolished and unclassical; but by imitating such masters as Haller, Linnaeus, Schlechtendal, Blume, DeCandolle or Bentham he can make himself under- stood. Of course some absurdities result in the descriptions by those whose Latin is as weak as their taxonomy, as, for instance, 1 Miss M. L. GREEN at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY in the case of one prolific author who joyfully strung together long phrases, all in the nominative singular. Nevertheless we can guess what was intended. It has been the practice, especially among European students, to append to their diagnoses, not their own names, but the Latin “mihi” or “nobis”, thus modestly indicating that they are the authors. When, however, we find the editor of a two-volume government-supported work seriously including Nobis as a significant botanical writer it is difficult to restrain a smile: "Nobis. Naturalista francés, que trabajó con Richard en la clasificatión de las plantas cubanas de Sagra". If we did not have occasional bits of such unconscious humor our work might become monotonous.. When, however, one witnesses the undisguised belittling of a foundation-training in Latin, as well as of any real understanding of plant taxonomy, which pervades too many of the so-called and rather assertive recent laboratories of “‘biology”’, he can only pray that scholar- ship or the appreciation of it may not wholly disappear from botany. I am informed that students of morphology and tax- onomy are regularly encouraged to gain such insight as they can into plant physiology. How often do present-day physiologists enroll in courses in taxonomy? If all botanists sympathetically grounded themselves in the elements of the major areas of their vastly inclusive broad field, such symptomatic incidents as the following would rarely occur. A young taxonomist and mor- phologist, desiring to have some insight into plant physiology, was reducing to ash (for chemical analysis) a flowering plant. After thus disposing of the root, stem and leaves he asked the instructor: “Shall I burn the inflorescence?” The prompt reply was: ‘Inflorescence? What are you giving us? I know all about efflorescence and fluorescence, but you've pulled a new one on me—‘Inflorescence’!”’ The latter incident and numerous others like it indicate that some groups of biologists have not materially broadened their outlook since the famous faux pas of 1902. At one of the rela- tively youthful American universities plant taxonomy has al- ways been denounced. This may be because the original head of the department of botany there had once made a superficial ! Estudios Sobre la Flora de Puerto Rico, ed. 2: 49 (1936).—Pub. Fed. Emergency Relief Administration. 1942] Fernald,—Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 37 plunge at that exacting field without full appreciation of its dependence on precision. At any rate the attitude of the insti- tution was clearly expressed by one of its more outspoken botanists as follows. After elsewhere explaining that he is one of “those of broader viewpoint," he wrote: “The world of mor- phologists, physiologists and ecologists has borne with" the sin- ning taxonomist “patiently and long . . . a little more and the sinning taxonomist will be ‘cast out into the outer darkness where there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth'".! This eritic, who, in spite of his prejudices, later became a beloved friend of many of us, has unfortunately died; I am not informed whether he is now obliged to associate with taxonomists. But to come to the faux pas referred to. A thesis published from the botanical laboratory of the aforementioned university seemed, on the surface, to break down the reputed characters separating the Saxifragaceae (with 2 carpels, etc.) from the Rosaceae, be- cause the student of professors who shunned taxonomy had found 2 carpels in “Spiraea japonica”. Very soon, however, Professor Alfred Rehder? pointed out the fallacy; the erroneous deduction was based, not on Spiraea japonica of the Rosaceae, but upon Astilbe japonica Gray, a long-recognized and quite typical member of the Saxifragaceae. Ho, hum! To such wholly satisfied workers as these the use of Latin in new diagnoses seems pedantic, unprogressive and far from their conception of “biology”. To those of us who have to spend weary hours checking the descriptions of new species by tax- onomists the world over, it is a blessing. If the peoples writing a language of non-Latin origin all insisted upon using only their mother-tongues we should never get to a common meeting- ground. When, however, the active taxonomists of Japan, China, Russia, Czechoslovakia, Italy, Germany, Scandinavia, England, Argentina, and the United States all forego their personal convenience and conscientiously put into understandable (though often halting and imperfect) Latin their new diagnoses, we can all interpret what is meant. Otherwise there would be perpetual darkness. Modern scientific Latin is a living language and an invaluable implement.’ 1 Am, Nat. xlii. 270, 271 (1908). ? Rehder, Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. 246 (1902). 3 In this connection we may take justiflable pride in the fact that the conservative 38 Rhodora [FEBRUARY I now come to one of the difficult but inescapable and time- consuming duties of the exact taxonomist. In these days no careful worker ever describes a new genus, species, variety or form without designating a special individual from among those he has studied to stand as the TYPE or standard for future stu- dents. He also should, and usually does, state in what herbarium it is deposited. But until comparatively recent times phytog- raphers did not think in terms of Typxs or single selected standard specimens; they were concerned with the whole specific or generie concept and included within it all the material they had studied, without specially designating one as outstandingly representative. When DeCandolle, Engelmann or Gray had before him dozens or scores of specimens which he put together as one species they were all considered as typical. If they had only one specimen their interpreter in later years may regard himself as unusually fortunate. Attempts to formulate as a dogmatic rule procedure in determining which of several or many specimens shall be considered the type lead to constant error. One cannot wholly project himself into the minds of past workers, but the close student of a group may select the particular speci- men which seems best to represent the original author's concept. In this, however, only the close student of the group should be trusted; merely mechanical selection is too doubtful. I may illustrate by a personal experience. In 1894, assigned to identify a large collection made by the late C. V. Piper in Washington State, I detected a plant which seemed to me specifically different from Lathyrus polyphyllus of Nuttall. Piper's plant had few large purple flowers, few leaflets and small stipules and, after studying its relationship, I published it as L. pauciflorus. Picking out workers in American botany urged before the International Congress at Cambridge University in 1930 the retention of a requirement of Latin diagnoses for new plants. In the Proposals by the Sub-Committee on Nomenclature, appointed by the Imperial Botanical Conference and published in 1929 as the “ Proposals by British Botanists”, an attempt was made to weaken this requirement, the British Sub-Committee saying of their proposition (Art. 41, p. 40) ‘‘The requirement of a Latin diagnosis . . . is omitted". Subsequently, at the opening of the Congress, finding that the Japanese, Russians, Czechs, Scandinavians, most Americans and others were strongly for the retention of the Latin requirement, the British withdrew without argument their proposition. The joke was this: the dear old London Times editorially complimented the always scholarly British on winning their hard fight for the retention of the Latin diagnoses in the face of overwhelming opposition from the Americans and other crude peoples. So far as I could learn, this insinuation by the Times was never corrected. 1942] Fernald,—Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 39 from the herbarium two older sheets of specimens which I then identified with Piper's, I cited these in chronological order, Piper's more recent material coming last. Some years later a western student pointed out that the first specimen cited in the series was not conspecific with the others but that, since it was the first cited, it must be taken as the type. Such an inter- pretation, of course, was unjustified, because the description, when checked, was so evidently based upon the Piper material and so clearly excluded the plant erroneously placed with it. In this case the author of the species was able to make the deci- sion. In case of authors of past centuries that is not possible. When Linnaeus based'a new species upon a single specimen or a single citation, the interpretation of his species is simple enough. Trouble begins, however, when he had associated with his own material descriptions of other and earlier authors. A single recently discussed case may make clear the problems we must face in selecting types for such Linnean species or genera. The genus Heuchera of the Saxifragaceae started in 1737 almost simultaneously in the Genera Plantarum of Linnaeus and in his monumental Hortus Cliffortianus. In the former work he de- scribed the genus but in the latter he gave no description, merely citing his Genera, stating that it was North American and that it was named for Johann Heucher of Wittenberg; and appending references to descriptions of earlier authors which he thought to belong to his Heuchera. Here was the full treatment in Hortus Cliffortianus: HEvcHERA. g. pl [Genera Plantarum]. 196 ]. HEUCHERA Cortusa americana, flore squalide purpureo. Herm. par. p. 131. descript. Cortusa americana, floribus herbidis. Herm. par. t. 131. Sanicula s. Cortusa americana spicata, floribus squalide purpureis. Pluk. alm. 332. t. 58. f. 3. Mitella americana, flore squalide purpureo villoso. Boerh. lugdb. I. p. 208. descr. floris. Primula veris montana laciniata americana, flore squalide purpureo. Herm. lugdb. 506. Crescit in America, forte septentrionali, cum hyemes nostras bene ferat. Dizi hoc genus plantarum a Joh. Heuchero, ex Horto Wittenbergensi claro, ejusque supplementis, in quibus varia curiosa lectuque digna exhibuit. Since our nomenclature begins with the publication of Species Plantarum of Linnaeus in 1753 we next turn to that work, in which the binomial of the type of the genus appears, as Heuchera americana L. 40 Rhodora [FEBRUARY americana. I. HEUCHERA. Hort. cliff. 82. Gron. virg. 29. Roy. lugdb. 437. Cortusa americana, flore squalide purpureo. Herm. parad. Saniouls © Cortusa americana spicata, floribus squalide pur- pureis. Pluk. alm. 332. t. 58. f. 3. Habitat in Virginia. 2 In the treatment of 1753 no description was given, but Linnaeus referred immediately back to his own Hortus Cliffortianus, in which a reference was given to the slightly earlier Genera Plan- tarum. One of the references to Hermann was omitted but a new one (to Gronovius) was added; altogether there are eight descriptions given or cited. What is the type of Heuchera americana? If, in preparing his Species Plantarum of 1753, Linnaeus had had in his own her- barium a specimen so named by him and matching his description (published in 1737) most of us would consider the question settled. In this particular case it is not so easily settled, for the late Dr. B. Daydon Jackson, for years a close student of Lin- neana, has clearly indicated that Linnaeus had no such specimen. We must, therefore, get out all eight volumes in addition to Species Plantarum and carefully compare them. To me, at least, the plants of the Clifford Garden, which were the basis of the wonderful Hortus Cliffortianus of Linnaeus, are next in signifi- cance, because they were actually before and described by that author. The plants he did not personally work with are of sec- ondary importance. Fortunately, the Clifford Herbarium, preserved at the British Museum, contains the specimen. A photograph of it strongly suggests Heuchera hispida Pursh, rather than the plant passing as H. americana. If by some it be insisted that the specific name americana was taken over by Linnaeus from earlier botanists and that the plants of Hermann or that of Plukenet or of Boerhaave, as bearing that epithet, should be accepted, we are worse off still. Plukenet's figure is so conventionalized that it means little; Hermann's plate and some of the old descriptions lead directly to H. villosa Michx. Until, after the war, we can secure good photographs or make discrimi- nating comparisons with the old specimens upon which Plukenet, Gronovius and others based their accounts we cannot be sure what they had. If, however, we stop, as I should do, with the material which Linnaeus himself described and ignore the miscel- laneous and contradictory references, something clear will result. 1942] Fernald,—Historical Aspects of Plant Taxonomy 41 What it is cannot positively be asserted until the Clifford plant is actually examined for details not brought out in a photograph. This single and not very complicated case, except that it is upsetting to some of our cherished convictions, well illustrates the difficulties of the exact taxonomist, who must seek the solu- tion of fundamental questions in the ancient collections of the Old World and in the literature of two or three centuries past. The eight citations above noted as essential in getting to the real identity of the Linnean species involved are only a part of them. Hermann and Boerhaave added others and more modern students have made their guesses and have published discussions until, in an attempt to elucidate a single basic fact it 1s often necessary to have open simultaneously about one no less than 20 or 30 volumes, some of them large folios and several of them rare. In the experimental and anatomical fields this is usually unneces- sary. In those fields the books of the past, except as curiosities or as occasional landmarks, are relatively unessential; to the taxonomist who would trace his problems to final solution they are indispensable. The illustration I have given is a very simple one. Many similar ones require the checking and intensive study of twice as many volumes. This intrinsic difference between the scholarly demands and historic background in taxonomic work (except that which glibly assumes that some one else will settle these troublesome questions) and the needs in the morphological and physiological fields is a serious handicap to many workers. Without the funda- mental literature at hand they, obviously, can go only part-way; there they are forced to stop. Furthermore, in too many uni- versities and museums, which really possess a good portion of the necessary literature, workers in taxonomy are perpetually handi- capped through the short-sighted policy of administrative officers who, ambitious to make a great show of their library, insist on keeping in centralized stacks many of the books needed by special workers in remote corners of the institution. Too often these special workers, who alone have need of the old books, can secure those which are necessary for their precise work only after an amount of red-tape and delay which becomes deadening. I could tell you of at least one elaborate museum where taxonomic workers, instead of going through the great difficulties necessary 42 Rhodora [FEBRUARY in securing from the distant library the essential books which they need, prefer to write to others hundreds of miles away, to look up, in a library maintained for the workers, points which are salted away but not readily accessible at their own institutions. Unless universities and museums make the essential books readily avail- able to their technical staffs, who alone can use them, they can expect only indifferent results from their workers. In the fields where books are merely consulted and a few notes taken from them, centralization may be advantageous. In a field constantly dependent upon ready and simultaneous access to scores of volumes in settling a single point the essential books should be right at hand. Another most important prerequisite to final results in taxono- my is access to the types or tó accurate photographs of the types. Many thousands of species of the United States and Canada and similar numbers from the West Indies and South America were first described at European establishments. Similarly, thousands of species of the western half of North America were originally described in the Eastern States, as were many from the Pacific Islands and from eastern Asia. In the latter cases the types are readily available; in the former they are often scattered or un- known. On the whole, however, a remarkable proportion of the American plants described by pre-Linnean students, such as Plukenet, Catesby, Morison or Gronovius, are preserved. Several herbaria studied by Linnaeus are extant; these are now stored in vaults underground. The herbarium which partly formed the basis of Thomas Walter’s Flora Caroliniana (1788) belongs to the British Museum. The tremendous herbarium of André Michaux, the basis of his two-volume Flora Boreali- Americana (1803), is kept apart from other collections at Paris. Other fundamental collections by the score are in European herbaria. Properly to interpret the species described it is neces- sary to know the original specimens. Photographs of many thousands of them have been made; other thousands remain to be photographed; but in many cases photographs alone do not give all that is needed. Minute details of diagnostic importance must be personally examined by the specialist. These studies, unfortunately, must await the new epoch we all are hoping for. Some of us, who have yearned to settle many points by personal 1942] O'"Neill,—Cyperaceae in North and South America 48 inspection of many types, will never do so, but they will eventu- ally be properly studied and the absorbing and fundamental prob- lems in the proper identification of our species will be settled. Other historie factors in the proper study of taxonomy could be enumerated, for instance the very important work in tracing the exact routes of early explorers and collectors, such as is being so thoroughly prosecuted by Texan and other southwestern botanists. I must not, however, venture now into that large field, for I should soon tax your patience. The main points I have tried to emphasize are the historic and traditional back- ground of plant taxonomy and plant-names; the dependence of exact taxonomy on the students and specimens of the past; the imperative need, if students in this field are to progress, of their having readily at hand the significant literature, dating back to 1700; and the need of still further studying the original specimens or types, from which our species have been described. This inevitable dependence on the work of the earlier botanists and their specimens is an intrinsic element in plant taxonomy; in the morphological and physiological fields the past and its literature are of relatively slight importance. If I have thus been able to make clear these fundamental differences of stress, I shall have done something to correct a misconception of taxonomy which in recent years has been too much fostered by those unfamiliar with its dependence on the past. THE STATUS AND DISTRIBUTION OF SOME CYPERACEAE IN NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA Hue O'NEILL CYPERUS, SUBGENUS Maniscus* The name Mariscus in Pliny’s Historia Naturalis! refers to a species of rush (Juncus). In 1742 Haller? used the word to de- scribe a genus of plants which embraced a species subsequently called Schoenus Mariscus by Linné? Zinn‘ defined the genus in * [For a monographic treatment of Mariscus refer to Horvat, Sr. M. Liguori, A Re- vision of the Subgenus Mariscus Found in the United States. Contr. Biol. Lab. Cath. Univ. America. No. 33. 1941.] L31: 09. A. D. 77. ? Enum. Helvetiae 251. 3 Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 42. * Cat. Pl. Hort. Gott. 79. 44 Rhodora [FEBRUARY 1757 as including Haller's Mariscus and Schoenus Mariscus L. However, a year previously Patrick Browne’ published a West Indian species (of Mariscus Zinn) under the name Cladium effusum, thus introducing a new generic name. He failed to characterize this as a genus; however, Crantz® described it in 1766. In 1788 the name Mariscus was used by Gaertner’ to designate a group of plants not related to Cladium but to Cyperus. Since the International Rules? validate a genus originally based on a single new species without a separate generic descrip- tion, the name Cladium is recognized by reason of its priority and Mariscus Zinn becomes a synonym. Gaertner's Mariscus was further restricted to mean the genus (or subgenus of Cyperus as now understood) by Vahl (1806).? Since that time it has been treated as either a subgenus or a genus although the latter use is now invalidated since the name had already been used by Zinn for a group synonymous with Cladium before Gaertner took up the name. Fernald!’ refers to it as “closely allied to and only unsatisfactorily separated from Cyperus." Robert Brown, Presl, Nees ab Esenbeck, Steudel, Clarke (i. e., in his later views) and Chermezon maintained it as a separate genus. Rottboell, Boeckeler, Bentham and Hooker, Suringar, Pax, Kükenthal and Fernald have preferred to leave it within the limits of Cyperus. | The three style-branches (stigmas) and trigonous achenes differentiate the subgenus Mariscus from 3 of its allied subgenera, i. e., Juncellus, Pycreus, and Kyllinga, all of which have two style-branches and lenticular achenes. The fact that the rhachilla does not break up into one-fruited joints distinguishes it from Torulinium, which subgenus exhibits that character in a marked degree. The decisive character that separates Mariscus from Eucyperus has been a much disputed point and still remains to be demonstrated. Vahl" separated Mariscus from Cyperus only on the basis of its few-flowered ('"subtriflorus") spikelets. In this respect he 5 Nat. Hist. Jamaica 114. * Inst. 362. 7 De fruct. 1: 12. 8 Art. 43. * Enum. PI. 2: 372. 1? RHoponRa. 25: 50. 1923. u Op. cit. 372. 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 45 was followed by Robert Brown? who observed: ''Habitus Cyperi, a quo differt solummodo spiculis paucifloris." It might be noted, however, that '"paucifloris" meant for him “spicula 2-3-flora." Kunth," among others, pointed out the futility of at- tempting a separation based on that character: . . . “oft in der- selben Art die Zahl der Blüthen variiren kann, so folgt hieraus natürlich, dass die Grenze zwischen jenen Gattungen eben so unbestimmt als willkürlich werden muss." Clarke! confirmed Kunth's viewpoint: “The number of fertile flowers to the spikelet is of no use as a diagnostic character: in Cyperus flavus there are sometimes five or six nuts to the spikelet, though it is admittedly a typical Mariscus.” Lestiboudois® also maintained that there can be “spiculae multiflorae" in both Cyperus and Mariscus. At one time Kunth tried to make the division between Mariscus and Eucyperus depend upon the fact that the achene in the former lay in a depression of the rhachilla (‘‘in excavatione rhacheolae receptum"), surrounded by a well-developed and persistent wing. Later, he relegated that feature to the same category as that regarding the number of flowers'*. “Der von mir früher (in Nova gen. et species plant. I. p. 212) der Gattung Mariscus beigelegte Karakter, wonach die Früchte in einer Vertiefung der Rhacheola liegen sollen, ist zwar vorhanden, findet sich aber gleichzeitig auch in mehreren Abtheilungen der Gattung Cyperus, nämlich in denen, welche ich Papyri, glomerati, pennati and mariscoides genannt habe." Nees” characterized Mariscus by the readily deciduous spike- lets which disarticulate from the rhachis above the “squamis inferioribus" (i. e., the secondary prophyllum and bracteole): “Differt a Cypero spiculis a squamis inferioribus articulo solu- bilibus, rachi residua post lapsum spicularum quasi paleacea remanente. " Clarke!? accepted Nees's characterization and added an as- sociated glume-character: “The subgenus of Mariscus includes 12 Prodromus 218. 1810. 13‘*Uber die natürlichen Pflanzengruppen der Cyperaceen und Hypolytreen.”’ Physikal. Abh. 8: 3. 4 “On the Indian Species of Cyperus.” Journ. Linn. Soc. 21:33. 1884. 15 Essai sur la famille des cyperacées 31. 1819. 16 Op. cit. 4. 17 “ Synopsis generum Cyperacearum." Linnaea 9:286. 1835. 13 Op. cit. 32, 33. 46 Rhodora [FEBRUARY (for me) all those species . . . in which the glumes are permanent; or at all events do not fall from the spikelet before the spikelet has fallen from the rhachis . . . In all the numerous preceding species of Pycreus, Juncellus and Eucyperus the glumes fall from the rhachilla (while the rhachilla remains attached) by a clean-cut line separating the glume from its basal portion, which is decur- rent down the rhachilla." Another diagnostic point of Mariscus to which Clarke”? called attention is the presence of a papilliform dise on which the rhachilla is seated and from which it disarticulates leaving a smooth scar. He would have his meaning of “disc,” which he thinks has differentiating value, distinguished from Boeckeler's meaning of the same term: “I hold that two very different things are included as dises by Boeckeler. In many species of Cyperus where the spikelet is at all oblique in its axis, in the dried state the rhachilla contracts very near the base below the lowest glume: here it seems to sit on a small cushion, but it is very firmly attached, and does not disarticulate at this point. This ap- pearance (often only a result of drying) is not uncommon throughout the genus, as in C. polystachyus, where it is often prominent; and I estimate it as of no classificatory importance. ” The persistence of glumes on a very readily deciduous rhachilla has been the distingushing factor most widely used to separate the two subgenera. The condition of the papilliform dise has rarely been used. By means of the first character (persistence of glume) certain species are clearly referable to Mariscus. C. retrofractus C. Nashii C. Pringlei C. hystricinus C. globulosus C. ligularis C. dipsaciformis C. flavus C. thyrsiflorus C. uniflorus C. regiomontanus C. lentiginosus C. ovularis C. Mutisii C. refractus C. retrorsus C. asper C. lancastriensis C. tetragonus The following species, however, show characteristics both of Mariscus and Eucyperus; indeed, some of them show nearly all the characteristics of Eucyperus: C. Deamüi C. Martindalei C. manimae C. spectabilis C. Houghtonii C. cephalanthus C. Schweinitzii C. Wright C. strigosus C. Fendlerianus C. Blodgettii C. planifolius C. filiculmis C. Pollardi C. Parishii C. Grayti C. fuligineus 1? Ibid. 154. 1942 O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 47 Readily deciduous glumes, disarticulating along a straight line from a more or less persistent rhachilla are conspicuously evident in all the species of the second list, particularly in those of the Laziglumi section of Kükenthal. But almost equally as readily deciduous are the rhachillas, which disarticulate either with none, some or all glumes persistent. The proper classification of these species, therefore, has always puzzled botanists. Kükenthal? considers disarticulation of the spikelet found in typical Mariscus an advance over the more primitive type of non-disarticulating spikelet found in true Eucyperus. Species formerly regarded as Eucyperus by most botanists but showing even in a slight degree disarticulation of the spikelet are considered by him to be undergoing a stage of transition, approaching Mariscus; and he has placed them in that category, although they still show many characters of Eucyperus. Apparently, there is not a single reliable character or set of characters available by which these two subgenera can be sharply distinguished from each other. Detailed histological and cyto- logical studies along with genetic and ecological research may in the future yield more satisfactory results. It therefore seems ill-advised to maintain Mariscus as a genus when it is a very ill-defined even as a subgenus. Is SECTION ARISTATI PROPERLY PLACED IN Maniscus? THE STATUS OF CYPERUS GRANITOPHILUS McVAUGH In Castanea 2: 100-104. 1937, McVaugh described a plant which he considered a new species and which he thought closely related to C. inflexus Muhl. (i. e., C. aristatus Rottb. in this treat- ment). The following key shows additional features which may be used to distinguish McVaugh’s plant: Spikelets in dense hemisperic heads; culms rigidly erect; glumes 1.0-2.0 mm. wide, widened at about the middle, 9—13-nerved; achene 0.5-0.8 mm. wide, cuneate-obovoid; stamens com- monly 1 or 2 on the same plant; anthers 1.0 mm. long; fila- ments 2.5 mm. long; rhachilla 0.4-0.8 mm. wide. Apparently confined to soil resulting from the weathering of granite, from Georgia to North Carolina.................... C. granitophilus MeVaugh. Spikelets digitate in dense or loose heads; culms more or less flaccid; glumes 0.5-1.0 mm. wide, scarcely widened below the middle, 7-9-(very rarely 5 or 11) nerved; achene 0.3-0.5 mm. wide, oblong to oblong-obovoid; stamens 1 (very rarely 2); anthers 0.3-0.4 mm. long; filaments 1.5 mm. long; rhachilla WS Em. wide............«14«22 Joweonutese C. aristatus Rottb. %” Engler, Pflanzenr. 42°: 35. 1935. 48 Rhodora [FEBRUARY The following are the only specimens of C. granitophilus found among 600 sheets of C. aristatus (i. e., C. inflexus): ALABAMA: Randolph County, McVaugh 5213. GEORGIA: Columbia County, McVaugh 5144; Pyron and Duncan 86; De Kalb County, Biltmore Herbarium 5062b (cotype); Correll 8380; Pollard and Maxon 500; Small in 1894; Greene County, McVaugh 5326; Hancock County, McVaugh 5362; Heard County, MC- Vaugh 5181; Oglethorpe County, McVaugh 5370; Walton County, Pyron and McVaugh 971 (type). NORTH CAROLINA: Henderson County, McVaugh 5410; Forsyth County, Wherry and Pennell 14335; Rowan County, Biltmore Herbarium 5062a; Franklin County, H. J. Oosting 1824. SourH CAROLINA: Kershaw County, McVaugh 5129. All these specimens were collected on certain granitic outcrops in the above-mentioned counties although specimens collected on other granitic outcrops were C. aristatus. Apparently, the species is confined to primary soils resulting from the decom- position of granite. In fact, angular fragments of quartz and black plates of biotite are intermixed with the roots of the isotype specimen (Pyron and McVaugh 971). According to T. H. Watson (Bull. Geol. Sur. Ga. 9-A, 60-65, 1902 and U.S. Geol. Surv., Granites of the Southeastern Atlantic States 426: 233: 1910) “the light gray granite of Stone Mountain is strongly contrasted with all other types of granite in Georgia. It differs from them in mineral composition in the large pre- ponderance of muscovite over biotite, which though invariably present, occurs in very small quantity." This difference in mineral composition does not obviously explain why the species seems to be confined to this type of granite. Perhaps the presence of accessory apatite is more significant. All the Georgia granites contain plagioclase in considerable amounts, so that the concur- rence of large amounts of calcium and potassium in the resultant soil cannot be used to explain the range of C. granitophilus. The best position for C. granitophilus, C. hamulosus and C. aristatus (including C. inflerus) appears to be in Eucyperus. In C. granitophilus the glumes are decidedly more readily deciduous than the rhachilla; in C. aristatus (from North America) the glumes are very nearly as readily deciduous. This is also the case with twenty sheets of C. aristatus from the Old World (e. g. Kotschy 50, Nubia, in the Gray Herbarium with no rhachillas shed and about fifty glumes gone) and specimens of C. hamulosus 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 49 (e. g., Herbarium De Candolle 129). This latter species is quite exceptional in the genus in that the glumes are not strictly 2-ranked. This arrangement and the constantly 5-nerved glumes are the only distinctions between it and C. aristatus. C. aristatus, C. granitophilus and C. hamulosus all have a solitary stamen (rarely 2), an annual habit, an identical peculiar odor, oblong anthers, and very prominent venation of the glumes. In striking contrast all the Marisci in the United States (and nearly all those of the rest of the world) have 3 stamens, are perennials, have no such odor, have linear anthers and glumes with relatively weaker venation. Clearly the Aristati do not belong in Mariscus. Not only the superficial resemblances of Aristati place them, as pointed out by Kükenthal (Engler, Das Pflanzenreich 42°: 505. Note 1936) with the section Amabiles in Eucyperus, but in my opinion also their fundamental characters (Kükenthal takes the opposite view with respect to these last). However, section Amabiles (and section Compressi), although resembling the Aristati, differ from the latter in having the rhachillas very long- persistent and obscurely, if at all, jointed to the rhachis. Further, the relatively deciduous character of rhachilla and glumes or the persistence and non-persistence of bracteole and prophyllum (often called lower scales) is quite unreliable as a means of determining the relationship of species of Cyperus. Equally unreliable as a criterion for the separation of the sub- genera Eucyperus and Mariscus is the method of disjointing glumes and rhachillas, i. e., whether the disarticulation is along a straight or a jagged line. In proof of this the following may be cited: In C. compressus the rhachillas appear to be not at all jointed to the rhachis and only after all the glumes have fallen do they disarticulate along a jagged line above the base. The bracteole and prophyllum are more or less readily deciduous. C. cuspi- datus behaves similarly. In C. erythrorhizos the rhachillas disarticulate nearly as readily as the glumes leaving a knob persistent on the rhachis exactly as in Mariscus. Again, the prophyllum and bracteole behave as in C. compressus. In C. rotundus the glumes are very long-persistent ; in fact, the auther was unable to find any herbarium sheets where rhachillas, bracteole or glumes had fallen naturally. 50 Rhodora [FEBRUARY C. esculentus has long-awned bracteoles subtending at least the lower spikelets similar to those in C. flavus. These as well as the glumes are very long-persistent. Only & few herbarium speci- mens. showed rhachillas deciduous and none at all showed glumes deciduous. Where the rhachillas have fallen the brac- teoles are usually persistent and there is usually a disc or knob with a smooth scar exactly similar to that shown in the Mariscz. In C. Iria the glumes are readily deciduous along a straight line while the rhachillas are long-persistent but finally deciduous leaving a smooth or rough-edged scar above the persistent bracteole and prophyllum. In C. pseudovegetus the glumes are readily deciduous along a straight line; the rhachillas as well as bracteoles are long persis- tent. All the foregoing species are universally considered members of Eucyperus and yet, their characteristics are frequently those assigned to Mariscus. On the other hand, in C. filiculmis (placed by Kükenthal in Mariscus) the glumes soon disjoint along a straight line; the rhachillas disarticulate with about the same ease and at about the same age as the glumes leaving a smooth disc-like scar but without persistent bracteoles and prophylla. In a specimen of C. strigosus (J. B. S. Norton 1116, Maryland), the majority of the rhachillas have fallen, but a considerable portion, perhaps 10%, of the rhachillas are still persistent and most of the glumes have fallen from these persistent rhachillas. By contrast, in another specimen of C. strigosus (J. B. S. Norton 1117, Maryland) about half the spikelets have fallen but no glumes have fallen from any of the spikelets that still persist on the rhachis. Even the fallen spikelets still retain all the glumes! In John M. Fogg 3251 from Barnstable Co., Mass. and True 2862 from Morris Co., N. J., both C. strigosus, most of the rhachillas are persistent while nearly all the glumes have fallen! C. planifolius L. C. Rich. (— C. Ottonis Boeck. — C. brunneus Sw.), commonly accepted as one of the Marisci, always has rhachillas persisting long after the glumes have fallen! C. aristatus, C. granitophilus, and C. hamulosus show glumes that are deciduous before the rhachilla (e. g., Palmer 417, from San Pedro Martin Island, Gulf of California, and Torrey's speci- men from Yosemite Valley, California, Aug. and Sept. 1872, 1942] O’Neill,—Cyperaceae in North and South America 51 both in the herbarium of the Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., show nu- merous persistent rhachillas from which the glumes have fallen) but the rhachillas themselves are also readily deciduous (natural- ly or artificially), leaving a smooth knob persistent on the rhachis, while the bracteoles and prophylla behave as in C. compressus. It seems, therefore, that the weightier and more decisive reasons place C. aristatus and its allies in Eucyperus as a section but neither in sections Amabiles nor Compresst. STATUS OF CYPERUS INFLEXUS MUHL. This species was described by Muhlenberg [Descr. 1817] in terms that do not distinguish it in any particular from Cyperus aristatus. He does say ‘‘C. squarroso et aristato affinis and C. conferto proximus, Swartz 5." In Muhlenberg’s collection at the Philadelphia Academy of Science, folder X44 contains his collection of Cyperus (sheets X 26 to X 49 inclusive). Sheet X27 (collector’s X5) is labelled “C. suaveolens compresso prox." without any mention of C. inflecus anywhere on the sheet or on the folder. In addition to some ten plants of what has been passing as C. inflecus Muhl. there are two dwarf specimens of C. erythrorhizos Muhl. Sheet X34 of this same folio (collector's numbers 452 and 474) is C. erythrorhizos and was so named by the author. It certainly seems curious that he used his name for C. erythrorhizos, but never used C. inflecus. This may indicate Muhlenberg himself had misgivings about his C. inflexus. The ten plants of C. aristatus in Muhlenberg’s collection have culms 5-7 cm. tall, spikelets 8-10 mm. long, the body of the glumes 1-1.2 mm. long, almost always 9-nerved. On one mature head 5 or 6 basal glumes are missing on each of the rhachillas which were all still persistent on the rhachis. Many of the pale imma- ture achenes and solitary stamens are persistent on the rhachilla although the glumes have fallen. About 20 to 30 spikelets form a head. The achenes are obovoid-oblong, none of them mature. Although these specimens are a century old, they are still distinctly aromatic. This plant is exactly the same as material collected in Virginia and Pennsylvania today. This plant has been treated as synonymous with Cyperus arista- tus Rottb. by Robinson & Fernald [Gray, Man. ed. 7, 175 (1908)] and by Britton [Bull. Torr. Club 13: 207 (1886)] but by Boeckeler 52 Rhodora [FEBRUARY [Linnaea 35: 500 (1868)] as a form of C. aristatus. Later Britton considered it a distinet species [Ill. Fl. N. E. States 1: 300, ed. 2 (1913) and Abrams' Ill. Fl. Pacific States 1: 227 (1933)]. Kükenthal [Pflanzenreich 42°: 504 (1936)] treated it as a variety of Cyperus aristatus. Apparently, Britton nowhere published the means he used to distinguish C. aristatus from C. inflexus, whereas Kükenthal gives differences which may be summed up in the following table and key: Height of | No. of |Diam. of Color of Size of plant rays | spikes glumes , achene C. aristatus 2-20 cm. 2-5 8-10 | “‘rufae vel ferru- | 44-15 glume gineae vel stram- var. inflexus “ plerum- 1-3 4-6 inae" — "saepius | 1-24 glume que hu- pallescentes "' milis” KEY BASED ON THE ABOVE CHARACTERS Spikes 8-10 mm. diam. achene 14-14 length of glume; glumes brown, red or yellow; plant 2-20 cm. tall; rays 2-5...... C.aristatus Rottb. Spikes 4-6 mm. diam. achene 12-24 glume; glumes often pale in color; plant very low; rays1-3............ var. inflexus (Muhl.) Kükenth. With all authors C. inflexus is considered to be confined to the American continent. On the other hand, C. aristatus is found in the Old World and according to Kükenthal in Yucatan in the New World. The following table shows measurements, etc. of important features that have been used to differentiate C. inflexus from C. aristatus: Length Length Height Diam. of body | Length of of No. of Color of of entire culm of spikes of glume | mucro | glume (cm.) | rays (cm.) glumes | (mm.) | (mm.) | (mm.) Stewart 9464, Kashmir, N. W. 2.5-3.0| 0-2 | 0.5-1.2 | straw- 1.5 0.5-0.7|2.0-2.2 Himalaya colored Koelz 3064, Punjab 1.5-2.0| 0-1 | 0.8-1.0 | pale 1.5 0.5-1.0/2.0-2.5 straw- colored Wight 1819, India 3.0-5.0| 0-4 | 0.5 brown 1.0 0.5-1.0/1.5 Delavay 1760, China |2.0-2.5| 0-4 | 0.4-0.8 | brown 1.2-1.5|0.5-0.8/]2.0 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 53 Length Length Height Diam of body| Length| of of No. of Color of of entire culm of spikes of glume | mucro | glume (cm.) | rays (cm.) glumes (mm.) | (mm.) | (mm.) Curtis 536, British 5-10 3-4 | 0.5-0.9 | straw- 1.0-1 .3|0. 8-1 .0|1 . 8-2.0 East Africa colored and red- dish brown on the same culm Leprieur, Senegal, 6.5-10 | 3-4 | 0.6-1.0 | reddish- |1.0—1.5/0.6-1.0|1.5-2.0 Africa, in 1924 brown Schlagintweit 6136, 2.5-5 2—4 | 0.3-0.4 | straw- 1.2-1 .5|0. 5-1 .0|2.0-2.5 Tibet colored Schlagintweit 3626 3.5-6 5 0.3-0.8 | straw- 1.5-2.0/0.5-1.0/|2.0-3.0 Tsamba, Western colored Himalaya T. Thompson, N. W. |1.5-6 3—4 | 0.7-0.8 | straw- 1.5-1.8/0.5—-1.0/2.5-2.8 Himalaya colored J. D. Hooker, East 0.7-2 3 0.5-0.7 | reddish- |1.2-1.5/|0.5-1.0|1.8-2.0 India brown Kotschy 50, Nubia, 5.0-11 | 4-6 | 0.6-1.0 | light 1.0-1.5|0.8 1.5-2.0 Africa brown Roper, Senegal, 8.0-13 | 3 0.5-0.6 | brown 1.0-1.2/|0.8-1.0|1.5-2.0 Africa *Koelz 3593, 0.5-1.0| 0 Only 1 pale 1.5-2.0|0.5-1.0|2.0-3.0 Kashmir, N. W. spikelet | straw- Himalaya at the colored summit of culm, 2.5-3.0 mm. wide *G. King 1869, 1.0-3.5| 0 Only 1-2| reddish /|1.0-1.5/|1.0 1.5-2.0 Dehra Dun spikelets | or at the purplish summit | brown of culm, 1.5 mm. wide ** Lawrence, India 2.0-5.0| 0 0.8-1.2 | reddish- |2.0-2.5/1.0-2.0|4.0-4.5 brown ** Ward, India 1.5 0 0.8 reddish- |1.2-1.5|1.2-1.5|2.5-3.0 brown ** Wight, 1820, India |3—4 0 1-1.5 reddish- |1.8-2.0/|1.5-2.0|3.2-3.5 (type or isotype) brown ** Wallich 3374, 3.0 0 0.9 reddish- |1.5 1.0-1.5|2.5-3.0 ex herb. Wight brown (cotype) Plantae Exsiccatae 1-2 0-3 | 0.7-0.8 | reddish- |1.4-1.6|1.0-1.2|2.2-2.5 Grayanae 130 brown Hapeman, Aug. 3, 5-10 0-5 | 0.7-1.3 | straw- 1.5-1.8|1.0-1.5|2.5-3.0 1920, Minden, colored Nebraska * C. aristatus f. alpinus C. B. Clarke ** C. aristatus var. versicolor (Nees) Kükenth. 54 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Length Length Height Diam. of body| Length of of No. of Color of of entire culm of spikes of glume | mucro | glume (cm.) | rays (cm.) glumes (mm.) | (mm.) | (mm.) Gaumer 1023, 7-12 0-5 | 1.0-2.0 | dark 1.5-2.0/|1.0-1.5|2.5-3.0 Yucatan brown De Wailly 4686, 4-7.5 0-4 | 0.5-0.9 | straw- 1.2-1.3|1.0 2.0-2.2 Africa colored Rottboell’s type speci- |5.5-7.5| 0-3 | 0.3-0.5 0.8 0.5-1.0)1.3-1.5 men (photograph) From the above table it is evident that: (1) The distinction as to height of culm cannot be used to separate Old World from New World material. Tweedy 4859, Colorado, has culms 1.5-5.0 em. tall; Copeland 612, California, has culms 0.5-1.0 em. tall bearing 1 or 2 spikelets. These are very much like C. B. Clarke’s forma alpinus. Considered by themselves they seem very distinct, but studied in connection with 600 sheets it is readily seen that they are merely depauperate forms connected by a large number of intergrading plants from every part of the United States. (2) Number of rays is equally useless as a distinction, e. g., Bartlett 966, Georgia, has 1-5 rays; Hapeman, Nebraska, 1-5 rays, etc. (3) Although Kükenthal gives spikes 8-10 mm. in diameter for C. aristatus and 4—6 mm. for C. inflerus, specimens from the southern states, Georgia to California, frequently show spikes 15-30 mm. across, while Old World specimens often have spikes 4-6 mm. in diameter. (4) As to the color being rufous or ferruginous, this color is about equally common in both Old and New World specimens, and, apparently, is the result of the kind and amount of sunlight which the plant receives. (Curtis 536, British East Africa, shows glumes straw-colored and reddish-brown on the same culm.) (5) As regards the length of glume contrasted with length of achene, the ratio is found to be about the same in both Old and New World material, thus in Old World specimens it varies from 1.9-3.6 and in those from the New World 2.2-3.6. McVaugh 4497, Columbiaville, N. Y., has achenes nearly or quite as long as the body of the glume, although some of the achenes are only 24 as long as the body of the glume. On the other hand, Sheldon’s 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 55 specimen from Minnesota, Chapman's from Florida and Hale's from Louisiana show achenes L$ to l4 as long as the glume. J. & T. Howell, Oregon, Columbia River, shows achenes 14 to 24 as long as the glumes. Reverchon 3591, Texas, has achenes % as long. From these specimens selected at random from widely scattered points in the United States as well as from the table, it is quite evident that distinctions based on relative length of achene and length of glume show as wide a variation in American as in Oriental material. From these facts it seems evident that there is no distinction at all between C. inflerus and C. aristatus and that it is, ap- parently, something of a weed in tropical and warm-temperate regions everywhere. C. versicolor Nees, based on Wight 1820, Madras, India, has been reduced by Boeckeler to a variety of C. aristatus. This variety is clearly separable by means of the characters listed by Kükenthal (Das Pflanzenreich 42°: 504. 1936). Apparently, Kükenthal very rightly reduced C. falciculosus Liebm. to a form of C. aristatus. Purpus 6345 seems best treated as this form. In 1899, F. Cavara published C. aristatus var. Boeckeleri [Atti Ist. Bot. Univ. Pavia 5*: 23-28 (1899)] which Kükenthal puts in the synonymy under C. aristatus var. inflerus [Pflanzenreich 420°; 502. (1936)]. The accurately drawn plate showing life- size drawings of four different plants which Cavara comprises within his new variety can all be readily matched by plants from the United States or the Orient. Cavara gives as segregating characters: Ochreis purpureo-violaceis, squamis subdecurrentibus, caryopside squa- mae medium superante, mellea, sub-translucida, stilo exserto, racheola anguloso-contorta.—Omnino gracilior. Two pages previous to this, Cavara quotes a letter from Boecke- ler regarding the variety he had named in his honor: . . . Ich habe unsere Pflanze mit einem grossen aus verschiedenen Gegenden und Localitaten stammenden Material des Cyp. aristatus vergleichen kónnen, und dabei die ausgezeichnete Beschaffenheit na- mentlich der Blätter u. Bracteen immer vollig constant gefunden. Gleichvoll kann ich sie nur für eine sehr ausgezeichnete Varietüt des Cyperus nehmen. Curiously, Boeckeler differentiates the variety on leaf and bract 56 Rhodora [FEBRUARY characters, while Cavara refers to other and entirely different ones. Taking the characters proposed by the latter one by one: *ochreis purpureo violaceis” are colors frequently shown on material from any part of the world; “squamis decurrentibus" is hardly accurate, because the glumes are not prolonged and decurrent. Morphologically, the edge of the rhachilla is pro- duced as a cartilaginous margin, not at all continuous with the base of the glume; the other characters he mentions, such as the length and color of the achene, are likewise shown by specimens selected at random from any part of the United States. The rhachillas in this species are all more or less zig-zag. Cavara, further, states that C. aristatus is a plant of the tropical regions, saying that it extends to Cuba and Mexico (Orizaba), oblivious to the fact that the same plant found at Orizaba extends as far north as New Brunswick and Vancouver Island. Boeckeler’s differentiation is of even less value than Cavara’s. It seems best, therefore, to treat our American material as C. aristatus with the following synonymy: C. aristatus Rottb. Descr. et Icon. 23, t. 6, fig. 1. 1773. C. uncinatus R. Br. Prodr. 215. 1810; non Poir. C. Browne: R. & S. Syst. 2: 228. 1817. C.inflercus Muhl. Descr. 16. 1817. C. Purshii R. & S. Syst. 2: 177. 1817. C. pygmaeus Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 5: 142. 1837; non Rottb. C. falciculosus Liebm. Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. 5?: 204. 1851. C. aristatus forma inflexus Boeckl. Linnaea 35: 500. 1868. C. aristatus var. Boeckeleri Cavara, Atti Ist. Bot. Univ. Pavia 5?: 26. 1899. C. aristatus var. inflexus Kükenth. in Engler, Das Pflanzenreich 4?*: 504. 1936. C. aristatus var. inflexus f. falciculosus Kükenth. in Engler, Das Pflanzenreich 42°: 505. 1936. Chlorocyperus inflexus Palla in allg. Bot. Zeitschr. 17. Beih. 6. 1911. Dichostylis aristata Palla in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 10: 286. 1888. Isolepis echinulata Kunth, Enum. Pl. 2: 205. 1837. Scirpus intricatus L. Mant. 2: 182. 1771. S.lappaceus Lam. Ill. 1: 139. 1791 (ex descriptione). In treating C. aristatus the following additional variety is to be noted: C. ARISTATUS Rottb. Runyoni O'Neill, var. nov. Achenium lineari-spatulatum, 0.2 mm. latum, apice autem abrupte turgi- dum quasi-umbonatum 0.3 mm. latum; planta robusta. Cae- terum sicut species. This variety differs from the species in the shape of the achene which is linear-spatulate, 0.2 mm. wide throughout except at the abruptly widened, sub-umbonate apex which is 0.3 mm. wide. 1942] O’Neill,—Cyperaceae in North and South America 57 The variety is a very robust plant as can be seen from the following description: Leaves 1.5-2.0 mm. wide; bracts 1-5 mm. wide; rays 0-3, 0-4 em. long, the peduncles 0-3 cm. long; spikelets 5-15 mm. long, . 1.5 mm. wide, narrowly linear, 15-25-flowered ; rhachilla 0.5 mm. wide, 0.2 mm. thick; glumes 2.2-2.8 mm. long, of which the awn is 1.0 mm., the body 1.3-1.8 mm. long, 0.6-0.7 mm. wide, oblong- lanceolate, scarcely, if at all, imbricate; achene 0.8-1.0 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide throughout except at the abruptly widened, tri- umbonate, apiculate apex which is 0.3 mm. wide, linear-spatulate, grayish-brown (i. e., brown with a frost-like coat), iridescent, substipitate, minutely depressed-puncticulate. Texas: Kenedy Co., Runyon #1933 (TYPE); Runyon 2655 Los Norias. Buckley, Valley of the Rio Grande, in 1879-1883 in New York Botanical Garden, but not Buckley’s specimen in the Philadelphia Academy of Science. Mexico: State of Coa- huila, Monclava, Palmer 1330. (U. S. Nat’l Herb.). Isotype specimens will be distributed to the Gray Herbarium, U. S. National Museum and forty other institutions. CYPERUS Busurn BRITTON C. Bushii is here considered synonymous with C. filiculmis. Britton’s type specimen, Bush 619 from Arkansas (in the New York Botanical Garden), agrees perfectly in all respects with specimens of typical C. filiculmis found in the Eastern States as already pointed out by Fernald & Griscom [Rnopona 37: 153: 1935]. A specimen of Commons collected at Rehoboth, Delaware, August, 1895, is a perfect match of the type. Furthermore, it was found that material from Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia and other eastern states could be readily duplicated by the western variants of the species. l A careful examination of other specimens in the New York Botanical Garden which Britton had annotated C. Bushii indi- cates that his idea of that species included the mid-western plant, X C. mesochorus Geise (considered in this revision as a form of C. Schweinitzii with more densely congested spikes) and many western forms of typical C. Schweinitzii (e. g., the plant collected by Capt. Marcy in Oklahoma in 1852 which has rough culms, spikelets all ascending and glumes with conspicuous mucros, 0.3 to 0.5 mm. long). It may be noted that western forms of C. filiculmis and C. Schweinitzit intergrade so closely that new names for these 58 Rhodora [FEBRUARY intermediate plants accomplishes nothing except increased diffi- culty in setting limits to these two species. The following may be cited as examples of intermediate forms: Rydberg 2362 from Meadow Park, Colorado, which shows the inflorescence of C. filiculmis but the achenes and mucronate glumes of C. Schwein- itzii, and Gayle 622, Ft. Riley, Kansas, which has the glumes of C. filiculmis but the inflorescence of C. Schweinitzit. X CYPERUS MESOCHORUS GEISE AND C. HOUGHTONII VAR. UBERIOR KÜKENTHAL. X C. mesochorus is treated here as a form of C. Schweinitzii with denser heads containing more numerous and more digitately- disposed spikelets in contrast to the more pinnately-arranged spikelets found in typical plants. Although Sister M. Joseph Geise regarded it as a hybrid between C. Schweinitzii and C. Houghtonii, an examination of several hundred sheets of related species seems to indicate that the plant occupies an intermediate position not so much between C. Houghtoni and C. Schweinitzii as between C. filiculmis and C. Schweinitziz. C. Houghtonii var. uberior is evidently identical with X C. mesochorus. As representative of his variety Kükenthal cites the following: “Indiana: Dunes (Umbach!). Texas: Weather- ford (Tracy n. 7966!).” Umbach 1229, Dune Park, Indiana, was the only specimen seen among many collected by that botan- ist, which could be construed as var. uberior and in all prob- ability is the specimen alluded to by Kükenthal. It has been annotated by Sister Mary Joseph Geise as C. mesochorus. The specimen is very likely the isotype of Kükenthal's variety and cotype of Geise's hybrid-species. Tracy’s specimen matches in all details Deam 18168 and others from Indiana which have been annotated by Sister Mary Joseph Geise as X C. mesochorus. CYPERUS SUBAMBIGUUS KÜKENTHAL. Plants intermediate between typical C. subambiguus and typical C. flavus occur so very commonly, that the two species are con- sidered synonymous in this study. Moreover, several sheets of Blumer 1636, from Arizona, isotypes of C. subambiguus var. pallidicolor, match a specimen of C. flavus from Uruguay col- lected by Arechavaleta as to size and shape of achene, length of 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 59 glumes and other characters. The only evident difference is the slightly less dense spikes in the Arizona specimens. Yuncker 5632 from Spanish Honduras seems intermediate between West Indian C. flavus and the Arizona material. Ragonese 184 from Argentine matches the Arizona specimens in every respect. CYPERUS UNIFLORUS T. AND H. (= C. SUBUNIFLORUS BRITTON) C. uniflorus and C. strigosus are sometimes confused. The following key serves to distinguish these species in the mature state: Glumes conspicuously clasping the achene, distant, i. e., the apex of one glume barely reaching the base of the glume next «daos on the same side of the rhachilla, commonly reddish; the nerves aggregated close to the keel, spikelets subquad- rangular, 0.7 to 1 mm. wide, 1- to 5-flowered; rhachilla con- spicuously curved about each achene, the wings 2 to 2.7 mm. long, 0.5 to 0.7 mm. wide, thickened over the angles of the achene; achene 2.2 to 2.5 mm. long, 0.6 to 1 mm. wide. ....... C. uniflorus. Glumes spreading, imbricate, i. e., the lower overlapping the next above on the same side of the rhachilla about half its length, commonly yellowish or golden brown; the nerves evenly distributed, spikelets compressed or subcompressed, 1 to 1.5 mm. wide, 4- to 20-flowered; rhachilla straight or slightly zigzag, the wings 1.5 to 2 mm. long, 0.3 to 0.5 mm. wide, thin, hyaline; achene 1.5 to 2 mm. (sometimes 2.2 mm. in var. stenolepis) long, 0.5 to 0.6 mm. wide. .................. C. strigosus. C. subuniflorus Britton is here included under C. uniflorus since it is impossible to draw any kind of a dividing line between the two entities when a large number of specimens are studied. Both species appear to stand at opposite ends of a long series of intergrading forms. The following specimens picked at ran- dom from several hundred sheets are such intermediate forms: Reverchon 999, Hall 686, Clemens 411, Neally 214, Cory 16517, Purpus 8294, Ruth 770 and 893, Runyon 1924 and 1932. Britton's species, published in Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United States (ed I. 173. 1903), is based upon C. uniformis (obvious lapse for uniflorus) var. pumilus Britton, previously published as a nomen nudum (Bull. Torr. Club 13: 215. 1886). Palmer 350 from Indian Territory and Buckley's specimen from the valley of the Lower Rio Grande (1879-1883) are respectively the type and cotype of that variety. Since Britton later raised that variety to specific rank as C. subuniflorus, these two specimens automatically become type and cotype of that species. 60 Rhodora [FEBRUARY C. subuniflorus has been confused with C. globulosus. The differences are shown in the following key: Achene 0.6 to 1 mm. wide, 2 to 2.5 mm. long; wings of the rhachilla thickened over the angles of the achene; nerves of the glumes aggregated close to the keel; spikelets 1- to 5- flowered; leaves 1 to 2 mm. wide; bracts 3 to5............ Achene 0.5 to 0.6 mm. wide, 1.3 to 2 (usually 1.5) mm. long; wings of the rhachilla thin, hyaline; nerves of the glumes evenly distributed; spikelets 3- to 12- (rarely 25-) flowered; leaves 3 to 7 mm. wide; bracts 5 to 11........... sese C. globulosus. a . subuniflorus. Specimens cited by Kükenthal as C. unzflorus var. floribundus are examples of typical C. uniflorus with 1 to 3 extra achenes. The long recurved mucro mentioned as characteristic of this variety is found also on the type specimen of the species itself (Drummond 287 in the Torrey Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden) in just as high a degree of development. C. retroflexus as shown by the type specimen (Buckley, “ north- ern Texas" in the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences) is only a robust form of C. uniflorus. On the sheet in Britton's handwriting is “ very large form or variety " (i. e., of C. uniflorus). Kükenthal reduces the plant to a variety of C. uniflorus, but since it has no characters which set it definitely apart from the species it is here placed in synonymy. The monographer mentions “spiculae demum reflexae teretes" as distinguishing feature. The spikelets on all C. uniflorus are more or less reflexed. Plank's specimens from Marfa and Burnett, Texas, Sister M. Clare Metz 294, Reverchon 3426 and Wright's plant from Texas all show reflexed spikelets in varying degrees. They are subquadrangular rather than terete. "These same plants also show variable heights of culm, hence that feature must also be ruled out as a means of separating the variety from the species. Of doubtful status is C. uniflorus var. pseudothyrsiflorus Kükenth. (= Mariscus dissitiflorus C. B. Clarke). Type speci- men (Pringle 1966 from Nuevo Leon, Mexico) and closely similar Texan specimens, e. g., Buckley's from the Lower Rio Grande, Tharp's from Austin, Cory 15582 and 27390, Hughes 167 and Wright’s, sine loc., all have 3 to 14 achenes in a spikelet. These plants may possibly be hybrids of C. uniflorus and C. setigerus T. et H. 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 61 CYPERUS FENDLERIANUS VAR. LEUCOLEPIS (BoEck.) KÜKENTH. C. Fendlerianus var. leucolepis seems best regarded as synony- mous with the species. The distinguishing varietal characters offered by Kükenthal are: ‘“anthela unispicata 14 mm. longa oblonga-conica, spiculae parvae 3-4-florae patentissimae vel deflexae, squamae albescentes obsoletius nervosae purpureo- variegatae." One or more of these characters are not uncommon in typical specimens of C. Fendlerianus; plants with only 1 spike often have spikelets bearing 5 to 8 achenes, and plants with 3 or 4 spikes frequently show spikelets with 3 or 4 achenes. The color and nervation of glumes mentioned for the variety are the same as found in some otherwise typical specimens. Color of glumes is a variable, a superficial character not only in this species but throughout the genus. Certainly, it cannot be used to differ- entiate this variety. The following table lists the features used by Kükenthal in setting apart his var. major from typical C. Fendlerianus: Culms Width of Diameter of Spikes leaves Inflorescence C. Fendlerianus “gracilis” 2-4mm. —— '*1 em. longae" var. major “robustus” “lata” “ad 4 cm." “longiores crassiores "' Only three specimens of C. Fendlerianus among the many studied could possibly be considered the variety. Results of a careful examination of these plants particularly in regard to those characters mentioned above are tabulated: Culms Width of diameter of Spikes leaves inflorescence Bros. Arséne & Benedict 1.5 mm. 2to3mm. 1.5-2.5 cm. lem. wide, 16195 (cotype) throughout 2 to 3.5 cm. long [T1 Wynd & Mueller 580 1 mm. at apex 3 mm. 1.5-3 em. 2 mm. at base Shreve 9157 1 mm. at apex 4 mm. 2-4 cm. It is evident that the dimensions are such as to warrant placing the plants either with the species or the variety. The terminal spikes (20 to 35 mm. long) are somewhat longer than they are in typical specimens (10 to 20 mm.), but this character alone does not appear sufficient for maintaining the variety. Accordingly, 62 Rhodora [FEBRUARY var. major is regarded in this study as merely a large form of the species. C. sphaerolepis is placed by Kükenthal in the synonymy of C. Fendlerianus var. debilis yet the characters given by Boeckeler in his original description, namely, “umbel subtri-radiate; rays 0.6 to 1.8 em. long; spikelets 2 to 6 mm. long, 4- to 8-flowered, " are those of C. Fendlerianus typicus and not of var. debilis. C. Rusbyi does not seem sufficiently distinct from C. Fendleri- anus, since many intermediate plants are commonly found between the two species. In fact, such specimens as Standley's collection from the Organ Mountains, New Mexico (U. S. Nat. Herb. 560818), show what may be taken as the two species in the same tuft. It, therefore, seems best to retain this plant under the varietal name, C. Fendlerianus var. debilis. Although plants intermediate between the variety and the species itself are occasionally found, it is possible in most cases to separate the two. CYPERUS PLANKII BRITTON C. Plankii (= C. ovularis var. robustus Boeckl. and C. retrorsus var. robustus Kiikenth.) is a robust plant of Texas and represents an extreme form of either C. globulosus or C. retrorsus. From a study of an excellent set of intergrading forms recently collected by Robert Runyon of Brownsville, Texas, it seems somewhat more appropriate to place it under C. globulosus. The number of florets in the spikelet, the color and texture of the glumes, in fact, the entire spikelet is precisely the same as in C. globulosus. The achene fluctuates in width between that of C. globulosus and C. retrorsus. Although the dense spikes, sometimes elon- gated, suggest the general appearance of C. retrorsus, a better series of connecting forms exists between C. globulosus and C. Plankii than between the latter and C. retrorsus. Fisher’s specimen from Houston, Tharp’s from Austin and Runyon’s specimens 1926B, 2124 and 1926 show this clearly. The last specimen mentioned has 7- to 11-flowered spikelets exactly identical with typical C. globulosus spikelets. C. globulosus and C. retrorsus themselves are very similar and intermediate forms between the two occur. The most satis- factory separation seems to be made according to the following key: 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 63 Mature spikelets 3- to 8-flowered, commonly yellowish, occa- sionally purplish brown; achenes commonly 2l4 times as lopa sa wide. RE or. el es os pee EE C. globulosus. Mature spikelets 1- to 3-flowered, purplish brown; achenes 3 times AS long OO WUE "OMNEM vs C. retrorsus. It does not seem to mend matters by inserting a third ill-defined group (C. Plankii) between two already ill-defined and inter- grading species. Accordingly, C. Plankii is here placed with C. globulosus and considered the form of that species in the xerophytic region of Texas. C. globulosus var. pseudofiliculmis is described by Kiikenthal as: "Humilis 3-10 cm. altus. Spicae 1-4 saepe subsessiles ag- glomeratae vel laterales breviter pedunculatae." A specimen collected by Ruth in 1894 in Knoxville, Tennessee, and one collected by Davis in South Carolina were the only plants out of approximately 200 sheets of C. globulosus which could possibly be considered that variety. Ruth’s specimen has mature plants with culms 5 to 8 em. tall. Both specimens show 2 to 4 spikes but since specimens otherwise typical sometimes have 2 to 4 spikes, that feature cannot be considered diagnostic. Sessile spikes are not distinctive; they occur commonly in many tall specimens. In view of these facts, this variety is not maintained here. : In 1888 Britton published a variety multiflorus under C. echinatus (Ell. Wood. In so doing, he transferred Chapman's unpublished variety of the same name from C. Baldwini to C. echinatus. Kükenthal and Ekman, evidently, were not aware of Britton's variety, since they published a “new” variety multiflorus under C. globulosus Aubl. in 1929. Inasmuch as these plants, both Britton's and Kükenthal's, differ in no essential respect from typical C. globulosus except that the spikelets have 8 to 12 or rarely even as many as 25 achenes (in the typical material there are 3 to 8), they are included in the synonymy of the species. CYPERUS Nasurm BRITTON C. Nashii, commonly considered a variety of C. retrorsus, seems best regarded as a distinct species on account of the dif- ferences shown in the following key: Achene 3 to 4 times as long as wide, 1.5 mm. long, 0.4 to 0.5 mm. wide; glumes 2 to 2.5 mm. long, 1.2 to 1.5 mm. wide, conspicu- ously nerved, dull, the margins more or less involute, not imootina at tbe rhachilla.........2: 214 a euer C. retrorsus. 64 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Achene 2 to 3 times as long as wide, 2 mm. long, 0.7 to 1 mm. wide; glumes 2.2 to 3 mm. long, 1.8 to 2 mm. wide, obsoletely nerved, lustrous, the margins tightly involute and frequently meeting or even overlapping at the rhachilla.................. C. Nashii. Below are some typical examples of C. Nashiv: TYPE SPECIMENS: Nash 1196, Eustis, Lake Co., FLORIDA, August 16-25, 1884, in the New York Botanical Garden. Photo- graph in the Langlois Herbarium. FLORIDA: Britton and Wilson 28; Correll 5846; Correll and McFarlin 6228; Chapman, Apala- chicola in 1889; Cuthbert, Bradentown; 1613; Hitchcock, Eustis; Nash 1195, 1196 (type); O'Neill 5094, 5095, 7241, 7242, 7244; Pieters 45; Small and DeWinkler 9986; Small, Small and De- winkler 10640; Small and West, Avon Park; West, Lake Worth, Palm Beach County; West and Arnold, Gilchrist County; Tracy 6316. Grorata: Eyles 6496. (To be continned) NOTES ON SOME FRESH-WATER ALGAE FROM NEW ENGLAND! A. H. GUSTAFSON Srupres on the New England fresh-water algae have extended over a considerable period of time, have been carried on by a large number of well-known algologists both native and foreign, and have been published in an extensive series of papers but our knowledge of even such problems as their occurrence and distri- bution is fragmentary. The first record of a specific alga to- gether with its place of collection appears to be that of Eaton (6) in 1817. An appendix to Bailey contributed by Cole (3) lists certain species from Salem, Massachusetts and Olney (11) published early Rhode Island records. Since the middle of the last century more than 150 papers containing data on the New England fresh-water species have appeared. A list of the authors of these papers includes a large proportion of the better-known American students as well as a number of representative Euro- pean scholars. Data on the Maine species has been supplied for the most part by Harvey (7, 8, 9) and West (15, 16) and is far from complete. New Hampshire has been a fertile collecting ground especially for students of the desmids and a considerable 1Tt is a pleasure to acknowledge financial assistance from the Williams College 1900 Fund in carrying on this study. 1942] Gustafson,—Fresh-water Algae from New England 65 number of new species have been described from the state but the other algal groups are poorly known. The Vermont records are very scanty. The Reports of the Massachusetts Water Board especially in the decade from 1880-1890 were outstanding in many respects but their contribution to distributional and taxonomic problems left much to be desired. The presence of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Massachusetts has done much to stimulate a study of the waters of that region. Miss Croasdale’s (5) summary of the species known from the Woods Hole area is a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the Massachusetts algal flora but it deals with a limited area and in common with all the studies referred to above made no at- tempt to treat all the groups now generally regarded as algae. Bennett’s (2) Rhode Island list while extensive is certainly not complete. The state-wide survey of Connecticut by Hylander (10) probably makes our knowledge of the Connecticut fresh- water algal flora more complete than that of any of the other New England states but as in the other studies not all algal groups were considered. Collections made in various parts of New England have re- vealed the presence of a number of species which will assist in filling in some of the recognizable gaps in our knowledge. These are listed together with some notes on their distribution and occurrence. Several of the species have no doubt been found by previous investigators but no published records exist. Thirty- five species are recorded several of which are rare in the United States. Twenty-five appear to be new finds for New England. Four are first records from Maine; three have been added to the New Hampshire flora; 17 have not previously been recorded from Vermont; and the list known from Massachusetts has been increased by 27. With the exception of the insertion of the Cryptophyceae the systematic treatment follows Smith (12). MYXOPHYCEAE GOMPHOSPHAERIA LACUSTRIS Chodat. No previous report from New England. Found at Laurel Lake, Lee, Massachusetts; Kennebec River, Maine; Lake Ossippee and Lake Mascoma, New Hampshire; White River, Vermont and several Vermont lakes. 66 Rhodora [FEBRUARY HETEROKONTAE CENTRITRACTUS BELENOPHORUS Lemmerman. There appears to be no published report of its occurrence in the United States although Dr. James Lackey of the United States Public Health Service Laboratory in Cincinnati, Ohio has shown the author many specimens from the tributaries of the Ohio and it has also been found by the author in Michigan (in press). Found in Cole Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts. CHRYSOPHYCEAE CHRYSOSPHAERELLA LONGISPINA Lauterborn. Known only three or four times from widely scattered regions in the United States but not from New England. Found in Sucker Pond, Stamford, Vermont. DINOBRYON BAVARICUM Imhof. The only New England record is from Connecticut (1). Abundant in the plankton of Lake Raponda, Wilmington, Vermont and sparingly in Lake Sadawga, Whittingham, Vermont, as well as in a bog-pond in Jacksonville, Vermont. DINOBRYON DIVERGENS Imhof. Not known from New Eng- land. Abundant in the plankton of Laurel Lake, Lee, Massa- chusetts and Lake Garfield, Monterey, Massachusetts. DINOBRYON SERTULARIA Ehrenberg. This is without question one of the commonest of the New England algae. Found as a very abundant plankton organism all through Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont and western Massachusetts. The only previous records are from Connecticut (4) and Massachusetts (3). CHLOROPHYCEAE VOLVOCALES CHLAMYDOBOTRYS GRACILE Korshik. There appears to be no certain published record of this species in the United States al- though Dr. James Lackey has shown the author many speci- mens from the tributaries of the Ohio River. Found in the sum- mer of 1940 in the Androscoggin River at Lewiston, Maine in small numbers under interesting conditions. The odor of H;S emanated from the Androscoggin to such an extent that it could be detected for some distance from the river and, naturally, caused considerable comment and concern in the vicinity. Samples from the surface waters at Lewiston revealed several species of blue-green algae which were not determined specifically. The lone species of green alga sparingly present although ap- parently in very good condition was the one under discussion. It showed very clearly in à number of slides made from the material. Interestingly enough chemical analyses of the water 1942] Gustafson,—Fresh-water Algae from New England 67 made a few days before the samples were studied microscopically showed oxygen to be present only to the extent of half a part per million. PHACOTUS LENTICULARIS (Ehrenberg) Stein. Found only three or four times in the United States but never from New England. Collected at Bridge’s Pond and Cole Pond, Williams- town, Massachusetts as an occasional plankton type. PLEODORINA CALIFORNICA Shaw. Not known from New England. Found in Cole Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts and in Woodford Pond, Woodford, Vermont. ULOTRICHALES RADIOFILUM CONJUNCTIVUM Schmidle. Smith (12) states this species occurs infrequently in the United States and it has not been listed from New England. Collected several times in Bridge’s Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts and in Lake Raponda, Wilmington, Vermont as well as in roadside ditches in Pownal, Vermont. CHLOROCOCCALES GOLENKINIA PAUCISPINA W. and G. S. West. Not known from New England. Collected in the Connecticut River at Turner’s Falls, Massachusetts; in Cole Pond, Williamstown, Massachu- setts; and in the Connecticut River at Brattleboro, Vermont. GOLENKINIA RADIATA Chodat. This common planktonic form has not been recorded from New England. Found in several lakes in western Massachusetts as well as in the Housatonic River at Great Barrington, Massachusetts; also, in the White River at White River Junction, Vermont and in Woodford Pond, Woodford, Vermont. QUADRIGULA CHopaTA (Tanner-Fullman) G. M. Smith. New to New England; Leake Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts. SCENEDESMUS ACUMINATUS (Lagerheim) Chodat. Known from Connecticut (10); Cole and Warren Ponds, Williamstown, Massachusetts. TETRAEDRON HASTATUM (Rabenhorst) Hansgirg. New to New England; Cole Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts. TREUBARIA TRIAPPENDICULATA Bernard. New to New Eng- land; Warren Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts and the Housatonic River, Great Barrington, Massachusetts. ZYGNEMATALES CosMARIUM DENTICULATUM Borge. New to New England; Gokey Pond, Kingston, Massachusetts. COSMOCLADIUM SAXONICUM DeBary. This species not known from New England is rare in the United States. Found in Lake Onota, Pittsfield, Massachusetts and in a bog-pond in Jackson- ville, Vermont. 68 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Evastrum GLAziovi Borgesen. Not known from New Eng- land; found in Lake Raponda, Wilmington, Vermont. STAURASTRUM ARCTISCON (Ehrenberg) Lundell var. GLABRUM W. and G. S. West. Not known from New England; collected at Lake Onota, Pittsfield, Massachusetts, and in Lake Bomoseen, Vermont. STAURASTRUM LACUSTRE G. M. Smith. Not known from New England; Lake Raponda, Wilmington, Vermont and Woodford Pond, Woodford, Vermont. STAURASTRUM SETIGERUM Cleve. Known from Connecticut (10); Lake Pontoosuc, Pittsfield, Massachusetts. TRIPLOCERAS GRACILE Bailey, var. BIDENTATUM Nordstedt. New to New England; Informe Pond, Hyannis, Massachusetts. CRYPTOPHYCEAE CRYPTOMONAS EROSA Ehrenberg. The genus has been listed for New England but the species has not been designated. Found at several ponds in Williamstown, Massachusetts. CRYPTOMONAS OVATA Ehrenberg. Unger (14) lists for Maine. Found all through western Massachusetts, in several lakes in southern Vermont and central New Hampshire as well as in the Kennebec River, Maine. DINOPHYCEAE CERATIUM HIRUNDELLA (QO. F. Müller) Schrank. The genus has been reported frequently from New England but never with the specific designation although as a species frequently dominant in the plankton it must have been collected by almost every student of the algae. Frequent or abundant everywhere in collections from Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, and Massa- chusetts. EUGLENOPHYCEAE EvGLENA oxvumis Schmarda. Not reported from New Eng- land; Cole and Warren Ponds, Williamstown, Massachusetts. EUGLENA sPrROGYRA Ehrenberg. Known from Maine (14), Connecticut (4), and Massachusetts (3); oecasional specimen from roadside ditches in Woods Hole and Williamstown, Massa- chusetts and Pownal, Vermont. PHACUS ACUMINATUS Stokes. Apparently not reported from New England although it is a common species; found at several stations in Massachusetts such as Woods Hole, Worcester, Shelburne Falls, and Williamstown. PHACUS LONGICAUDA (Ehrenberg) Dujardin. No New Eng- land report since that of Cole (3). Found at Woods Hole and Williamstown, Massachusetts as well as from Pownal, Vermont. LEPOCcINCLIS ovuM (Ehrenberg) Lemmerman. The only previous New England record is from Maine (14). Found in the 1942] Gustafson,—Fresh-water Algae from New England 69 plankton at Warren Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts and the Housatonic River, Great Barrington, Massachusetts. TRACHELOMONAS CREBEA Kellicott. First New England record seems to be from Cole Pond, Williamstown, Massachu- setts. TRACHELOMONAS HORRIDA Palmer. Listed by Unger (14) from Maine; found in Cole Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts. TRACHELOMONAS URCEOLATA Stokes. Unger (14) lists the varlety SERRATOGLABRA from Maine but the species appears to be new to New England. Found in Warren Pond, Williamstown, Massachusetts. TRACHELOMONAS VOLVOCINA Ehrenberg. Listed from Connec- ticut (4) and Maine (14); found in Lake Raponda, Wilmington, Vermont and in roadside ditches Pownal, Vermont, as well as abundantly throughout western Massachusetts. LITERATURE CITED 1. AHLSTROM, E. H. Studies on variability in the genus Dinobryon (Mastigo- pe. Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc., 56: 139-159, pls. 1-3, textfig. 1. 1937. 2. BENNETT, J. L. Plants of Rhode Island, being an enumeration of plants growing without cultivation in the state of Rhode Island. Proc. Providence Franklin Soc. 1-128. 1888. 3. Core, Tuomas in Barrey, J. W. Microscopical observations made in South Carolina, Georgia and Florida. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge 2 (8): 1-48, pls. 1-3. 1851. 4. Conn, H. W. A preliminary report on the Protozoa of the fresh water of Connecticut. Conn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey: Bull. 2, 1-69, pls. 1-34. 1905. 5. CROASDALE, H. T. The fresh water algae of Woods Hole, Massachusetts. Philadelphia, 1935. 6. P Amos. A manual of botany for the northern states. First edition, 1817. 7. Harvey, F. L. The fresh-water algae of Maine. I. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 15: 155-161, 1888. , 8. ————— II. Ibid., 16:181-188, 1889. 9. — — — — III. _[bid., 19: 118-125, pl. 126, 1892. 0. HYLANDER, C. J. The algae of Connecticut. Conn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey: Bull. 24. Hartford, 1928. 245 pps., 28 pls. 11. OLNEY, S. T. Rhode Island plants, or additions and emendations to the catalogue of plants published by the Providence Franklin Society in March, 1843. Proc. Providence Franklin Soc. 1: 1-24, 1846. 12. er TR G. M. The fresh-water algae of the United States. McGraw- ill, 1933. 13. UNcER, W. B. A new variety of Trachelomonas urceolata (Protozoa, Mastigophora). Bull. Mt. Desert Is. Biol. Lab., 1941, p. 15-17. 14. — — — — A preliminary survey of the Protozoa of Beaver Lake near Salsbury Cove, Maine. Ibid., pp. 17-18. 15. West, W. The fresh-water algae of Maine. Jour. of Bot. 27: 205-207, 1889. 16. —— — —— Ibid., 29: 353-357, 1891. WiLLIAMS COLLEGE, Williamstown, Massachusetts. 70 Rhodora [FEBRUARY GRASSES OF HOT SPRINGS NATIONAL PARK, ARKANSAS, AND VICINITY FRANCIS J. SCULLY Hor Springs National Park is particularly rich in the great variety of grasses to be found on its wooded slopes and in its moist valleys and occasional open fields. The following 64 grasses have been collected in the park and the immediate vicinity. A few are evident escapes from cultivation, but it is interesting to note their persistence and spread in competition with native grasses. Determinations have been verified by Dr. Jason R. Swallen of the United States Department of Agriculture. Two species, Panicum Bicknellii and Paspalum laeve, are reported as being the first specimens received from Arkansas. Agrostis alba L. Agrostis hiemalis (Walt.) B. S. P. Alopecurus carolinianus Walt. Andropogon scoparius Michx. Arundinaria tecta (Walt.) Muhl. Avena sativa L. Brachyelytrum erectum (Schreb.) Beauv. Bromus commutatus Schrad. Bromus japonicus Thunb. Bromus purgans L. Cinna arundinacea L. Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Dactylis glomerata L. Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv. Digitaria sanguinalis (L.) Scop. Echinochloa crusgalli (L.) Beauv. Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. Elymus riparius Wiegand. Eragrostis cilianensis (All.) Link. Festuca octoflora Walt. Festuca Shortii Kunth. Glyceria striata (Lam.) Hitche. Hordeum jubatum L. Hordeum pusillum Nutt. Hordeum vulgare L. Hystrix patula Moench. Lolium multiflorum Lam. Lolium perenne L. Melia mutica Walt. Miscanthus sinensis Anderss. Panicum anceps Michx. Panicum Bicknellii Nash. Panicum Boscii, var. molle (Va- sey) Hitche. Panicum commutatum Schult. Panicum huachacae, var. fascicu- latum (Torr.) Hubb. Panicum linearifolium Scribn. Panicum microcarpon Ell. Panicum polyanthes Schult. Panicum scoparium Lam. Panicum sphaerocarpon Ell. Panicum virgatum L. Panicum Werneri Scribn. Paspalum dilatatum Poir. Paspalum floridanum Michx. Paspalum laeve Michx. Paspalum longipilum Nash. Paspalum pubescens Muhl. Paspalum pubiflorum, var. glab- rum Vasey. Poa pratensis L. Setaria lutescens (Weigel) Hub- bard Setaria viridis (L.) Beauv. Sorghum halepense (L.) Pers. Sorghum vulgare Pers. Sphenopholis nitida (Spreng.) Scribn. Sphenopholis obtusata (Michx.) Scribn. Sporobolus Poiretii (Roem. & Schult.) Hitche. Stipa avenacea L. Triodia flava (L.) Smyth. 1942] Fernald,—Carex Bayardi, nom. nov. 71 Triodia stricta (Nutt.) Benth. Uniola latifolia Michx. Tripsacum dactyloides L. Uniola laxa (L.) B. S. P. Triticum aestivum L. Uniola sessiliflora Poir. Hor SPRINGS, ARKANSAS Carex Bayardi, nom. nov. C. crus-corvi, var. virginiana Fernald in RHODORA, xxxix. 393, pl. 476, figs. 1-5 (1937). C. virginiana (Fernald) Fernald, ibid. xliii. 542 (1941), not Woods! in Rees Cycl. vi. no. 100 (1819). Again I have been caught by the joker in the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. Carex virginiana Woods was a substitute for the earlier C. stricta Lam., therefore, by the Rules, illegitimate; nevertheless, it has sufficient legitimacy, according to the Rules, to prevent the use of the name "again. I am, accordingly, substituting a new name, from BAYARD Lona, who has helped collect practically all the numbers of this dis- tinguished species.—M. L. FERNALD. MACLOVIANA As A SpEcIFIC NAME.— One of the distinguished members of Carex § Ovales is C. macloviana D'Urville in Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris, iv. 559—reprinted as Flore des Iles Malouines, 28 (1826). C. macloviana is one of those vastly significant species which are now known only in scattered areas in the Northern Hemisphere (Greenland; Labrador; Gaspé Peninsula of Quebec; northwestern Canada, with several closely allied forms south- ward into the mountains of Colorado, Utah and California; Mt. Orizaba, Mexico; and Kamchatka and the Kurile Islands), with the remainder of the species confined to southern South America (Falkland Islands and Tierra del Fuego northward into southern Argentina and Chile). Reaching the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé the species will find a place in the next edition of Gray’s Manual. It has, therefore, become necessary to determine the correct orthography of its name. Some recent students of boreal floras (Ostenfeld in Flora Arctica, etc.; Porsild in his publications on Greenland) render it as C. Macloviana, thus suggesting that it is directly based upon a personal name. Others (Kiikenthal and ! Acc. to Index Kewensis, although I find no statement of the authorship in Rees Cyclopedia. 72 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Mackenzie, for instance) follow the original author, D'Urville, in using a lower-case initial. The species was described from the Falkland Islands, which were early visited by mariners from St. Malo. They, therefore, named the Islands les Iles Malouines; and in D’Urville’s paper several species bear the specific name, with lower-case initial, macloviana, although the author regularly used capital initials for names directly derived from those of persons, Epipactis Lessonii for example. Although the Latin names of St. Malo and its derivative, Iles Malouines, do not appear in the few atlases, gazetteers and Latin dictionaries immediately at hand, the state- ment in Encyclopaedia Britannica is to the point: In the 6th century the island on which St. Malo stands was the retreat of Abbot Aaron, who gave asylum in his monastery to Malo (Maclovius or Malovius), a Cambrian priest, who afterwards became bishop of Aleth (now St. Servan). The specific epithet of Carex macloviana is, then, quite parallel with those of the combinations Scirpus hudsonianus and Ceras- tium beeringianum, an adjective derived from a geographic name, which originally repeated a personal name. As such it should have a lower-case initial. The wording of the recommendation (no. XLIII) in the International Rules is not wholly satisfactory. It reads: XLIII. Specifie (or other) epithets should be written with a small initial letter, except those which are derived from names of persons (substantives or adjectives) or are taken from generic names (substan- tives or adjectives). To these were added in 1935 vernacular names, which are capitalized. The recommendation would better reflect good usage if it said “except those which are derived directly from names of persons,” for the distinction should be clearly made between names intended to honor persons (Habenaria Hookeriana, Malva Tournefortiana, ete.) and those based upon geographic areas which were named for persons (Prunus virginiana, Rhexia mariana, Claytonia caroliniana, Carex macloviana, ete.).—M. L. FERNALD. Volume 44, no. 517, including pages 1-20, was issued 8 January, 1942. MAR 10 1942 Dodota JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 44. March, 1942. No. 519. CONTENTS: Rediscovering Sedum pulchellum at its northeastern limit. Jukan A. Sleyermark. CR es oe oe a Carex corrugata from Alabama. M. L. Fernald. .............. Status and Distribution of some Cyperaceae in North and South America (concluded). Hugh O'Neill. ................. eese. Bibliographic Note upon Gray's Revision of North American Oxytropis and Saxifraga. Harold St. John. ................ Geranium Bicknellii earlier than G. nemorale. William A. Weber. Justicia mortuifluminis, nom. nov. M. L. Fernald. ............ 73 76 77 90 91 92 The New England Botanical Club, Inc. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 20 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate at higher prices (see 3rd cover-page). Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application; volumes 35-43 can be supplied at $4.00 per volume, net, and some single numbers from them only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in- directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants this is the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. A limited number of complete sets of the past Issues can now be supplied at a greatly reduced price. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. iRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 44. March, 1942. No. 519. REDISCOVERING SEDUM PULCHELLUM AT ITS NORTHEASTERN LIMIT JULIAN A. STEYERMARK AMoNa plant collectors in Missouri who made important con- tributions to the botany of the state during the '60's and ’70’s Garland C. Broadhead was outstanding. One of the early state geologists, he lived at Pleasant Hill, Cass County, in the western part of the state, and travelled and collected in many other parts of Missouri. On his geological trips he found time to collect plants. He was a keen observer and was one of the first to re- cord the relationship existing between the distribution of plants in Missouri and the geology and soils. He collected many rare plants, a number of which have never since been re-collected either in the state or in the particular county where Broadhead got them. For example, Broadhead found Cypripedium candi- dum in Cass County, but today this species, as far as known, is extinct in that county. Most of Broadhead’s herbarium is deposited in the Herbarium of the University of Missouri at Columbia, Missouri. From the standpoint of phytogeography, Broadhead’s collec- tion of Sedum pulchellum Michx. from Lincoln County, Missouri, was one of his most notable discoveries. This county is situated in eastern Missouri, lying along the Mississippi River between townships 48 and 51 North (latitude about 39° North). It is the second county north of the Missouri River. Although the ‘ 74 Rhodora [Marcu county, generally speaking, is located in the glaciated part of the state north of the Missouri River, many parts of it and adjacent counties have preserved an Ozark topography and flora which give every indication of having escaped Pleistocene glaciation. Throughout its range Sedum pulchellum inhabits unglaciated terrain, occurring north of the Coastal Plain from Central Kentucky, Missouri, and southeastern Kansas on the north to northwestern Georgia, Alabama, and Arkansas on the south. Wherry has shown that the previous records for this species from Virginia and West Virginia should be referred to Sedum Nevii? In Missouri the collection of Sedum pulchellum from Lincoln County by Broadhead marks not only its north- easternmost known point in the state, but the farthest north in its entire range (the Lincoln County locality, slightly north of 39? north latitude, is farther north than its localities in Jackson and Boone counties). "Throughout the rest of its dispersal in Missouri, Sedum pulchellum 1s known only from the western half of the state, practically south of the Missouri River. Strictly speaking, it occurs north to Jackson and Moniteau and Boone counties on the north and reaches its eastern limits in Camden, Dallas, Texas, and Oregon counties. "Throughout the eastern half of the Ozarks it is absent. This appears strange, since its occurrence in Kentucky, Alabama, and Georgia to the east might presuppose a continuation of its range westward into eastern Missouri. Nevertheless, outside of the Lincoln County record, the species skips eastern. Missouri and reappears in the southwestern and west-central part of the state. The nearest stations in Missouri to the isolated northeastern one in Lincoln County are the several known in Boone County, also north of the Missouri River. The Boone County stations are about sixty- five miles (as the crow flies) distant from the Lincoln County locality. But the nearest easternmost Ozark localities (in Camden, Texas, and Oregon counties) are approximately 110, 140, and 170 miles distant (as the crow flies). Thus, this Lincoln County record is a remarkable isolated one when one considers the distribution of the species in the state as a whole. 1 In a later paper, the author intends to present a detailed account of this '' driftless area ” of Missouri from the botanical and geological evidence which he has accumulated. ? Wherry, E. T. The Ranges of our Eastern Parnassias and Sedums. Bartonia no. 17:20. 1935. 1942] Steyermark,—Rediscovering Sedum pulchellum 75 Since Broadhead’s collection of the Lincoln County specimen, almost eighty years ago, some botanists had been skeptical whether he had actually collected the species in this county. By dint of an opportunity to collect in certain parts of Lincoln County during the spring of 1941, the writer chanced to botanize an area known as the “Natural Bridge,” located along Sandy Creek, slightly west of the junction of Sandy and Little Sandy Creek, T 51 N, R 2 W, sect. 15, 5 miles west of Whiteside. Here the past meanderings of Sandy Creek have carved out of the Ordovician limestone bluffs a high and beautiful arch, called the “Natural Bridge." Across the valley from this place is another series of high limestone bluffs forming a narrow ridge in sect. 15 and 14 along Sandy Creek. While climbing up the steep ledges of these bluffs along the creek the writer was greatly surprised to encounter several plants of the long-lost Sedum pulchellum. As the area became more thoroughly explored many more plants were found. In fact, on the bluffs on either side of the valley, the Sedum occurred plentifully on the most exposed parts on top of the bluffs, especially along their edges, as well as along the upper ledges of the bluffs and on rock slides on the slopes. Occurring with the Sedum were Androsace occidentalis, Phacelia Purshii, Draba cuneifolia and Opuntia Rafinesquii, species which, like Sedum pulchellum, are chiefly or entirely Ozarkian in their distribution in Missouri and which are here at or near their northeastern limits of dispersal in the state. Other species with a similar Ozarkian range occurring here at or near their north- eastern limits in the state were Arabis virginica and Myosurus minimus. Remarkable also was the fact that so much of the Sedum was actually thriving on parts of the bluffs that were sub- jected to frequent grazing by sheep and horses. It might have been expected that grazing conditions would have so disturbed this isolated station of Sedum as to exterminate it completely during the eighty years since Broadhead’s collection of it, most likely from this same station. In fact, when the writer spotted the first few plants on the ledges of rocky bluffs, he noticed that the tips of some of the plants had been chewed by sheep, and he immediately became pessimistic lest these few plants were making the last stand of the species at this locality; but, for- tunately, as thousands and thousands of Sedum pulchellum 76 Rhodora [Marcu plants were discovered, the writer realized that the flora, judging from the abundance of the other native component species occur- ring here, had persisted remarkably well despite the introduction of stock-raising. Even if grazing should exterminate it from some parts of the bluffs, another portion of the ridge, which has been fenced off and protected from cattle, would have preserved thousands of plants from destruction. Thus, the little Sedum pulchellum, a winter-annual, is still holding its own in Lincoln County against what would appear to be such great odds as to have exterminated many other species of plants. Sedum pulchel- lum is evidently a tough little plant, hard to kill, and it is to be hoped that it will continue indefinitely to reproduce and prosper here, to remind us that it is at its northeastern limit of range. The writer’s collection of this species, deposited in the Her- barium of Field Museum is as follows: at ‘‘ Natural Bridge" along Sandy Creek and on the other side of the valley on bluffs, T 51 N, R 2W, sect. 14 and 15, 5 miles west of Whiteside, Lincoln County, Missouri, April 28, 1941, Steyermark 28532. Fietp Museum or NATURAL History, Chicago CAREX CORRUGATA FROM ALABAMA.—Among the formerly unidentified Carices in the Gray Herbarium there is a sheet from northern Alabama of thoroughly characteristic C. rugata Fernald! in Rnopona, xliii. 545, t. 671, figs. 1-4 (1941), with the strongly puckered perigynia and the cuneate-obovoid achene with trun- cate summit as in the plant of the lower Nottaway Valley in southeastern Virginia. The Alabama material is from shaded bottoms of Cotaco Creek, about 12 miles east of Hartsville, Morgan County, May 19, 1934, R. M. Harper, no. 3226. This station is in the valley of the Tennessee River. Search farther up that valley, in North Carolina, and farther down, in Tennes- sce, may further extend the range of the species.— M. L. FERNALD. ! CAREX corrugata, nom, nov. C. rugata Fernald in RHoponRa, xliii. 545, t. 671, figs. 1-4 (1941), not Ohwi in Acta Phytotax. et Geobot. i. 76 (1932). Another instance showing how difficult it is to find an unused descriptive specific name in a large world-wide genus. 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 77 THE STATUS AND DISTRIBUTION OF SOME CYPERACEAE IN NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA HuGu O'NEILL (Continued from page 64) CYPERUS POLLARDI BRITTON (= C. DEERINGIANUS BRITTON AND SMALL) AND C. BLODGETTII BRITTON C. Blodgettii and C. Pollardi may be regarded as distinct, though very closely-related entities, insofar as the type speci- mens are concerned. The few differences may be summed up as: Culms 15 to 30 cm. tall, about 1 mm. thick; rays 1 to 6, 1.5 to 6 mm. long; spikelets congested in ovoid or cylindric heads; glumes 1.5 to 2 mm. long; bracts and leaves rarely septate- ZEN a ed C. Blodgettü. Culms 30 to 100 cm. tall, 2 to 3 mm. thick; rays 3 to 7, 3 to 12 em. long, rarely contracted at the summit of the culm; spikelets densely congested in ovoid or oblong spikes; glumes 2 to 3 mm. long; bracts and leaves frequently septate-nodulose.......... C. Pollardi. Unfortunately only 6 additional specimens were found which matched the type of C. Blodgettii; all the others examined in this connection were clearly C. Pollardi. More material for study might possibly lead to Kükenthal's conclusion, that these 2 species are but one. Due to the paucity of specimens available and to the fact that the type specimens show some differences they are treated here tentatively as distinet species. The most disconcerting evidence in establishing the status of these species was the fact that Britton determined Nash 2309 as C. Pollard: Britton. This plant quite evidently matches his type of C. Blodgettii from Key West and does not conform at all to his type of C. Pollardi from Miami. It may be noted also that two sheets of C. Pollardi (in the New York Botanical Garden) so determined by Britton were redetermined and annotated by Kükenthal as C. Blodgettii. Britton's subsequent comment on Kükenthal's annotation label is “Not it". Kükenthal, obviously, did not see Britton’s type specimen of C. Blodgettii; at least he did not annotate the type. The type specimen of C. Deeringianus (Small, Mosier and Small 6789, Arch Creek Prairie, Dade Co., Florida in the New York Botanical Garden) is an immature specimen of C. Pollardi. This species (C. Deeringianus) was reduced to a variety by Fernald and Griscom (Rnopona 37: 152. 1935) and referred to 78 Rhodora [MARCH C. retrorsus Chapm. Superficially, this plant and forms of C. retrorsus characterized by having long, branched spikes are nearly indistinguishable. A microscopic examination, however, reveals easily recognizable differences; for instance, the glumes in the type specimen of C. Deeringianus are conspicuously spreading, cucullate and commonly yellow in color (exactly as they are in C. Pollardi Britton) and narrower and longer than C. retrorsus plants which have conspicuously appressed more or less clasping but scarcely cucullate and commonly brown glumes. In C. Deeringianus the wings of the rhachilla are narrow (0.1 to 0.3 mm. wide) and very readily deciduous (as in C. Pollard?) in the forms of C. retrorsus they are wide (0.5 to 0.6 mm.) and persistent. C. Deeringianus is clearly C. Pollardi. C. RETRORSUS VAR. MULTIFLORENS KÜKENTH. This is based upon Chapman's specimen from Caximbas Bay, Florida. Kükenthal's comment is “nicht gesehen”. This speci- men is in the New York Botanical Garden and has been correctly determined by Britton as C. Pollardi. It is also the type of C. cylindricus Chapm. C. Winkleri is based on an immature type specimen (Small and Mosier 5625) and is identical in every detail with the type and other specimens of C. Pollardi. Mariscus Curtisii (1908) is based upon Rugel 387 from Florida as type specimen and Rugel 440 and 446 and Pollard and Collins 257 as cotypes. This last specimen is also the type of Britton's C. Pollardi (1903). All these specimens can, unhesitatingly, be referred to the same species. The synonymy and distribution of C. Pollardi Britton as here understood is: CYPERUS PoLLARDI Britton ex Small, Fl. S. E. States, ed. 1. 1321. 1903. C. cylindricus Chapm. Bot. Gaz. 3: 18. 1898 non Britton 1879 non M. cylindricus Ell. C. Deeringianus Britton et Small ex Small Man. S. E. Fl. 151. 1933. C. Winkleri Britton et Smalll. e. 152. C. retrorsus var. Curtisii (C. B. Clarke) Kükenthal in Engler, Pflanzenr. 4°: 512. 1936. C. retrorsus var. multiflorens Kükenth. 1. c. 513. Mariscus Curtisii Clarke, Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 8:15. 1908. . M. litoreus Clarke, l. e. 19.— TYPE SPECIMEN: Pollard and Collins 257, Miami, Dade County, Florida, April 4-7, 1898, in the New York Botanical Garden. Photograph in the Langlois Herbarium. Fromipa: Chapman, Collier's Key at Mareo Pass, Caximbas Bay in 1875 (type of C. 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 79 cylindricus Chapm. and C. retrorsus var. multiflorens Kükenth.); Correll 6137, 5784, 5933; Cuthbert, Bradenton, 1423; Deam 2755; Garber, St. Augustine, Tampa; Hitchcock 383, 384; Hume, New Smyrna; Miller and Reeves 10; Nash 1268, 1363; O'Neill 2590, 5086, 7249, 7250; Pollard and Collins 257 (TYPE); Rugel 389 and 446 (type and cotype respectively of Mariscus Curtisit) ; Simpson 432 (type of M. litoreus) ; Small and Britton 9331; Small, Caxim- bas Island; Small and Carter 881; Small and Mosier 5625 (type of C. Winkleri); Small, Mosier and DeWinkler, Caximbas Bay; Small, Mosier and Small 6685, 6701, 6789 (type of C. Deeringi- anus); Small, Small and Dewinkler 10591; Tracy 6982; Under- wood 2234. Groraia: Harper 928. SOUTH CAROLINA: Godfrey and Tryon 303, 1180; Cuthbert, Sea Island; St. Helena Island. Cusa: Shafer 2771 near Porto Barril, Cayo Romano, Camguez, Oct. 26, 1909; Roig and Cumata 2231, Santa Cristo de Maniadero, July 25, 1920, Cienga de Lapata, Santa Clara, in Bro. Leon's Herbarium. Below are some typical examples of C. Blodgettii Britton: TYPE SPECIMEN: Blodgett, Key West, in the Torrey Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. Photograph in the Langlois Herbarium, Catholic University. FLorima: Blodgett, Key West (type); Chapman, southern Florida; McAtee 1697; Nash 2309; Pollard, Collins and Morris 35; Small, Britton and DeWinkler 9371; Small and Carter 1178. CYPERUS STRIGOSUS L. AND VARIETIES. Large forms of typical C. strigosus approach C. stenolepis so closely that they cannot be readily separated on the strength of characters usually given; for example, the glumes in both species are equally spreading and involute at maturity; robust forms of C. strigosus have leaves just as wide, inflorescences just as much compound and rays just as long as C. stenolepis. Such plants as Harper 423 and 1552 from Georgia, a specimen collected by Miss Vail in Marion, Massachusetts, Bush 46 from Missouri, Larsen 301 from Delaware and Dodge from Port Huron, Michigan (9-17-92) indicate the advisability of considering C. stenolepis a variety of C. strigosus, as has already been done by Kükenthal [Pflanzenreich 4?*: 408. 1936] and by Fernald & Griscom [Rnopona 37:151. 1935]. The type specimen of C. Hansen is in no respect distinct from robust forms of typical C. strigosus and therefore cannot be maintained even as a variety. 80 Rhodora [Marcu Kikenthal describes f. robustior as having spikelets as long as 20 mm. Since he limits C. strigosus to 10 mm. long, it may be presumed that his concept of the spikelet length is 10 to 20 mm. Fernald gives the length as 20 to 30 mm. Both authors agree on 10 to 25 flowers. When specimens having spikelets 20-30 mm. long are studied they do not show any other distinguishing character except this length of spikelet. Hngelmann’s plant from St. Louis, Missouri, collected in 1845 and Britton's from Staten Island in 1879 (both determined by Britton as var. robustior) have dense spikes, rather short rays, and only slightly compound inflorescences. Bush 6175 from Missouri, another specimen from Oregon Co., Missouri, collected by Bush in 1892 and Hale 500 from Louisiana have distantly set spikelets and slightly more compound inflorescences. A study of several thousand specimens points out the fact that the length of the spikelet is governed by environmental conditions and is not of any genetie value. Spikelet-length for C. strigosus could be arbitrarily set at any other length than those specified and would mean just as much. Var. elongatus and f. capitatus differ in only one particular—in that the first has longer rays than the second. It is easy to list a series of specimens grading from one to the other. Holms specimen from D. C., Sept. 1897, is exactly midway between the two plants. It seems best to consider them both as synonymous with C. strigosus. F. compositus has been held distinct from the species because of its compound inflorescence. Intergrading forms are abundant. Colonies of C. strigosus can readily be found almost anywhere which show that the plant develops a simple inflorescence where it is crowded by other plants, but that the inflorescence is com- pound where the plants stand in the clear, especially on rich soil, just as trees in dense stands have poorly developed branches while those growing in the open have well-developed branches. Numerous intermediate forms exist between any two of the varieties which have been placed in the synonymy of C. strigosus. This becomes so evident when a large number of sheets are sorted that any attempt to separate these forms seems both impossible and futile. It is to be noted that in the large collection of C. strigosus in the New York Botanical Garden, Britton named only a few 1942] O'Neill, —Cyperaceae in North and South America 81 specimens according to the varieties he proposed and in nearly as many cases as not he placed a question mark in lead pencil after the varietal name in his own distinctive hand. C. B. Clark in 1902 annotated a considerable number of speci- mens in the New York Botanical Garden but made no mention of any variety. Chapman's specimen from Florida determined by C. B. Clarke as Mariscus praelongatus is C. odoratus L. (= C. ferax L. C. Rich.). McCarthy 2 from North Carolina was labelled by the collector C. stenolepis and determined by Britton as C. strigosus var. compositus. The specimen really is C. odoratus L. Buckley's specimen from the Lower Rio Grande, the type of Britton's var. gracilis, is C. lentiginosus. Cyperus Deamii, nom. nov. C. strigosus var. multiflorus Geise, Am. Mid. Nat. 15: 253. 1934, non C. multiflorus Steud. nec Small. Perennis. Radices fibrati, 0.5 mm. crassi, plerumque rubri. Rhizoma perbreve. Culmus 4-20 cm. altus, apice circa 1 mm., basi 1-1.5 mm. crassus, vix tuberascens, compresso-trigonus, rectus, rigidus, multistriatus, levis, haud septato-nodulosus. Folia 1-3, culmo breviora vel longiora 2-17 cm. longa, 2-3.5 mm. lata, acuminata, plana, recta, membranacea, marginibus carinaque parce sigil- latimque scabra, haud septato-nodulosus, viridia; vaginae rubro- purpureae, in fibras dissolutae. Bracteae saepe 3, anthela breviores vel longiores, 3.5-8 cm. longae, 1.5-3.5 mm. latae. Anthela simplex. Radii 5-11, 0 to 6 em. longi. Spiculae 10—30 mm. longae, 1 mm. latae, 14—20-florae, subdistichae, subcom- pressae. Rhachilla 0.1 mm. lata, recta, straminea; alae 1.2-1.5 mm. longae, 0.2-0.4 mm. latae, lineari-lanceolatae, hyalinae sine colore, persistentes. Bracteola 1-1.5 mm. longa, 0.8 mm. lata, lanceolata. Prophyllum secundarium 2 mm. longum, 1.0 mm. latum, lineari-lanceolatum. Glumae 3.2-3.8 mm. longae, 1-1.2 mm. latae, anguste oblongo-lanceolatae, mucronulatae, mem- branaceae, 5—7-nerviae, arcte imbricatae, sero-deciduae, lateribus stramineae vel rubrae, carina virides, marginibus hyalinae. In flore normali stamina 3 (filamenta 2-2.5 mm. longa; antherae 0.5 mm. longae, 0.2 mm. latae, connectivum haud productum); achaenium trigonum, 1.8 mm. longum, 0.5 mm. latum. In flore abnormali stamina 6 (filamenta 2 mm. longa; antherae planae, steriles, variae nimis, 1-1.2 mm. longae, 0.1 mm. late interdum 0.3-0.5 mm. longae, 0.2 mm. latae, connectivum 1.5 mm. pro- ductum); achenium abortivum vel parvulum, 6-costatum; stylus vix 0.5 mm. longus; stigmata 4—6, 1.5 mm. longa. 82 Rhodora [MARCH Perennial. Root fibrous, 0.5 mm. thick, often red. Rhizome very short. Culms 4-20 cm. tall, about 1 mm. thick at the trigonous apex, 1 to 1.5 mm. thick above the slightly tuberous- thickened base, trigonous-compressed, erect, rigid, multistriate, smooth, not septate-nodulose. Leaves 1 to 3 on a culm, shorter or longer than the culm, 2 to 17 cm. long, 2 to 3.5 mm. wide, acuminate, flat, erect, membranous, sparingly antrorsely scabrel- late on the margins and dorsal midrib, not septate-nodulose, green; sheaths reddish-purple, becoming fibrous. Bracts com- monly 3, shorter or longer than the inflorescence, 3.5 to 8 em. long, 1.5 to 3.5 mm. wide, in other respects like the leaves. Spikelets 10-30 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, subcompressed, sub- distichous, 14- to 20-flowered. Rhachilla 0.1 mm. wide, straight, straw-colored, the wings 1.2-1.5 mm. long, 0.2 to 0.4 mm. wide, linear-lanceolate, colorless, hyaline, persistent. Bracteole 1 to 1.5 mm. long, 0.8 mm. wide, ovate. Secondary prophyllum 2 mm. long, 1.0 mm. wide, ovate. Glumes 3.2 to 3.8 mm. long, 1 to 1.2 mm. wide, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, mucronulate, membranous, 5- or 7-nerved, closely imbricate, tardily deciduous, the sides straw-colored or red, the smooth keel green, the margins hyaline, some of the glumes enclosing 3 stamens (filaments 2 to 2.5 mm. long; anthers normal and well developed, 0.5 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, the connective not prolonged) and a trigonous achene 1.8 mm. long, 0.5 mm. wide, other glumes enclosing 6 stamens (filaments about 2 mm. long; anthers flat, sterile, variable in size and shape, 1 to 1.2 mm. long, 0.1 mm. wide, sometimes 0.3 to 0.5 mm. long, 0.2 mm. wide, the connective often prolonged as much as 1.5 mm.) and rarely a 6-ribbed undeveloped achene (style less than 0.5 mm. long, its 4 to 6 branches 1.5 mm. long). TYPE SPECIMEN: Deam 51233, Lake Cicott, Cass Co., Indiana in the herbarium of C. C. Deam. DELAWARE: Commons, Wilmington (Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia). IwptANA: Deam 51233, Sept. 28, 1931, Cass County; Deam 53488, Oct. 7, 1932, St. Joseph Co. New JERSEY: Rusby, Secaneus, Sept. 15, 1890 (New York Botanical Garden). 'This remarkable plant appears to be a very interesting abnor- mality, but at present it is impossible to determine whether it is a hybrid, a galled specimen, or the effect of a virus disease or of some very exceptional environmental factor. It is the only species of Cyperus out of some 30,000 specimens examined, which had 6 stamens. Commons’ specimen from “moist soil", Wilmington, Delaware, suggests an unusual environment in that it has a dwarf specimen of C. erythrorhizos (2.5 em. tall) and two specimens of Eleocharis obtusa (3 em. tall) intimately intertwined 1942] O’Neill,—Cyperaceae in North and South America 83 with its roots. If the plant is a hybrid, its appearance would suggest C. strigosus X C. esculentus or C. strigosus X C. rotundus. CYPERUS, SUBGENUS PycnEus* C. LANCEOLATUS Porn. The distribution of C. lanceolatus Poir and its variety com- positus Presl in the United States is somewhat confused in the existing literature. Chapman [Flora of the Southern United States 1860, 1883, 1897] does not mention this species as such but in the first and second edition of his Flora page 5006, C. rivularis Kunth is described as having “scales pale straw-color . nut... black and shining . . . Georgia, Florida and westward." The plant meant here by Chapman is undoubtedly not C. rivularis but C. lanceolatus. In the third edition, Chapman omits all mention of this plant. Small [Flora of the Southeastern States 165. 1903 and 1913] mentions this plant under the name C. helvus Liebm. which Kükenthal rightly refers to synonymy with C. lanceolatus var. compositus. But this variety does not occur in the Southeastern States. Later Small [Man. S. E. Fl. 146. 1933] lists this plant as C. densus Link which is referred by Kükenthal and the present author to synonymy under C. lanceolatus. 'The distribution of this species in the United States is confined to the vicinity of the Gulf Ports where it is apparently rare and probably introduced. 'The following specimens have been seen: FronipA: Mary Stipe, 121 (Cath. U.), Beacon Beach, west of Apalachicola. August 5, 1939. Lousiana: Langlois (Cath. U.), Point a la Hache P. O., Plaquemines County in 1882. C. lanceolatus var. compositus Presl seems to have been found only once in the United States. The record is: Texas: V. L. Cory 24662 (Cath. U.) at Cole Creek, 3 miles east of Field Creek, Llano County, September 20, 1937. This variety is common in Chihuahua on the other side of the Mexican border. C. FILICINUS AND C. POLYSTACHYOS The pantropical C. polystachyos occurs in the West Indies, Mexico, Central and South America. The variety texensis * For a monographic treatment of Pycreus, refer to Corcoran, Sister M. Lucy. A Revision of the Subgenus Pycreus in North and South America. Contr. Biol. Lab. Cath. Univ. America. No. 37. 1941. 84 Rhodora [Marcu (Torr.) Fern. (= var. leptostachyus Boeck.) according to Kiiken- thal extends from Virginia to the West Indies and from Texas to Ecuador and occurs in the Philippines. The distribution of C. filicinus is given by Kükenthal as Maine to the Gulf of Mexico and the West Indies with salt or brackish marshes as the habitat whereas C. polystachyos var. lexensis 18 assigned to the margins of swamps and the banks of streams. After a study of several thousand sheets of these three entities the author has come to the conclusion that the following key expresses the only essential differences between these three plants: 1. Spikelets fasciculate, suberect, forming penicillate clusters at the ends of the rays.................. C. polystachyos var. typicus. Spikelets divaricate, not densely clustered, not penicillate........... 2. 2. Achenes oblong, 0.4-0.5 mm. wide, 0.8-1.4 mm. long, rounded or truncate at the apex, more than half the length of the glume (sometimes less in maritime plants); glumes 1.0-1.2 mm. wide, 1.5-2.5 mm. long; spikelets 1.5 (rarely 2) mm. wide; culms 0-75 em. tall................0.... var. lexensis. Achenes obovate-oblong, 0.6-0.7 mm. wide, 1.2-1.4 mm. long, subtruncate at the apex, less than half the length of the glume; glumes 1.0-1.5 mm. wide, 2.0-3.5 mm. long; spikelets 2-3.5 mm. wide; culms 4-45 em. tall............. C. filicinus. So treated, the distribution of C. filicinus Vahl stands out clearly and furnishes fairly good grounds for its specifie rank which the author had previously doubted [Rhod. 42: 85. 1940]. As here understood, C. filicinus is confined to salt or more or less brackish situations along the Atlantic Coast from Maine to North Carolina. All citations by this author or other authors from more southerly localities are not C. filicinus even though occurring in salt marshes; c. g. Langlois’ specimens from the Gulf Coast have often been cited as C. filicinus but the achenes are narrowly oblong and less than 0.5 mm. wide and therefore are C. polystachyos var. texensis. Nash 482 (Eustis, Fla.) cited by Kükenthal as C. filicinus, has narrowly oblong achenes (0.4 mm. wide) and glumes only 2 mm. long. It is surely var. texensis. Curtiss 3050 (Indian River, Fla.) the type of C. filicinus f. splendens Kükenthal has the same narrow achenes and glumes only 2 mm. long. It is merely a luxuriant plant of var. texensis. C. Louisianae Steud. is based on a specimen from Louisiana. Although placed in synonymy with C. filicinus by Kükenthal it is really a synonym of var. texensis as is plain from Steudel’s 1942] O’Neill,—Cyperaceae in North and South America 85 description, *achenio oblongo subcylindrico.” C. filicinus does not grow in Louisiana. The plant mistaken for it is simply var. texensis with rather long glumes but with narrowly oblong, not oblong-obovate, achenes. C. Torreyanus Schult. [Syst. Veg. 2. Mant. 101. 1824] is based upon C. caespitosus Torr. non Poir. Torrey, however, had already recognized the fact that he had used a preoccupied name and had renamed C. caespitosus as C. Nuttallii in 1820. Torrey’s type specimen is from New Jersey and is in the New York Botanical Garden. It is undoubtedly C. filicinus. C. Cleaveri Torr. is based on a specimen collected by I. Cleaver in Monmouth County, New Jersey. In the Gray Herbarium there is a half sheet of a dwarfed, attenuate Cyperus, labelled C. Cleaveri, collected by Cleaver in New Jersey. Photographs will be distributed by the Catholic University. This specimen may be regarded as the type or isotype of C. Cleaveri since it fulfills Torrey’s description of this species. There are two plants on this half sheet, the one to the right having one and the one to the left having two spikelets. Both are quite clearly depauperate forms of C. filicinus. Kükenthal has recognized this plant as a form of C. filicinus and it certainly deserves no higher rank. Adams 2497 from Salem County, New Jersey, forms a connecting link between the form Cleaveri and C. filicinus. C. Cleaveri is here treated as a synonym of C. filicinus. C. tenuis Muhlenberg. The description of this species is far too vague to be recognizable. In the Muhlenberg Herbarium at the Philadelphia Academy of Science (folio 44, No. 433, sheet 36) are 3 small specimens of C. filicinus. 'They are not labelled C. tenuis, nor is there any specimen in Muhlenberg's collection so labelled. Until Muhlenberg's specimen can be found, it seems impossible to determine the status of C. tenuis. C. piPARTITUS Torr. [Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 3: 252. 1836.] This is based on Ingalls’ specimen from New Orleans in the New York Botanical Garden. It is merely an attenuate form of C. rivularis, not of C. diandrus as stated by Kükenthal. FonMs OF C. RIVULARIS KUNTH. Regarding f. elongatus of Boeckeler, varieties depauperata, eluta and acutata of Clarke and subvariety Mohrii of Farwell, 86 Rhodora [Marcu the author, after examining several thousand sheets of this species, has reached the conclusion that they are mere responses to differences in environment, amount and kind of sunlight, ete. CYPERUS RIVULARIS Kunth var. lagunetto (Steud.) O'Neill comb. nov. C. lagunetto Steud. Syn. 5. 1855. C. argentinus Clarke, Jr. Linn. Soc. 21:64. 1884. C.rivularis subsp. lagunetto Kükenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr. 4?*: 383. 1936. C.rivularis subsp. lagunetto f. subacaulis Kükenth. in Engler Pflanzenr. 4°”: 384. 1986. Pycreus lagunetto Clarke, Engler Bot. Jahrb. 30, Beibl. 68: 8. 1901.—Achaenium late obovatum vel orbiculare; stamina 3 raro 2. Caeterum sicut species. This plant, treated as a subspecies by Kükenthal, differs in no respect from the species proper as described by him. However, a series of achenes from the United States and Canada compared with a series from South America shows that the variety lagunetto has broadly obovate to subrotund achenes while C. rivularis typicus has elliptic to obovate-elliptic achenes. In addition, var. lagunetto has 3 or 2 stamens whereas C. rivularis has only 2 stamens. These appear to be the only distinctions between C. rivularis and lagunetto and for this reason the latter is here reduced from a subspecies to a variety. Cyperus NIGER Ruiz et Pavon var. capitatus (Britton) O'Neill, comb. nov. “C. diandrus var. castaneus Torr.” apud S. Wats. Bot. Calif. 2: 214. 1880. C. diandrus var. capitatus Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 13: 205. 1886. C. flavescens var. castaneus subvar. capitatus Farwell, Amer. Mid. Nat. 12: 118. 1930. C. niger var. castaneus Kükenth. in Engler Pflanzenr. 4°: 344. 1936. This variety differs from the species and the other varieties in the castaneous color of the glumes and the conspicuously apiculate achenes almost as long as the glumes. C. diandrus var. capitatus is based on Wright 1949 from New Mexico. This specimen is in the New York Botanical Garden. S. Watson mistakenly referred Californian specimens to Cyperus diandrus var. castaneus Torr. which is Cyperus rivularis Kunth. Kükenthal on the strength of this misdetermination made a new combination C. niger var. castaneus (S. Wats.) Kiikenthal. But a misdetermination does not set up a new entity. Therefore the first valid varietal name for this plant is C. diandrus var. capitatus Britton. Wright’s specimen is quite 1942] O’Neill,—Cyperaceae in North and South America 87 clearly neither C. diandrus nor C. rivularis but a variety of C. niger. Hence the necessity for the new combination. Extension of range of C. megapotamicus Kunth to Panama is shown by Woodson, Allen and Seibert 1134 (in Mo. Bot. Garden) Finca Lerida, to Boquete, Chiriqui, Panama, elev. 1300-1700 m. Apparently previously recorded only from Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay and the Argentine. Extension of range of C. polystachyos var. texensis (Torr.) Fern. to the Galapagos Islands, is shown by Bauer 311 (Gray Herbarium) Chatham Island, Southwest End, Middle Region, June, 1891 (determined as C. fugax Liebm.). Extension of range of C. rivularis var. lagunetto (Steud.) O'Neill to the Galapagos Islands is shown by Bauer 316 (Gray Herbarium) Chatham Island, Southwest End, Middle Region, June, 1891 (determined as C. tristachyus Boeckl.). EXTENSIONS OF RANGE OF OTHER SPECIES OF CYPERUS AND CAREX CYPERUS SEROTINUS Rottb. Fogg 9574 (Univ. of Pa.), tidal marsh along the Delaware River, north-northeast of Oakwood Beach, Southern New Jersey, August 28, 1935. Apparently the first record of this European species in the United States. Dr. Fogg will make further observations to see 1f this species is per- sisting. CYPERUS PILOSUS Vahl was first collected in the United States by the author in 1936 (his no. 9088) (Cath. U.)[ Ruopona 40: 74. 1938]. It has since been recollected at another locality in the same parish by D. S. and H. B. Correll, their number 10528. “In water of ditch along a road, 3 miles east of Robert, Tangi- pahoa Parish, La., August 23, 1938". Apparently the species is becoming established in Louisiana. CYPERUS GIGANTEUS Vahl. Although not reported from the United States by Kükenthal, this species occurs in Texas [Mc- Givney, Sister Vincent. Contr. Biol. Lab. Cath. Univ. 26. 1938]. This range can now be extended to Louisiana by D. S. and H. B. Correll 9546 (Cath. U.) “Low, wet, marshy soil on edge of lake, Jungle Gardens, Avery Island, Iberia Parish. (E. A. McIlhenny says that 300 acres grow naturally on the island). 1938". 88 Rhodora [Marcu CYPERUS DISTANS L. f. appears to be a recent addition to the flora of Mexico and is substantiated by Hinton, et al 9496 (Cath. U.) *Manchón, Mina, Guerrero, 1200 m. Habitat, a barranca. Sept. 11, 1936”. CYPERUS PROLIXUS HBK. previously known in the United States only from Louisiana (Tracy 397 and 7693), is now known from Texas as shown by H. B. Parks and V. L. Cory 11,361 (Texas Agr. Exp. Sta.) “Plant Lice Laboratory, Galveston, Oct. 8, 1934.” CYPERUS OXYLEPIS Nees was reported by the author from the United States [RHoponaA 40: 358. 1938]. A second occurrence in Texas is H. B. Parks and V. L. Cory 11,520. (Tex. Agr. Exp. Sta.), Matagorda County. The occurrence of this species in Guatemala is substantiated by 4 sheets in the Field Museum: Standley 66520, 66567; Steyermark 37852, 37860. CYPERUS Swanrzir (Dietr.) Boeckl. can now be added to the flora of Mexico. This record is based upon C. L. and Amelia A. Lundell 7277 (Cath. U.) “In wet area along roadside, San Luis Potosi, Valles, July 1937". CYPERUS LENTIGINOSUS Millsp. et Chase belongs to the flora of the United States. As records there can be cited these col- lections from Texas: Buckley, Lower Rio Grande; Nealley, near Corpus Christi, in 1888 and 1889 and at San Diego; Runyon 57, 1122; Rose and Russell 24211; Wolff 4851. CAREX CONSPECTA Mackenzie. Lyonnet 2132, 2590 and 2720, all in United States National Herbarium and all from the Desi- erto de Los Leones, Distrito Federal, Mexico, Oct. 23, 1938, is an extension of range. Mackenzie [N. A. Fl. 18: 295. 1935] states this species is “known only from the type locality” i. e. Puebla. Carex Fnawki Kunth. Wynd and Mueller 550 (Cath. U.) * Sierra del Carmen; Canyon de Sentenela on Hacienda Piedra Blanca; Moist stream side.—Villa Acuña, Coahuila, Mexico. July 6, 1936", is an extension of range. This species apparently has not previously been recorded from Mexico. CAREX GEOPHILA Mackenzie. Two new records for this species are: Popocapetl, at an elevation of 11,500 ft. “In tufts on dry slopes" (April 16, 1938) Edward K. Balls 4249. La Zimiento, Cofre de perote, Vera Cruz at an elevation of 10,500 ft. May 27, 1942] O’Neill,—Cyperaceae in North and South America 89 1938 “Dry earth slopes among rocks", Edward K. Balls 4645. Both specimens are in U. 8. National Herbarium. Probably the first record of this species from Mexico. According to Mackenzie hitherto known only from the “Mountains of New Mexico and Arizona”. CrLADIUM californicum (Watson) O'Neill, comb. nov. Cladi- um Mariscus var. californicum Wats. Bot. Cal. 2: 224. 1880. Mariscus californicus (Watson) Fern. RHopona 25: 51. 1923. The ruling of the International Botanical Congress mentioned above (under Mariscus) necessitates this new combination. In addition to the stations cited originally by Watson and later by Jepson for California, Fernald cites [RHopoRA 25:51. 1923] speci- mens from New Mexico and Mexico. To these may be added: Texas: Moore and Steyermark 3679, Culberson County, Guadalupe Mountains; Standley 40515, Culberson County; Palmer 11014, Barksdale, Edwards County. New Mexico: Cockerell, Aug. 28, 1902, Roswell; Standley 40463, Black River, Eddy County. Abundant, stems 3-4' tall. Arizona: Knowlton 254, Grand Canyon; Wooton, Grand Canyon; Hitchcock, Grand Canyon; Rusby 852, Grand Canyon; MacDougal, D. T. 236, Grand Canyon; Toumey, Grand Canyon; Wooton 1021, Grand Canyon. CALIFORNIA: Brewer 105, Los Angeles County. The range of FIMBRISTYLIS MILIACEA Vahl in the United States is given in the literature as northern Florida. The following additional localities can now be added to this range: ARKANSAS: Demaree 21636 (Cath. U.), pond margin of Rice Prairie, Gillette, elev. 170 ft. June 21, 1940. Last year, Dr. F. J. Hermann determined Demaree 13618, an immature speci- men as doubtfully this species. His 21636 is mature and unmis- takably F. miliacea Vahl. Groraia: Eyles 578, Mt. Arabia, DeKalb County; Eyles 6504 (Cath. U.) “Edge of gum-cypress bay, Pembroke, Bryan County, August 30, 1939”. Eyles 6682 (Cath. U.) “9 miles north of Darien, McIntosh County, Novem- ber 6, 1939". Lourstana: O'Neill 8271 (Cath. U.) “In a wet ditch in Pinus Taeda woods, Ponchatoula, August 18, 1936”. Langlois Herbarium, CATHOLIC UNIVERSITY OF AMERICA. 90 Rhodora [Marcu BIBLIOGRAPHIC NOTE UPON GRAY’S REVISION OF NORTH AMERICAN OXYTROPIS AND SAXIFRAGA HAROLD St. JOHN Tue collation of bibliographie data is always of value and it is especially so in regard to taxonomic studies where priority of publication is so important. A detailed bibliographie summary of Asa Gray’s “Botanical Contributions" was recently published by Joseph Ewan (Am. Midl. Nat. 22: 218-222. 1039). As he indicated, the dating of these numerous papers is difficult. The dates of the volume may cover several years. The date of com- munieation, usually given near the title and author or in the running heading, is not the date of publication and may be months or years before the time of actual printing. Reprints supplied to the author carried the actual date of publication. From these Ewan has compiled a table of the actual dates of publication exaet to the year and to the month and day when originally so stated. All of these were similarly given to the year of publication in the “List of the Writings of Dr. Asa Gray," (Am. Journ. Sci. 36: Appendix 1-67. 1888) except Ewan’s items 7, 11, 14, 20, 21, and 22, which were listed under the date of communication or of the title-page date or of the date established by evidence not now obvious. This early bibliography of Gray's writings was detailed and extensive and aceurate for all the “Botanical Contributions" and all others of the numerous publi- cations by Gray known to the compilers, G. L. Goodale, 5. Watson, W. G. Farlow, C. 8. Sargent, W. F. Ganong, and A. B. Seymour. As a reprint it was distributed with the compliments of Mrs. Asa Gray. Ewan states (p. 218) that in this early Gray bibliography the enumerations of the Contributions" was ‘‘not in order of issuance as:determined by an examination of reprints, but by date of communication to the Academy. For example, the two papers published in the year 1884 and appearing in succession in volume twenty are separated in this list of writings by the interpolation of other titles." It is true that in the Gray bibliography the titles were not arranged by precise date within the year. How- ever, Ewan's critical comments on the arrangement of articles in the earlier bibliography are not completely justified. For 1942] Weber,— Geranium Bicknellii 91 instance, his items 27, 28, 29, 30, 40, and 51 were not arranged by the date of communication in the earlier list. The writer has a nearly complete set of the reprints of these “Botanical Contributions," being those given by Gray to Howard W. Preston and to Albert Commons. Mr. Commons, of Green- bank, Delaware, made the practice of writing on the cover of each the date of publication or of communication to the secretary, whichever was printed by the title. He also marked the date on which he received the copy. Ewan obtained data from the assistant librarian of the Ameri- can Academy of Arts and Sciences, the Gray Herbarium, Uni- versity of California, Stanford University, and from personal sets of the ‘‘Contributions” belonging to M. E. Jones, W. A. Setchell, and W. L. Jepson. For several numbers no date more exact than the year was found. Evidence can now be added as to the date of Gray’s “A Re- vision of the North American Species of the Genus Oxytropis, DC.; and Notes on Some North American Species of Saxifraga" (Am. Acad. Arts Sci., Proc. 20: 1-12). Mr. Commons' copy was marked, “Received July 21, 1884." This paper was com- municated to the secretary May 14th, 1884. Hence, it can be concluded that the date of publication was between May 14th and July 21st, probably in June or early July, 1884. UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII, Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands GERANIUM BICKNELLII EARLIER THAN G. NEMORALE.—In a note entitled “Geranium nemorale, var. Bicknellii," published in RuoponA 43: 35. 1941, Professor Fernald raised Suksdorf's binomial, Geranium nemorale, to valid status on the basis of its publication in Deutsche Botanische Monatsschrift previous to the publication of Œ. Bicknelli? in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 92. 1897, Suksdorf's name thought to antedate the latter by five years. I have been working with the Suksdorf personal herbarium here at Pullman, and I was immediately interested in the change, but, although it would please me very much to find that one of 92 Rhodora [MARCH Suksdorf’s many invalid species has been redeemed, I have good reason to believe that there has been a mistake in the matter. Upon checking Suksdorf’s original description from a reprint of D. B. M. in the library, I have found that the correct citation of the magazine is as follows: ‘‘ Deutsche Botanische Monats- schrift," Band XVI, Heft 12, Dezember, 1898; and not 1892 as was stated in RHODORA. The error began, I imagine, in what was probably a typo- graphical error in the 1935 paper (Rnopona 37: 295-301. 1935) in which the description of G. nemorale Sksd. was cited as ap- pearing in D. B. M. XVI (222) 1892, instead of 1898. "Therefore, in the light of these findings, it would appear that G. Bicknellit Britton is still the correct name, and that G. nemorale must again be discarded in favor of the former.!— WILLIAM A. WEBER, State College, Pullman, Washington. Justicia mortuifluminis, nom. nov. J. umbratilis Fernald in Ruo- DORA, xliii. 639, t. 693, figs. 1-3 (1941), not S. Moore in Journ. Bot. li. 216 (1913).—M. L. FERNALD. 1Mr. Weber is correct. Geranium nemorale was published late in 1898. The description is on one of the last pages of the volume (containing 229 pages).—M. L. F. Volume 44, no. 518, including pages 21—72, was issued 7 February, 1942. APR 14 1942 Rodora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 44. April, 1942. No. 520. CONTENTS: J. Franklin Collins. Waller H; GNOG -oeaan 93 Incidents of Field-work with J. Franklin Collins. M. L. Fernald. 98 Willdenow's Species Plantarum and Michaux's Flora Boreali- Americana: Dates of Publication. Bernice G. Schubert. .... 147 Two Albino Forms of Echinacea from Missouri. J. A. Bteyermark. ccc fey ico es ee a oka wn M 150 Formal Transfers in Cyperus. M. L. Fernald. ................ 151 Some Color-Forms of Gentiana Porphyrio. M. L. Fernald. ... 151 The New England Botanical Club, Ine. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of the Gray's Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 20 cents, numbers of more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate at higher prices (see 3rd cover-page). Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application; volumes 35-43 can be supplied at $4.00 per volume, net, and some single numbers from them only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in- directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St. Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants this is the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. A limited number of complete sets of the past Issues can now be supplied at a greatly reduced price. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Photograph by Bachrach QTRbooora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 44. April, 1942. No. 520. J. FRANKLIN COLLINS WALTER H. SNELL (With Portrait) Professor James Franklin Collins, taxonomist and forest pa- thologist, died in Providence (Cranston), Rhode Island on November 14, 1940, after a long illness. Professor Collins was born December 29, 1863 in North Anson, Maine. He moved to Providence in 1873, where he was educated in the grade and high schools. From 1879 to 1898 he was em- ployed by the nationally known Gorham Manufacturing Com- pany as a silver worker, designer and embosser. In his spare time he became interested in identifying the plants which he came across in his rambles over the State, and it was not long before he sought the assistance of Professor W. Whitman Bailey, head of the Department of Botany at Brown University. Young Collins showed such interest and displayed such skill in this field that Professor Bailey took him under his wing and assisted him in obtaining a technical background for his avoca- tional efforts and opened the University Herbarium to the full play of his talent. In 1894, while still working at his trade at Gorham's, he was rewarded with an appointment as Curator of the Olney Herbarium at Brown University. In 1898, the Uni- versity awarded him an honorary Ph.B. degree. In 1899, he gave up his work as a silversmith at Gorham's to accept an appointment as instructor in Botany at Brown. He was made an assistant Professor in 1905 and upon Professor Bailey's retire- 94 Rhodora [APRIL ment in 1906 he became head of the Department, in which position he remained until 1911. In 1907, this versatile man branched out into another field of Botany, which was to develop into the main work of his later life. From that date to 1911, while still teaching at Brown, he became successively Collaborator, Agent and Special Agent in the Office of Forest Pathology of the United States Department of Agriculture, working chiefly upon the chestnut-bark disease. Then in 1913, when the late Dr. Haven Metealf opened up a branch laboratory of the Office of Forest Pathology at Brown University to deal with the diseases of ornamental trees and shrubs, Collins was made Forest Pathologist and placed in charge. He was subsequently appointed Pathologist and Senior Pathologist-in-Charge. He did not give up his interest in tax- onomy at any time during this period, but still spent his spare time collecting plants and building up his own herbarium. He was the unofficial taxonomist for the Office of Forest Pathology and at various times in several pathological investigations was called upon to solve the taxonomic aspects of these problems. He continued to serve as Curator of the Olney Herbarium and was appointed Demonstrator and Lecturer in Botany, in which honorary positions he served until the time of his retirement from the Government service in 1933. The functions of the Providence Office and Laboratory which Collins administered were in general two:—diagnosis of diseases of shade and ornamental trees and shrubs from specimens sub- mitted by correspondents over the entire United States, and suggestions for control; investigations of such diseases as needed particular attention because of their novelty or imminent or possible danger. The first project came to be a very important one. From the modest number of 8 requests for diagnosis or information in 1913, the number grew to 1,000 in 1932. The more special sorts of projects included the following: chestnut- bark disease; white-pine blister-rust; diseases of camphor, rhododendrons, boxwood, roses and Lawson cypress; needle- blight of white pine; European larch canker; willow scab; Rehmiellopsis disease of firs; Cytospora and Sphaeropsis diseases of conifers. The technical aspects of the work just mentioned were as- 1942] Snell,——J. Franklin Collins 95 signed for the most part to members of his staff. A third type of investigation was entirely Collins’ own. He early applied his energies and his common sense to the problems of the care and treatment of shade trees and his substantial accomplishments along this line laid the foundations for the scientific care of shade trees and earned him the title of Father of Tree Surgery". He was responsible for four improvements in the protection of orna- mental trees:—1) scientific methods of trimming, etc., instead of the crude tree-butchery too commonly practiced; 2) the open cavity, properly made; 3) a wood-filler for cavities instead of the inelastie cement; 4) a sawdust-asphalt mixture for a more flexible filling. He had the two latter cavity-fillers patented by the United States Department of Agriculture to make the methods available to the public. His Farmers! Bulletin number 1178 on “Tree Surgery” ran through 9 editions and revisions from 1920 to 1934, with a total of 210,000 copies, and Farmers' Bulletin number 1726, “Treatment and Care of Tree Wounds," five editions from 1934 to the present time, totalling 160,000 copies. Collins was an expert on the higher plants, ferns and mosses. He was moderately well-informed about the fungi. He had an especially intimate knowledge of the natural history of Rhode Island. He knew every corner of the State, every crossroad, path and brook. He collected widely with other members of the New England Botanical Club, more especially in Maine and the Gaspé Peninsula. In the latter region he with his colleagues did a great deal of exploring of hitherto uncharted territory and because of his exploration of one mountain that peak now bears the name of ** Mount Collins" and is so accepted by the Canadian Geological Survey. In his later work for the Government, he travelled considerably in this country to study trees and their diseases, the nation's forests and parks. Collins! publications numbered over 100, with about a score each on the mosses and the chestnut-blight, and the others on ferns, local floras and miscellaneous higher plants. Outside of his * Tree Surgery" Bulletin, his best known work was “ Key to New England Trees, Wild and Cultivated”, with Howard W. Preston. Collins was a member of the following organizations:— American Association for the Advancement of Science (Fellow), 96 Rhodora [APRIL American Forestry Association, American Phytopathological Society (Charter Member), Botanical Society of America, Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine (Chairman of Bryophyte Committee for 10 years), National Geographic Society, New England Botanical Club (Committee on Check List, 1901-1911), Rhode Island Botanieal Club (one of founders and President several years), Rhode Island Field Naturalists Club (President 3 years, and member of Executive Committee 4 years), Rhode Island Horticultural Society (Botanist 4 years, on Lecture Committee 2 years), Sigma Xi, Brown University Chapter (Treasurer 2 years), Sullivant Moss Society, Torrey Botanical Club. From 1929 to 1936 Collins was an Associate Editor of Ruopona, freely giving his services in the preparation of illus- trations. Collins was a mechanical genius, typically Yankee. He was expert in the use of all kinds of tools and in the utilization of all kinds of materials, but the lack of complicated tools or of special materials was no obstacle to him. With the simplest of facilities, he could make unbelievable things. In the 5 and 10 cent store he could find small items which he could put to a dozen uses, cheap glassware that obviated the purchase of more expensive material from the supply houses. Neither was lack of physical space any hindrance or source of discouragement. He could make an office out of a pillbox and a laboratory out of a closet, by economically using every cubic inch of volume. Folding or sliding tables and benches, shelves on every available bit of wall space and even suspended from the ceiling, sets of drawers and cases ingeniously arranged provided working or storage space where both appeared impossible. A few black curtains pulled down from the ceiling and the proper array of folding benches slipped from their catches would provide a dark-room in the corner near the sink. Collins liked to tinker; if he was ever happier doing anything than collecting and caring for his plants, it was when he had tools in his hands. This propensity and Collins’ unfailing good nature were often taken advantage of by his colleagues (including the writer). It was soon found that if he were asked outright to do some little job, he was somewhat reluctant to undertake it and did not know if he had the time. The proper mode of approach was to bring a plan or some ma- 1942] Snell,—J. Franklin Collins 97 terials or a little job partly done and ask him what was the best way of doing it or how it could be improved. Then Collins would inspect what was essentially the lure, look at it alternately over and through his half-lens glasses, make varied comments and suggestions, and always end by remarking that he was busy at the time, but that if the particular thing were left with him, he would see what he could do with it. Invariably in a brief spell, the job was completely and ingeniously finished. In addition to being a skilled worker in most of the ordinary types of trades and an expert technician, Collins was an accom- plished photographer, an artist in preparing and mounting herbarium specimens, and not unhandy with pen and pencil. Personally, Collins was a delightful soul. He was quiet, modest, reserved, but very kindly and companionable. He was of even disposition, the kind that * wears well". He knew when to speak and when to listen. He possessed a humor that was twinkling rather than sparkling. He had a remarkable memory for names, places and facts. His sagacious and practical advice was always comforting as well as enlightening. He was ab- stemious and spartan in his own life, but nevertheless possessed a personal warmth that was often unsuspected. He was endowed with Yankee '*horse-sense". He viewed life philosophically, and passed through his long, last illess with patience and courage, calmly awaiting the end which he foresaw ten years ago. There passed a MAN, one of unquestioned ability, attainments and culture, who chose to avoid the swirl of complicated modern existence and to live as a quiet botanist. Brown UNIVERSITY. Providence, Rhode Island. 98 Rhodora [APRIL CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CXL INCIDENTS OF FIELD-WORK WITH J. FRANKLIN COLLINS M. L. FERNALD (Plates 696—707) FIFTY years ago, in late July and early August of 1892, I made my first field-trip with Frank Collins or, as he always signed himself, J. Franklin Collins'. He then invited me to join him and a group of his cousins and friends at the old Collins home in North Anson, Maine, whence we started for several days of camping, trouting and botanizing, making two chief sojourns, one on the shores of the Kennebec at Carratunk, the other above The Forks, in Carrying Place Plantation, at the mouth of Dead River. The very names, long seen on maps, Carrying Place and Old Military Road, survivals from the time of Arnold's futile and costly expedition up the Kennebee, thence via the Dead River to Quebec in the American Revolution, thrilled my boyish imagination. My earlier botanizing had always been within walking-distance of home and, having a keen interest in plants which I had been forced to follow alone, it was a wonderful new experience to be with an older and kindly companion to whom I dared speak in the peculiar language which I had previously been able to share with few others. While the various cousins and friends enjoyed the out-of-doors activities of a camp in the woods, Collins and I made the acquaintance of many plants which I had never seen near Orono, and I quickly recognized that I was with a friend of unusual sincerity, modesty and skill. Quiet, undemonstrative, of few words, sensitively sympathetic, always with a quiet, dry humor, a master of wooderaft, mechani- cal technique and specimen-making, he gave me the companion- ship and help I had yearned for; and for 32 years it was a very exceptional summer which did not find us exploring or camping and botanizing somewhere in New England or the Gaspé Penin- sula, our last trip together being with the party which went to the Mt. Logan region of Gaspé in 1923. 1 James FRANKLIN Corns, b. North Anson, Maine, December 29, 1863; d. Provi- dence, Rhode Island, November 14, 1940. For biographical appreciation see Walter H. Snell in Ruopora, xliv. 93-97 (1942), 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 99 Our first considerable expedition was in August, 1896, when, accompanied by the late Professor William C. Strong of Bates College and my young brother, the late George Bancroft Fernald, we hired the old-fashioned stage-coach of the North Anson-New Portland route, as a commodious vehicle for camp-equipment, presses, paper and foodstuffs, and drove across to Dead River Plantation, there to get at Mt. Bigelow, then on to Flagstaff and back under the western slope of Bigelow. That trip gave us our first sight in Maine of Prenanthes Boottii and some other montane species previously known in the state only on Katahdin, and it strongly cemented a friendship. Collins was a conscientious keeper of records. Several of his diaries, always literally kept up by an entry, no matter how ad- verse the conditions, at the end of each day, were designated by him shortly before his death to come to me, along with his invalu- able volumes of photographs taken on our many trips together. These have been supplemented by many botanical notes re- ceived either by me or by the Gray Herbarium from his sister, Mrs. Edith Jenckes. The diaries are explicit and they followed an almost unvarying pattern. There are no frills; all sentiment and emotion are omitted. The simple framework is there, upon which, as he afterward reviewed them in his late years of enforced inactivity, he greatly enjoyed mentally filling in the abundant unrecorded but vividly remembered details. With characteristic caution he refrained from setting down off-hand identifications of plants seen or collected each day; until they had been studied that would have been unwise. I am, therefore, in the following notes, using Collins’s framework and, whenever they might be of interest to other botanists, supplying some of the identifica- tions he withheld. The first few excerpts are quite typical of the whole series, beginning with the Mt. Bigelow trip of 1896 and closing with the Mt. Logan expedition of 1923. “ August 13, 1896, . . . Fair and not quite so warm. Slept well last night and got up about 5.00 A. M. . . . The Fernalds went collecting along the river and a little later Professor Strong followed them. I stayed about camp and fixed it up. Had pickerel, fried sweet potatoes, oatmeal, eocoa, ete. for break- fast . . . About 5 P. M. a very heavy shower accompanied by much wind passed over. We all had to take hold of the tent to 100 Rhodora [APRIL prevent its blowing away—three of us outside and one inside. It came up so suddenly that we had no time to pick up a pile of driers, and the last we saw of them they were sailing through the air one or two hundred feet above the ground in the direction of Dead River. We did not bother to chase them up. Rain fell most of the evening. All of us were very wet below our rubber coats, and the tent was badly ripped in two or three places." Characteristically, there is no statement that only through his personal skill and forethought in meeting the emergency did we have any shelter through the remainder of the trip, for it was he who had brought first aid for an injured tent. Still briefer the following, ten years later, while ascending Riviére Ste. Anne des Monts in Gaspé, on the way to Mt. Albert. “August 6, 1905, Sunday. Cloudy and hazy. Spent all day on the river, going from Marten River Camp to Main Camp, a short distance below the Forks. Hard poling”. (PLATE 701, FIG. 1). “August 7, 1905, Monday. Rain last night and most of the day. Toasted driers before fire and fixed up camp to protect against rain. Coté caught some trout [the large sea-trout, run- ning up the river] and shot two ducks. Breakfast of potatoes, coffee, ete. Dinner of trout, duck, tomatoes, etc." A little more detailed the entry for “August 8, 1905, Tuesday. Clearing somewhat last evening and cooler. Broke camp about 9:00 A. M. and got ready to go up the mountain. Left camp near the Forks of the Ste. Anne River about 9:40 A. M. Fernald and I carried small packs, camera and collecting boxes. We went up over a near-by ridge and then down through a ravine, then up the mountain, stopping every ten minutes for a rest. Coté, the two Gagnon boys, and Joe Fortin carried heavy packs. We reached an altitude of 3250 feet about 1:30 P. M. and decided to camp there. Coté, Fernald and I stayed up the mountain; the rest of the men went down to the river-camp. About 3 P. M. Fernald and I went higher up the mountain, botanizing, and left Coté to fix camp. He came up the mountain later". The remarkable discoveries on this trip will be later considered. In the summer of 1900 Collins was a member of the Mt. Katahdin Expedition, described in some detail in Rnopona for 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 101 June, 1901 (ii. no. 30). The other members of the party, be- sides Collins and me, were much older and, consequently, some- what less active amateurs, the late Judge Joseph R. Churchill,! Dr. George Golding Kennedy? and Emile Francis Williams.* It naturally fell to the lot of Collins and me to work together over the more precipitous and less accessible areas. Returning to camp we put up the better material, throwing the remnants outside the cabin. This refuse-pile accounts for some of the labels of Emile Williams, now preserved in the Gray Herbarium or in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club: ‘‘Col- lected by J. F. Collins and M. L. Fernald, recollected by E. F. W." Judge Churchill, who prided himself on never putting into his personal herbarium any specimen which he had not himself collected, could not be induced to share our Saxifraga stellaris, var. comosa, Epilobium alpinum L. (E. anagallidifolium Lam.) and other specialties. He looked longingly at the abund- ant material we brought in but it never went into his herbarium. As a result of the Katahdin trip Kennedy and Collins recorded 23 bryophytes new to Maine, one of them the first known except in Eurasia; and 18 vascular plants were recorded as new to the 1 See C, H. Knowlton in RuHopona, xxxvi. 1-7, with portraits (1934). ? See Emile F. Williams in Rnopona, xxi. 25-35, with portrait (1919). 3 See B. L. Robinson in RHopona, xxxiii. 1-18, with portrait (1931). * Only once in my experiences in the field with Judge Churchill did he partly yield to temptation. Then, when he, Williams, Collins and I were in the gorge of the Aroostook River, he sought without success for any Woodsia alpina within his reach. Finally, in despair, he consented to lean over and allow me to stand on his shoulders (supported by the cliff) to get some of the plants which, collected with his aid, he felt justified in preserving! Another incident indicating the uncompromising loyalty to principle of Judge Churchill may be noted. When he was asked to join the Katahdin party, to be gone beyond the reach of the outside world, he had grave doubts. Through many years of married life he had never been away from Mrs. Churchill; she had always accompanied him on his trips. Finally Mrs. Churchill persuaded him to go with us, since he could write her a daily letter. This he consented to do, often to the extent of a long evening by candle-light or by staying in camp while we were away botanizing. The Judge specially paid one of the guides dailv to take his letters fifteen miles toward the railroad to a ''depot-camp," whence they might be picked up and delivered at a post-office. When, finally breaking camp and starting home, we reached the ** depot-camp"', there were all twenty fat letters on the window-sill. The Judge delivered them in person. Still another non-botanical incident of this trip, which was not recorded in the “Katahdin number” of RHopora, concerned Dr. Kennedy. Always a Scotchman, he feared that the guides might forget to stock up with oatmeal. He, therefore, went to S. S. Pierce in Boston and ordered a five-pound box sent in care of the head-guide. When, after reaching Camp Kennedy, by Chimney Pond on Mt. Katahdin, Dr. Kennedy hopefully unwrapped the box from S. S. Pierce, he found five pounds of confectionary with a gentleman's card. Imagine the feelings of the lady with five pounds of uncooked oatmeal and a memorandum in a strange man's writing! 102 Rhodora [APRIL state, one of them, Carex katahdinensis,! new to science and sub- sequently found only twice, once in east-central Newfoundland, once on Lake St. John at the head of the Saguenay in Quebec. In subsequent years Collins and I were much in Aroostook County, Maine; and in the summer of 1904 we had our first trip together to the Gaspé Peninsula. I had been on the Grande Riviére in southeastern Gaspé with the late George H. Richards and the late Lewis Cabot, who was then owner of the seigneurie, lured there by the discovery by Mr. Richards of a new Comandra, C. Richardsiana, and a wonderful series of Anemone, A. multifida, forma polysepala and var. Richardsiana and A. riparia, forma rhodantha, and other plants I had never encountered. The brief trip there in late June had yielded my first Cystopteris montana (Lam.) Bernh.; Carex concinna, Sisyrinchium montanum, Osmorhiza obtusa and Valeriana septentrionalis Rydb., all of the Rocky Mountains; and three undescribed species, Antennaria appendiculata, Arnica chionopappa and Taraxacum Longii, the two latter subsequently found in western Newfoundland. Such discoveries, made in limited spots (when and where there was good salmon-fishing) whetted my appetite and, hurrying back to a meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society at Fort Kent, in northern Maine, I looked forward with restlessness to returning with Collins to the region. From the train, on the trip to north- ern Maine, I was thrilled by the precipitous headlands and cliffs which suddenly came into view, centering on Bic in Rimou- ski County, Quebec; the return to Grande Riviére was, conse- quently, delayed. Collins’s diary for the summer of 1904 records a very diversi- fied season of discovery. “July 6, 1904, Wednesday (Bangor—Fort Kent, Maine). Breakfast at 6 A. M. at the Bangor House. Went to Fort Kent on the 7:10 A. M. train, arriving there at 3:40 P. M. On the train were some twenty people going to the meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society, including the Misses Hunter [now Mrs. Clarence H. Knowlton], Louise H. Coburn, Mary Clark, Sarah Brooks, Elsie L. Shaw, Nellie F. Mansfield, Dora H. Moulton and some I did not know, and the Messrs. W. L. Powers, Clarence 1 The authors of species in Gray’s Manual are omitted. When species and varieties not in the manual are mentioned their authors are noted, except those published by the writer; these may be assumed. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 103 H. Knowlton, W. F. Stubbs, Dana W. Fellows, Ora W. Knight and a few more." .... "July 7, 1904, Thursday (Fort Kent). Clear; got up at 5 A. M. and worked on mosses and helped Fernald [with his large collection from Grande Rivière; spreading and picking up driers and otherwise making himself unselfishly helpful, where- upon he was nicknamed by the ladies ‘the faithful Collins]. After breakfast a party of twenty-three or -four started on a trip to St. Francis. We rode up the south side of the river, stopping occasionally to botanize." Along the St. John a Viola, then new to science, V. novae-angliae, was flowering and Miss Shaw made one of her wonderfully accurate water-color drawings of it, now in the Gray Herbarium. “July 8, 1904, Friday. Clear. . . . In the P. M. Fernald, Dr. [George Upham] Hay, the Misses Brooks and Shaw and I walked down the bank of the St. John River botanizing", among many striking species getting the newly discovered and thus far quite endemic Carex Josselynii (Fern.) Mackenz., just as, a few years earlier, almost the same party, with the addition of the already venerable John Macoun, had collected at Fort Fairfield the equally local (endemic) C. elachycarpa. “July 11, 1904, Monday. Cloudy, rainy in the P. M. Had breakfast at 6 A. M. at Dicky House. About 7:30 A. M. Miss Brooks, Miss Shaw, Dr. Hay, Fernald and I crossed over to Clairs, New Brunswick, and went on the 8:30 Temiscouata train to Riviére-du-Loup. The scenery is very fine, the railroad following down the St. John to Edmundston, then up the Mada- waska to beautiful Lake Temiscouata [by the English-speaking people called ‘Tommysquatty’]. Had dinner at Notre Dame du Lac. [Collins omitted to state that the ride was so jerky and heaving that everyone was miserable or worse, so much so that, as we slowed down on approaching Notre Dame du Lac, a suf- ferer, looking out at the signs, caused a refreshing ripple of laughter as he disconsolately said ‘Notre damn de luck]. Reached Fraserville (Riviére-du-Loup station) about 4:30 P. M. and went to Hotel Bellevue at R.-du-L. Point". The next days were spent in botanizing on the always fascinating shores of the St. Lawrence from the Point to Cacouna, always with the wonder- ful view across the broad river (there about 13 miles wide) of the 104 Rhodora [APRIL Laurentides. Miss Shaw, working until dark and again from dawn to breakfast-time, was kept over-busy drawing the many plants new to her, Zigadenus glaucus Nutt., Cornus suecica, Pedicularis palustris and many others—her paintings now a prized possession of the Gray Herbarium; while Collins and I were discovering the then undescribed Puccinellia lucida Fern. & Weath. and other choice species. “July 15, 1904. Friday. Fair. . . . At 12:30 P. M. Fernald and I rode to the Intercolonial Railway station and came to Bic (Ste. Cécile du Bic). Walked to the Canada Hotel (proprietor Michel Pineau) and got rooms." Our days at Bie were very full; there seemed to be no limit to the novelties. Woodsia oregana at our first eastern station; Cystopteris fragilis, var. laurentiana Weath., then a novelty; Ruppia maritima, var. intermedia (Thed.) Aschers. & Graebn., at the first North American station east of the Pacific states; Puccinellia lauren- tiana Fern. & Weath., then an undescribed species; Calamagros- tis purpurascens R. Br., at the first station known in eastern North America; Cerastium beeringianum Cham. & Schlecht., a characteristic and very distinct species of northwestern America; Draba minganensis (Victorin) Fern., then an undescribed species; Arabis Holboellii Hornem., typical (PLATE 696, rra. 1), at our first station in the East; A. Holboellii, var. Collinsii (Fern.) Rollins (PLATE 696, FIG. 2), then quite new but subsequently found in the Rockies; Saxifraga cespitosa L., a “typus polymorphus” of the Arctic; Potentilla nivea, also arctic; the new X Geum pulchrum a strikingly handsome hybrid of Œ. macrophyllum and G. rivale; Antennaria subviscosa, representative of localized species of Greenland, Newfoundland, the Rocky Mountains and Pata- gonia; and numerous others quite new to us and very thrilling. Recent burns, too, were brilliant with masses of the strawberry- like fruits of Chenopodium capitatum, the drooping large white and yellow petunia-like corollas of Leucophysalis grandiflora (Hook.) Rydb. (PrATE 699, Fig. 1), or with Corydalis aurea, Dra- cocephalum parviflorum or the western Senecio indecorus Greene; while ferns, such as Woodsia alpina and Dryopteris fragrans, var. remotiuscula Komarov (PLATE 697, Fic. 1), and orchids, such as the Cordilleran Goodyera decipiens (Hook.) F. T. Hubbard, were so very abundant that we almost tired of them. To us Plate 696 Rhodora A. ): ARABIS HOLBOELI ARABIS HOLBOELLU 1 (upper Fia. Fia. 2 (lower): LINSII. Cor var. ’ Rhodora Plate 697 Kia. 1 (upper): DRYOPTERIS FRAGRANS, var. REMOTIUSCULA. Fia. 2 (lower): POLYSTICHUM MOHRIOIDES, var. SCOPULINUM. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 105 New Englanders this was a new world (a bit of Cordilleran America transplanted into the East); and the botanical fascina- tion of the region, added to the scenic rarity which has so long attracted colonies of artists there, made it difficult to leave. We could not forget, however, that we were really on the way to Gaspé and that we had an appointment to meet Arthur Stanley Pease at Carleton on the Baie des Chaleurs. * July 24, 1904, Sunday. Warm. Had breakfast at 7 A. M. and at 8:15 A. M. started for Tracadigash Mountain. ... We ascended to a point about one half mile west of the main peak and thence along slowly [because stopping to collect Collomia linearis Nutt. of western North America; Carex praticola Rydb., at its second station in eastern North America; the always fascinating C. Backii; Clematis verticillaris in solid tangles; and Poa Canbyi (Seribn.) Piper, at its first (but not the last) known eastern station] to the summit, which is surmounted by a large wooden cross. . . . The aneroid showed 1930 feet above sea- level. Pease and Fernald worked along the base of the cliff, finding several interesting plants [Polystichum Lonchitis, Hacke- lia americana (Gray) Fern., at its first known station in the East, ete.]. I worked along the top of the cliff, going down occasionally on the alpine rope to collect." As I have said, Collins was reticent and undemonstrative; incidentally, in a French-speaking country he was inclined to let others do the talking. It was, consequently, a complete surprise, at breakfast one morning at Carleton, to hear his bilingual pun. He suffered from dyspepsia and regularly had his cup of hot water at the beginning of breakfast. His conven- tional greeting to the waitress every morning included “de l'eau chaude, s'il vous plait." On the morning I refer to the porridge had been eaten, then there arrived the fish and toast and my cup of coffee, with glasses of milk for Collins and Pease. Without cracking a smile Collins quietly remarked: ‘‘There seems to be a great deal of de lait about de l'eau. In Providence it is often the other way "round". One expected such things from Pease, but never from Collins! For this day the diary proceeds: ‘‘ Worked until 10:30 A. M. on plants and then Fernald, Pease and I started for the cedar- swamp on the road to Tracadigash Mountain. After we had 106 Rhodora [APRIL botanized there an hour or more a heavy thunderstorm passed over. I happened to have an oil-coat with me but Fernald and Pease did not have any; so they removed their clothes and put them in their waterproof rücksacks during the half-hour shower. They said the big drops felt like hail-stones and they were numb with cold, but after the shower they had dry clothes to put on.” After Carleton came the Little Cascapedia River, one of the most fascinating of Gaspé streams, with gravel-flats carpeted with miles of the trailing shrub, with great plume-like heads of fruit, Dryas Drummondii Richardson of the Canadian North- west; with thickets bordered by Astragalus frigidus (Richardson) Gray, var. gaspensis (Rousseau) Fernald, closely related to a Cordilleran variety, or with the Cordilleran Lonicera involucrata. On the gravels we also got the Rocky Mountain Sisyrinchium montanum and the then new Solidago graminifolia, var. septen- trionalis. The calcareous cliffs crowded closely down to the small river, and we were delighted to get characteristic Parnassia Kotzebuei Cham.’ (PLATE 698, FIG. 1), another northwestern plant, and other species quite new to us. Compared with the Little Cascapedia, the Bonaventure, which we next ascended, is a large river, with extensive tidal marshes at its mouth. Here we got the very distinct Juncus balticus, var. stenocarpus Buchenau & Fernald, a new variety, not yet known away from the Gulf of St. Lawrence; Stellaria crassifolia, a species which in the East is concentrated about the Gulf; and the new halophytic Bidens hyperborea Greene, var. gaspensis. Up-river, slightly below the carpets of Dryas Drum- mondii, there were great areas of Epilobium latifolium L., PLATE 698, ria. 2, a depressed arctic-alpine perennial with thick, gray foliage, and flowers two or three times the size of those of E. angustifolium. In springy spots Carex media R. Br. (C. angarae Steud.) of Asia and northwestern America was new to the East; the then undescribed C. Garberi, var. bifaria (Gaspé ! Parnassia Kotzbuei was wholly new to me. When I reacbed Cambridge with our collections tbe late Dr. Rydberg was visiting the Gray Herbarium. I showed him the Parnassia and he promptly replied: ''That's a new species. I have just finished the genus for the North American Flora. Why can't you and 1 publish this new one there?" I forthwith studied the genus and found that our plant was the well known Alaskan species of Chamisso. In this study, however, 1 found a very distinct novelty, collected in Montana by Rydberg. "This, the only species I share with him, was pub- lished as P. montanensis Fern. & Rydb. in the North American Flora, the only time I was ever invited to contribute to that variegated work. Rhodora Plate 698 Fic. 1 (upper): PARNAssIA KorzEBUEI. Kia. 2 (lower): EPILOBIUM LATIFOLIUM. Rhodora Plate 699 Fic. 1 (upper): LeucOPHYSALIS GRANDIFLORA. Fic. 2 (lower): SALIX VESTITA. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 107 to northern Maine; southern Alberta and British Columbia), and the new C. flava, var. gaspensis, were abundant, while dripping ledges were yellow with Saxifraga aizoides, with Ane- mone parviflora frequent. On calcareous slopes Dryopteris Robertiana (Hoffm.) C. Chr. abounded. Our very brief visit to the Bonaventure gave good evidence that detailed exploration would yield fine results. Travel on the Baie des Chaleurs by steamer is a special art. Witness the record. “August 10, 1904, Wednesday. Clear. Had breakfast at Bonaventure about 7:30 A. M. At about 8 A. M. or a little later our baggage was carried up the beach a short distance and left at a store for transportation to the steamer ‘Admiral’ when she or he came. When the ‘Admiral’ appeared in the distance the tide was so low that the regular lumber-boat which carried passengers and baggage out to the steamer could not be floated; so two whale-boats were hauled by horsepower out to deep water, luggage was hauled out to one, and the passengers, some eight in number, were hauled to the other. Both boats were then rowed out to the path of the ‘Admiral’. . . . At Newport, l'Anse au Gascon, and Grand Pabos lumber-boats came out to meet the steamer—at the last place there was a heavy sea and the transfer of freight and passengers was exciting . . . arrived at Grande Riviére at 7:00 P. M." We landed at Grande Riviére because it was important to get up-river in late summer to explore in more detail the shores which, in June, had yielded so many novelties. The owner, Mr. Cabot in Boston, had given me authority to employ one of his officials, since it would now be close time on salmon-fishing and the man would be at our command. Unfortunately, Mr. Cabot, then far from Grand River, did not realize what we soon discovered; his faithful employe was up-river in the employ of various county officials enjoying forbidden fruits! Repeated calls at the official residence proved futile and our only botan- izing on the river was near its mouth. "There, however, we got the then undescribed and very local and endemic Salix paraleuca. Lingering for a few days, always hopeful that we might yet ascend the river, we utilized the time to some advantage. Near our temporary home there was a marl-bog, full of such charac- 108 Rhodora [APRIL teristic plants, already familiar to us, as Carex chordorrhiza, C. livida, var. Grayana (Dewey) Fernald, Juncus stygius, var. americanus and Orchis rotundifolia; but the Rocky Mountain Salix myrtillifolia Anders. was a novelty, as were Drosera linearis and D. anglica, the beautiful little red-flowered Rubus acaulis Michx. and its relative, the then undescribed R. peracaulis Bailey (of northwestern America). At another boggy spot, the margin of Marl Pond, we discovered the then quite new little Galium brevipes Fern. & Wieg., a species subsequently found by Dr. Porsild in Greenland; and the limy pockets yielded the type- collection of Drosera rotundifolia, var. comosa, plants with the flowers altered to clusters of leaves, these dropping off and rooting. The exposed bluffs along the outer Bay had a dense tangle of Aster. From this assemblage we extracted the original collections of A. foliaceus Lindl., vars. crenifolius and subpetio- latus, plants endemic on the Gaspé Peninsula. Finally, realizing that our canoeman had no intention to come for us, we moved on. Later, at Gaspé Basin, we met some of the poachers who took evident delight in having thwarted us Yankees. * August 16, 1904, Tuesday. Mostly clear. In the early A. M. we worked on the plants and then packed trunks. Started from Grande Riviére about 9:30 A. M., our baggage on one wagon, and Rupert driving the other with us. About noon we stopped at Cape Cove for dinner. Later we started for Percé where we arrived about 4:00 P. M. We tried four different places before we found a single room, at Mme. Traché's." [This room, heavily musked and liberally hung with Mme. Traché's clothes and the inevitable sacred pictures and ornaments, with one feather-bed, screened by very thick curtains, the window tightly nailed against possible opening, was the home and workshop for three men. At night we matched pennies to decide which of us would have the good luck to sleep on the floor, which would accommodate only one.] “After supper [of parboiled beans] and unpacking a bit we walked up on one of the headlands [Cap Barré] near the house, doing some botanizing": Cerastium beeringianum, var. grandiflorum (Fenzl) Hultén of Alaska and northeastern Asia; Draba incana L. and its var. confusa (Ehrh.) Poir., the first from so far south; the new D. pycnosperma Fern. & Knowlton, a beautiful little species endemic on outer Gaspé and in western 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 109 Newfoundland, the plant Emile Williams, when he collected it a year later, suggested as the appropriate emblem, on account of its name, for the Society for the Protection of Native Plants; the arctic Saxifraga oppositifolia and Arenaria rubella (Wah- lenb.) Sm.; and the types of the nearly endemic Solidago lepida DC., var. molina and of Senecio pauperculus Michx., var. firmi- folius Greenm. That was a brilliant start and we tried to over- look the deficiencies of hotel-accommodations, complete lack of modern sanitary and toilet facilities, and improper food. "These could not be wholly ignored, however, for we all suffered from pretty acute indigestion and, when we had had parboiled beans for three successive days and I asked our hostess for something more digestible, we came in to a supper of heavy French pan- cakes. Mme. Traché’s father, a fisherman who spoke English, sat at table with us, and noticing that our physiological adjust- ments were not like his own, encouraged us by frequently urging: * Eat hearty, fellers. Men can’t work the way you do without eating hearty." Our own supply of educator-crackers, raisins and chocolate kept us going and when, after getting back to Cambridge to recuperate, I was promptly sent to the Stillman Infirmary to have my inflamed appendix out, I was thankful that the operation had not been done by the fishermen at Percé! “August 17, 1904, Wednesday. Foggy and rainy all day. After breakfast we worked a while on the presses, then put on our waterproof clothes and botanized on the crags northwest of the house and about the waterfall in the ravine (La Coulée) until noon. After dinner . . . collected along shore to and around the lighthouse at White Cape. Here Fernald had the alpine rope looped around his shoulders and walked along the treacherous and crumbling edge of the cliff while Pease and I held the other end of the rope some distance away from the cliff. Got home at 6:30 very wet." The day had been so foggy and rainy that many flowers were beautifully expanded, others as conspicuously closed. We specialized upon Euphrasia, bringing back E. arctica Lange, E. rigidula Jordan, E. tatarica Fisch. and E. americana Wettst., and some not easily settled. Small boys followed us wherever we went, always anxious to help the “doctors” gather their herbs. They were specially fond of bring- ing us bulbs of Zigadenus glaucus, with the explanation that 110 Rhodora [APRIL “it’s a horrible thing for the guts"; in view of the toxic proper- ties of the genus, reflected in its western name ** Death-Camass”’, we did not try it. “August 18, 1904, Thursday. Fair a little while in the A. M. during which we partially dried driers, ete.; later alternately rainy and fair . . . at 12:30 P. M. we all went up Mt. Ste. Anne to the shrine, botanizing both going up and coming down. Used the rope considerably about the summit [collecting the type- material of Antennaria gaspensis and many other fine species]. Took some pictures (PLATE 700, Fic. 1) from the summit when the clouds and rain would permit." The last modest statement was tyieal of Collins’s almost puritanie dread of expressing emotion. He was keenly appreciative of the unique beauty and grandeur of the Percé landscape, verbally became very enthu- siastic, and throughout this and all other trips with me spent as much time on photography as on botany. His negatives from Gaspé ran into the thousands. The tops of the balsam firs, Abies balsamea, here presented a strong contrast with firs as we knew them generally. Upon material from Mt. Ste. Anne I based my var. phanerolepis. An incident on the trail well illustrated the mental subservience of these people. Looking out to the northeast, we saw a long and low land, obviously Anticosti. When we met the priest with a workman, who was repairing the trail to the shrine, by way of conversation we pointed to the distant island and asked, “Is that Anticosti?” The workman promptly replied, *Oui, oui, Anticosti", but his master said, ' No, you can't see Anticosti from here", whereupon the man corrected himself: “Non, non, ce n'est pas Anticosti.” The diary continues until our reaching Boston on September 2nd. From Douglastown we went a very short distance up the Douglastown and from Gaspé Basin an equally short distance up the Dartmouth River. We could get no canoes and had to be content with heavy lumbermen's bateaux, solid and very slow. Our discoveries were, therefore, relatively unimportant. In the summer of 1905, Emile and Mrs. (Blanche) Williams and Mrs. Williams's friend, Miss Mary Waring, joined us for a trip over the same route, through Williams's July vacation, and Mr. and Mrs. Oakes Ames were with us for a brief trip up the Grand Cascapedia. Since the specialties have been so thoroughly Rhodor: Plate 700 died A AES tet * — Idi... " : ——— eyen ien Kai. Se NS AREE y teh averes re + ii CFS arti ga" Rae o Y C$ : i ^k Fic. 1 (upper): Perce FROM SrorE or Mr. Sre. ANNE (Rocher Percé near middle; Bonaventure Island in distance, at right). Fic. 2 (lower): GANNETS NESTING ON LEDGES OF BONAVENTURE ISLAND. Rhodora Plate 701 ia. 1 (upper): Harp POLING. Fig. 2 (lower): Corrixs (center) ENJOYING LIFE. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 111 covered in the notes for 1904 only a few items for July need here be noted. Botanically the Grand Cascapedia is relatively uninteresting. The plants which make the Little Cascapedia a joy are largely wanting. At Percé we had superior quarters at the fine old house of M. Le Boutillier, the elderly head of large fisheries and of large stores. One of Collins’s entries records a notable new station near Percé. “July 25, 1905, Tuesday. Cloudy, foggy and rainy. We all spent the A. M. in taking care of plants collected yesterday. In the early P. M. we went by team to Grande Coupe. Mr. and Mrs. Williams botanized along the bases of ridges and Miss Waring, Fernald and I went up the cliffs and around to the next ‘coupe’ to the westward. We got some nice things, e. g. Dryas integrifolia Vahl, Salix vestita Pursh (PLATE 699, FIG 2) Poly- stichum Lonchitis, Corallorrhiza striata, ete. [including the arctic- alpine Carex rupestris All., the new Salix Bebbiana, var. capreifolia and the tiny Thalictrum alpinum L.]. Got back about 7:00 P. M. very wet. Had a fine supper.”’ That “very wet" day on the dripping ice-cold cliffs of Grande Coupe laid Collins and me off with intestinal disturbances and hard colds, which did not soon vanish. Consequently, after the Williams party had sailed for home, we took the steamer “ Gas- pésien" from Gaspé Basin to Mont Louis on the north coast of the Peninsula, picking that village out as likely to have proper food and as being the center of precipitous limy walls, which fascinated us. Collins’s brief entry only partly tells the story. “July 31, 1905, Monday. Clear. Got up on str. ‘Gaspésien’ at about 4:30 and went on deck. Stopped there most of the A. M. enjoying the scenery [and taking many photographs]. Reached Mont Louis and went to the bargeman's house [one Bouchier, a piratical giant with ragged black beard and great projecting tusks, who, when we asked for the hotel, replied, ‘I have the hotel', not divulging the spick-and-span house, with fine food, run by Fred Au Clair, which, of course, we knew nothing about. Dinner consisted of bread and butter, tea and chunks of salt pork, floating in grease, not the best food for our condition; our room was a bit of unfinished loft, without window, and reached by a ladder from the kitchen and living-room. We were not 112 Rhodora [APRIL enthusiastic to remain there]. In the P. M. and again in the evening we walked out and examined the cliffs, ete., for plants. Did not seem to find a single characteristic plant and we were much disappointed. [Showing how completely mental and physi- cal discouragement control the outlook. In 1923, when, under better conditions, a party botanized about Mont Louis, and in 1931, when, with Mr. and Mrs. Charles A. Weatherby and my daughter and son, I spent some days there, it was difficult to break away from the fascinating cliffs and slopes, which support such treasures as Carex misandroides, endemic representative here and in western Newfoundland of the rare Canadian Rocky Mountain C. Franklinii Boott; Draba lanceolata Royle, of Asia and western North America; the endemic Astragalus scrupulicola Fern. & Weath., eastern representative of the western A. aborigi- num Richardson; and Oxytropis gaspensis Fern. & Kelsey, en- demie eastern representative of the Rocky Mountain O. viscida Nutt.; Erigeron compositus Pursh, var. trifidus (Hook.) Gray, at its first known station south of the Arctic and east of the Rockies, and scores of non-endemie specialties. On July 31, 1905, Collins and I were glad to think Mont Louis a poor spot.] Talked of driving to Ste. Anne des Monts but no one would undertake to haul our trunks there over the rough and hilly roads. Later de- cided to go in a barge [lobster-boat with decayed fish smearing the whole inside].”’ “ August 1, 1905. Tuesday. Cloudy, windy and cold Started about 8 A. M. in a barge with M. Bouchier and another man [fare ‘dix piastres’] for Ste. Anne des Monts. We were practically becalmed for an hour near Pt. de Chasse. Reached Ste. Anne des Monts about 4:30 P. M. nearly frozen. Went into LeMontagne’s store and talked with him about boarding places, eating, ete. He recommended Ed. Lefrancois’ place." Supper consisted of *'bifstek", carrots, baked potatoes, lettuce, graham bread, a choice of 23 kinds of relish and condiments, massed at the center of the table, pickled beets, cake and cherries! We immediately forgot that we were desperately ill and when, after supper, Lefrancois asked “Are you going in to Mt. Albert?" we woke up, “just like that” and said, “ Why, this is where you start for Mt. Albert, isn't it?" In half an hour the famous guide and hunter, Sam Coté, was with us, planning the trip, to start as soon as possible. That shows what proper food will do! 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 113 “August 3, 1905, Thursday. Cloudy and foggy in the A. M. Clearing in the P. M. Clear with aurora borealis in the evening. In the A. M. spent most of the time in getting ready to go up river. Had Lefrancois haul our baggage down to the river after dinner and about 1:30 P. M. we started up-river, with Fernald and part of the luggage in one canoe, I and the rest of the baggage in another. The river is a rather rough one and we went up about one hundred feet in the first nine miles. Here we stopped for the night at Col. Starkey's lower camp. Our canoemen (Coté, Joe Fortin and Hector and Edouard Gagnon) pitched tent and Fernald and I dined with Col. Starkey (owner of the salmon- fishing rights on the river). Nice dinner and pleasant chat after- ward. Fernald and I in tent; the canoemen in the guides! house at the camp. From here we got our first fine view of the foothills of the Shickshock Range." “August 4, 1905, Friday. Fair, partly clear; very warm in middle of day. We left *Nine-mile Camp' about 8 A. M. and stopped for lunch at 11:05 A. M. While we were lunching, two men came down the river with the skin of a bear they had killed at the next Starkey camp. We camped near the head of a long and hard rapid known as ‘Three-mile Rapid’; and then passed through a wild and beautiful rocky gorge (Grand Rapid), where it was very difficult to get the canoes through. Fernald and I in our lean-to tent under canopies; canoemen in another tent". “August 5, 1905, Saturday. Cloudy and somewhat showery. Warm in middle of the day. Collected a considerable number of specimens [Festuca prolifera (Piper) Fern.; the new Poa gaspensis (subsequently found in Alaska); Sagina saginoides (L.) Dalla Torre, the first from east of the Rockies and south of the Arctic, Arabis alpina, etc.] and I got quite a number of mosses. [One of the very rare memoranda regarding the group upon which Collins was a recognized authority.] In the late P. M. we reached Riviére à la Martre (Marten River) and camped about one mile above there on a gravel-beach. Got some fine views of Tabletop Mountain. A few rods above our camp the top of Mt. Albert was seen (our first view of it) over the top of a great ridge". The entries for the next three days, including the ascent of Mt. Albert, were earlier copied. That for August 8, continues “ We found the nearest peak (East Peak) about 3650 feet high, 114 Rhodora [APRIL with a still higher peak to the west-northwest. To the south of these there is an immense tableland sloping gently to the south- ward. The eastern end of this tableland is a great serpentine rock-barren, and the western a bog or meadow. To the south of this is a deep gorge with three large snow-banks in view. Beyond this is the main (highest) part of the mountain—a still larger desolate-looking rock-barren plateau sloping gently to the main dome. We found extremely interesting plants—many of them unknown to Fernald” [Adiantum pedatum, var. aleuticum Rupr., the first from east of British Columbia; Festuca scabrella Torr., a characteristic plant of the arid Cordilleran region; Dan- thonia intermedia of the Rocky Mountains; the beautiful copper- colored Eriophorum Chamissonis, in rippling carpets; true Carex paupercula Michx., much smaller than the lowland varie- ties; a host of strange willows in prostrate mats almost solidly enmeshed in rock, the aretie Salix anglorum Cham. in three varieties, S. brachycarpa Nutt., the first from east of the Rockies, and an amazing little species for a willow, with glabrous capsules and glabrous green scales, the endemic S. chlorolepis; very strange species of Arenaria, dense masses of wiry marcescent foliage and large pink or white flowers, the new A. marcescens, subsequently found only on the serpentines of Newfoundland, a delicate creeping species with fine linear leaves, A. sajanensis Willd., elsewhere unknown in America from south of northern Labrador, and a little species with thick oblong leaves, which I described as A. cylindrocarpa, a species then recognized only in the Cana- dian Rockies and in northern Labrador, subsequently found in western Newfoundland and now united with the famous relict of northern Europe, A. humifusa Wahlenb.; Lychnis alpina L., var. americana, of Greenland, Labrador and western Newfound- land; Statice labradorica (Wallr.) Hubbard and Blake, var. submutica Blake, extending down from the Arctic; the only arctic goldenrod, Solidago multiradiata Ait., and another species, a local endemic, with vividly green involucres, the new S. chlorolepis; the wide-ranging Artemisia borealis Pallas; and the new Cirsium muticum, var. monticola. We were thrilled, pestered by black flies (to the point of repeating the guides’ most frequent expression, “les sacrés mouches”) and so confused by novelties on all sides that, as soon as we started to collect one, several Rhedora Plate 702 Fic. 1 (upper): NORTHERN AMPHIBOLITE SLOPE OF Mr. ALBERT, WITH MARGIN OF SERPENTINE TABLELAND AT RIGHT. Fic. 2 (lower): SERPENTINE TABLELAND OF Mr. ALBERT; WOODED AMPHIBOLITE AREA IN BACKGROUND. Hhodora Plate 103 SUONC var ^ ENSE Fic. 1 (upper): HEAD or RUISSEAU A LA NEIGE, Mr. ALBERT. Fic. 2 (lower): TREELESS SERPENTINE WALL NORTH OF RUISSEAU AU DIABLE, Mr. ALBERT. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 115 others would divert us. The mosscarpet, too, kept Collins ab- sorbed; and singularly enough, sharing the wet depressions in this alpine and wind-swept serpentine barren were such common- place lowland plants as Sarracenia purpurea, Geum rivale, Vaccinium Oxycoccus, Kalmia angustifolia and polifolia and Andromeda glaucophylla. Yet, where we were making an amaz- ing harvest of novelties and of common boreal herbs and low shrubs, the region was once described by one of the most famous of Canadian geologists as ‘‘absolutely destitute of vegetation". Along the western margin of the serpentine tableland a nearly straight line (PLATE 702, FIG. 2) divides it from a Hudsonian scrub-forest or ‘“puckerbrush’’, the latter occurring on the amphibolite rock. So sharp is this boundary, that, given the cue, one could predict the vegetation. On the serpentine oc- curred the above-mentioned specialties and some more familiar plants: Carex Bigelowii Tuckerm. (C. rigida of the manuals), Juncus trifidus, Betula glandulosa var. rotundifolia, Empetrum nigrum, Rhododendron lapponicum, Phyllodoce caerulea and Arc- tostaphylos Uva-ursi; while the amphibolite or hornblendic area was as definitely marked by the abundance of Herochloé alpina, Carex capillaris, Luzula spicata, Salix planifolia Pursh and S. herbacea, Sibbaldia procumbens, Vaccinium cespitosum and Arnica mollis, never or only rarely seen on the serpentine. On the north-facing slope, just below the tableland (PLATE 702, Fic. 1), the wet amphibolite below a mass of packed snow and ice was a carpet of species not once seen on the serpentine: Lycopodium alpinum L. of the Arctic; Poa alpina L. and Carex bipartita All., also arctic; Luzula confusa; the newly discovered Streptopus amplexifolius, var. oreopolus (Fernald) Fassett; Salix cordifolia Pursh and the new S. hebecarpa; the western North American and Siberian Betula microphylla Bunge; the arctic Ranunculus pygmaeus Wahlenb. and the type of R. Allenii Robinson, of the ‘Shickshock Mts. and northern Labrador; Viola palustris; Epilobium lactiflorum and E. alpinum (anagallidifolium); Cas- siope hypnoides; the Rocky Mountain V accinium ovalifolium and a beautiful new species, V. nubigenum; Veronica alpina, var. unalaschcensis, and V. humifusa; Gnaphalium norvegicum Gunn. and Taraxacum lapponicum Kihlm. In this typically alpine and subalpine vegetation it was amazing to find carpets 116 Rhodora [APRIL of the lowland Chrysosplenium americanum and to be able to supplement our limited vegetable-diet with cooked stalks of the common lowland Zeracleum lanatum, with Oxyria digyna and Arabis alpina as salad. The contrast between the floras of the amphibolite and the serpentine was so vivid that I was stimu- lated to a new line of research.] Picking up the journal again: “The black flies on the mountain, especially at the summit, were something fearful and we were obliged to wear improvised head-nets (PLATE 704, ric. 1) and even then there was little com- fort. . . . I have never seen anything like them." . “August 9, 1905, Wednesday. Spent all A. M. putting up plants collected yesterday. Were obliged to do this inside cheesecloth canopies [in a 6-foot lean-to] to keep away from *brülots' (midges), black flies and mosquitoes.” . . .. “August 12, 1905, Saturday. . . . At about ten o'clock we all started for Snow Brook Ravine (Ruisseau à la Neige) col- lecting. . . . Before reaching the great snow-arch we were caught in a shower or two. These showers continued most of the P. M. At one time we got under the snow-arch to get out of the rain. The arch (Prare 703, ric. 1) was formed by the brook flowing underneath the great snow-bank and was some twenty- five feet high." Besides more willows, the great prize of the day was Polystichum mohrioides, var. scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Fernald (PLATE 697, Fic. 2), the serpentine of Mt. Albert the only region for it east of Idaho. “August 14, 1905, Monday. Snowing and hailing most of the early A. M. The temperature was below freezing in the morning and in the late afternoon 37 degrees. Slept cold last night. Tabletop Mountain, ten miles away, was covered with snow. . . . Fernald and Joe went off to the ravine to the eastward about 2:30 P. M.. .. I got back about 7:00 P. M. Temperature 42 degrees". “ August 15, 1905. Clear and cold. Got up about 3:30 A. M. on account of cold. [I well remember the greeting from Coté, in characteristic Canadian French, as I crawled out of the tent: ‘Fer fret cum job’ (‘Il fait froid comme le Diable’)|. Fernald and I worked on the plants until 10:30 A. M., when Edouard and Hector started down the mountain with large packs. About noon Fernald, Joe, Coté and I started down (PLATE 704, ria. 2) Flies bad." 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 117 Out on the coast, away from the freezing alpine conditions of mid-August, we explored along shore, fascinated by the giant Senecio Pseudo-Arnica (shared with the Bering Sea region), Plantago eriopoda Torr., a species primarily of the alkaline Canadian Plains, and other maritime or halophytie types. We were delighted, too, with the great areas, at the mouth of the river, of the very fleshy Hippuris vulgaris, var. maritima Hartm., a rare plant as shown by herbaria. Driving down river to Pointe 'Tourelle, Cap Tourelle, Riviére Patate and Ruisseau Castor, we called in to see that the type-colony of Arnica gaspensis was intact and spent much of the time exploring and botanizing about the remarkable natural bridges and fantastically weathered sea- stacks and tower-rocks which gave the name Tourelle. The Rocky Mountain Woodsia scopulina, new to the flora of the East, abounded in some of the crevices. Draba glabella Pursh, with the endemic lower St. Lawrence var. orthocarpa and the very definite var. megasperma, more or less alternated on the cliffs, and Festuca was a complicated group, with F. rubra often represented by the arctic vars. mutica Hartm. and arenaria (Osbeck) Fries, and the ovina-series by F. saximontana Rydb. In 1906, vividly conscious of the sharp contrasts in the floras of the acid areas, the serpentine and the caleareous rocks, we undertook a thorough collection of typical plants and the rocks upon which they grew, Harley H. Bartlett, then a student with me, being ready to undertake the chemical analyses. Equipped with a steel frying-pan and abundant cloth bags we started in at Bic, placing the thoroughly washed plants on the hot pan and allowing them to ignite over a bed of hot coals without the use of matches. Collins entered whole-heartedly into this collecting and, already knowing much of the country to be visited, we planned to secure the samples of plant-ash, rock and soils without making many new discoveries. At Bic, of course, we got to some new territory, the ragged and castellated white cliffs toward St. Fabien (PLATE 706, FIG. 2), as well as Cap Orignal (Moose Cape) and some others and, inevitably, new discoveries were in order. The greatest shocks, however, were when we got back and Bartlett proceeded with the analyses. Saxifraga Aizoon is famous for having the large stomata along the leaf-margins heavily incrusted with insoluble calcic carbonate, 118 Rhodora [APRIL waste thrown off through the stomata; it obviously should occur on calcareous rocks. On one big cliff near Bic it was very hand- some, growing on what seemed like quartzite. We accordingly got a large sample of the plant-ash and good samples of soil and rock. When Bartlett got hold of them repeated analyses showed the ash of the plant to contain a large amount of calcium, the soil and the rock to be pure silica! Rock-samples were referred to the petrographer, the late John Eliot Wolff, and he, too, said "quartzite." That was that! On the base of Cap Orignal, a headland wholly unlike those around, both in its rock and its weathering, Iris setosa, var. canadensis abounded. We conse- quently got good samples. When the analyses were made the ash of the Jris showed abundant manganese, the rock-sample only a trace. Again, there we were! Bartlett went through hundreds of samples, sometimes finding what was expected, sometimes just the opposite, and in the end, realizing that the analyses were not repeating the operations of the plants, he declined to publish the inconclusive results. In the analyses it was not possible to repeat the activities of the roots in attacking the hygroscopic film about each soil-particle nor the ability of the plant to draw alkaline salts from the fogs and mists along shore. Although Saxifraga Aizoon was on pure silica, the heavy fogs, apparently, supplied it with the calcium it required. All this was unknown to Collins and me at the beginning of the season and we spent many hours daily in conscientiously assem- bling the ash. We had arranged in advance with Sam Coté to have the pro- visions all bought and packed into the Gaspé canoes (dugouts), so that we could start immediately up the River Ste. Anne des Monts. With the aid of my French dictionary we had drawn up two pages of required provisions, but on reaching Ste. Anne des Monts we found Coté and the storekeepers in perplexity. Every- thing was clearly understood and the supplies had been properly stowed except two: “pommes de terre" and “jambon.” Proceed- ing to the market we pointed out what we meant, patates and becking. Pomme de terre in Gaspé is the mountain cranberry, Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea, var. minus, which carpets the mountains; patate, the early French name, was the word brought from France by the original settlers of Gaspé. Later, after the guides 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 119 had packed more than ten miles through the woods, thence up the steep walls of Tabletop, when we suggested attacking the 20 pounds of “prunes”, they got out a quart can of Green Gage Plums, mostly water; we went without the less costly and more desired prunes sèches. Going this time to Ste. Anne des Monts, “July 11, 1906, Wednesday. Started from Little Métis with Paul Marmon as driver at 7:30 A. M. Arrived at Matane (33 miles) at noon and had dinner . . . Started on again at 2:15 P. M. and reached Les Méchins at about 8:30 P. M. (45 miles), making about 78 miles from Little Métis with one horse.’ “July 12, 1906, Friday. Left Les Méchins about 7:30 A. M. and drove leisurely [because stopping for a good deal of botaniz- ing, on this drive becoming much impressed with a small tree with the largest fruiting aments and the largest leaves we had ever seen on a willow, the new Salix laurentiana, endemic on the shores and bluffs of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and closest related to S. Hookeriana Barratt, of the Pacific coast from southern British Columbia to California] to . . . Ste. Anne des Monts. Found Coté and Joe Fortin there. In the late P. M. we reorganized baggage", and at 10 next morning started up-river. A disgruntled and very boastful rough-neck, whom we will call Zéphirin Violette, was at the starting-point, wildly gesticulating and assuring us that we had a miserable crew, that Coté knew nothing about the woods—in short, that we ought to have em- ployed him. Consequently, when we stopped at noon to “boil the kettle" and found the axe gone, we knew who had removed it. One canoe was sent back to get another axe and Collins and I took off time to botanize. The next time we were organiz- ing an expedition, the Mt. Logan trip of 1923, we received a letter, written in flowing English and a fine bookkeeping hand, from one of our former guides, urging us to take Zéphirin into the party; he was a splendid fellow and heartily ashamed of the way he had acted. Fortunately, before we could answer, the following self-explanatory message arrived: “Wen i rot you las nite i had Mr. at the store in Cap Chat rite for me i axe you to hire Zéphirin Violette i had to he stood there an’ made me he is a liar please rite me and say you don want nothink to do of Zéphirin Violette." We so wrote. 120 Rhodora [APRIL While waiting for the axe and during a leisurely ascent of the river for some days we watched the plants, as we had not done in the hurried trip of the year.before. Listera auriculata, Primula mistassinica and Pinguicula vulgaris carpeted the damp slopes, usually overhung by Lonicera involucrata; and wherever there were spring-rills and small brooks coming in Arnica mollis and Arabis alpina L. made great displays, with the gravels bearing the usual solid carpets of Dryas Drummondii and Epilobium latifolium (PLATE 698, ria. 2). All these were now quite familiar, but the goldenrod of the gravel-flats seemed strange, the Rocky Mountain S. lepida, var. elongata (Nutt.) Fern. On one wet slope the Erigeron puzzled us, E. elatus Greene of the Canadian Rockies; and, topping off breakfast one morning by picking some wild strawberries, we found ourselves instinctively neglecting the tiny ones—until it dawned upon us that they were on many- crowned and nonstoloniferous half-shrubs with tiny leaves, the unique and strictly endemic Fragaria multicipita. At another point, when we left the canoes in order to decrease their loads, we walked into a carpet of a strange little round-leaved willow, Salix obtusata, so strange that its relationship in the genus has not been made out. This trip up-river was full of thrilling incidents. “July 16, 1906, Monday. Cooler,66 at 6:00 A. M. Very hazy and smoky. Not many flies to bother us last night. Used a joss stick in the canopy before going to sleep. Got up about 5:30 A. M. and had a bath in the river. Took Coté's trout-rod and caught a salmon. Coté and Joe helped me land him. [Collins omitted to state that the entire camp was roused by his shout, ‘Help, help" He had stepped into the stern of one of the emptied canoes, drawn part-way out of the water, and the fight- ing salmon was towing the canoe (without poles or paddles) swiftly down the Grand Rapid, when Coté and Joe, paddling with all their might, caught the speeding canoe and brought back the two heroes of the episode.] Warm in middle of the day —82 about noon. . . Saw a large Canada lynx trying to catch some ducks. Portaged past Little Sault", our station for Salix obtusata. The journal of much of the Mt. Albert trip may be omitted, except to note that we had great diffieulty making many of the Rhodora Plate 704 Fic. 1 (upper): FLYS BAD, oN Mr. ALBERT (CoLriNs, SAM Cork, FERNALD AND JOE Fortin, from left to right). Fic. 2 (lower): BREAKING Camp, Mr. ALBERT (SAM CorÉ AND JOE FonrIN). Rhodora Plate 705 Kia. 1 (upper): TRIANGULAR Ponp, TABLETOP MOUNTAIN. Fia. 2 (lower): ACROSS NORTHERN END OF PLATTER-LIKE TABLELAND OF TABLETOP MOUNTAIN (GORGE OF RIVIÈRE MADELEINE at right in distance). 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 121 plants from the serpentine barrens ignite. They had grown on silicate of magnesium and had some of the properties of asbestos or of soapstone. On the steep and treeless north wall of Devil's Gulch (Ruisseau au Diable) we got Pellaea densa (Brack.) Hook., a characteristic species from southern British Columbia to southern California, here growing with the still rarer Poly- stichum mohrioides, var. scopulinum, PLATE 697, FIG. 2, already referred to; and in collecting them we found ourselves kneeling in a carpet of Épigaea repens! From the eastern border of Mt. Albert we figured out a route from the Forks of the Ste. Anne des Monts across to Tabletop; and on the 26th Coté and Roy went down to the river-camp and started to blaze a trail to that vast tableland. In the evening of the 28th, just after we had come down to the river, the two trail- makers came in, haggard, pale and unnerved. They had been "through Hell", nearly died of thirst and were bleeding from fly-bites. f" Nothing" would induce them ever to go again “through Hell". Discussion of the matter was not then in order; embracing, soothing, hot supper and bed were the best cure; and when, after a quiet Sunday, they realized that everyone at Cap Chat and at Ste. Anne des Monts knew that Coté was guiding an expedition to little-known Montagne de la Table, they decided to take us in, that we might see for ourselves. Upon leaving the river they had found old blaze-marks on trees. These they had followed, taking exactly the course we had figured out from Mt. Albert, for they had hit upon the old route of A. P. Low, who, when exploring for the Geological Survey of Canada, had also started from the Forks. “July 31, 1906, Tuesday. Clear all day. After breakfast at the Forks we packed up our things and started at 9:00 over Low's Trail for Tabletop. It was a long, hard tramp—ten miles by pedometer. Arrived at a small lake, at the foot of Tabletop, called by Coté ‘Lac des Américains’, at 6:15 P. M." “ August 1, 1906, Wednesday. Had a headache in the A. M., so stayed about camp most of time. In the P. M. Fernald and I made a circuit of the lake and got some interesting plants [carpets of Isoëtes macrospora and of Subularia aquatica, ete.] Coté been up the mountain cutting trail most of the day. Joe, John and Wilfred gone down to the Forks for second load of 122 Rhodora [APRIL things. Trout abundant in the lake. In less than one hour I caught 35 trout with the ravellings from my khaki trousers as bait for the first fish, then used a trout-fin for the rest. Fernald came in to camp a little later and as a result of his hour’s fishing had 36 trout, the largest being 74% inches long. He caught all from a rock, with the fin of one fish as bait for all but the first”. “August 2, 1906, Thursday. Hazy from smoke. Spent the early A. M. taking care of plants. About 9:30 A. M. Coté, Fernald and I started up the mountain via Low’s Trail, going from camp to that trail via one cut by Coté. Reached top of first spur, very dry (2970 feet) . . . From here we worked east and then north to the top of a high peak which was 3760 feet altitude. We then went north to the edge of the next ravine, east along its upper edge and then down to a rectangular- shaped pond—one of six seen in the gorge". When, coming over the crisply dry ridges, we suddenly saw these (PLATE 705, FIG. 1) and, a little later, a hundred other ponds occupying the broad platter-like top of Tabletop, Coté’s gloom suddenly passed; this was a promising moose-country and he would return in the autumn. He had “gone through Hell" unscathed and was reaping his reward. Returning to Lac des Américains we caught 75 more trout. These we cleaned, and when, next morning, we formally moved to a camp-site near the rectangular pond of the day before, these were put into a rubber blanket and carried up the mountain, to piece out the dry foods coming in from the Forks. As it subsequently proved, all the larger lakes and ponds of the Madeleine River system were paved with very hungry trout waiting to be eaten; incidentally les savons (partridges, especially the spruce partridges or fool-hens) were very abundant and tame. By throwing a stone or a botanizing-pick we could easily stun them, and in ten minutes they were over the fire. We did not soon hear the end of those stale trout! Collins’s entry for August 4 contains these items: “I tried to make a map of the ponds (large and small) up as far as the first large one above camp. Mapped 45—numbered them in a sketch I made. Got Polytrichum eighteen inches long." Later on our ingenuity gave out; we could think of no more names for ponds. There must be many hundreds of them. “August 7, 1906, Tuesday. Clear in the A. M. Cloudy in the 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 123 P. M. Rainy in the evening. Had breakfast of trout, partridge, etc., and about 8.30 Coté, Joe, Fernald and I started down to Triangular Pond (PLATE 705, Fic. 1) and across to Granite- block Pond, up to Second Peak where I took a panorama. Coté and I then went across the Third Peak while Fernald and Joe worked around Pond no. 101 (southeast of Third Peak). Took panorama from Third Peak. . . On the way from Second to Third Peak I went along edge of barrens above Pond no. 201 and found Dryas integrifolia and several other interesting things. [The peaty meadows, bogs and pond-margins in the platter- bottom were semi-temperate, partly arctic-alpine, with a grand mixture of such plants as Eriophorum tenellum, temperate American; E. Chamissonis, boreal; Carex rariflora, arctic-alpine; C. lenticularis, var. albi-montana Dewey, mostly alpine; C. limosa, north-temperate; C. oligosperma, temperate North American; C. saxatilis var. miliaris, boreal American; Salix argyrocarpa, alpine; S. arctophila Cockerell, the first from south of northern Labrador; Rubus Chamaemorus, subarctic; and Petasites vitifolia Greene, west-American. The ponds had an equally north- temperate aspect: Potamogeton epihydrus, var. Nuttallii, tem- perate North American; Nuphar variegatum Engelm., temperate American; carpets of Subularia aquatica, circumboreal, and of Isoétes macrospora (boreal American); the newly discovered Callitriche anceps (subsequently found in Greenland, Labrador, Newfoundland, and on Mt. Mansfield, Vermont); and Myrio- phyllum Farwellii of the northern states and southeastern Cana- da. Joe became very keen at detecting specific differences and, although he had never heard of such erudite subjects as gram- mar, syntax and rhetoric, he promptly got hold of the Latin names. He and I worked much together, each of us taking one side of a pond. I well remember calling across, ‘Is there any- thing new over there, Joe?' and receiving the immediate reply, ‘No, there's nothing here but Subularia aquatica and Isoëtes macrospora.’ The region of Tabletop where we camped was of highly feldspathic pink granite, and the dry slopes and crests supported the usual alpine and subalpine plants of granitic mountains, rather notable through the absence of Arenaria groenlandica, which we found only once (on one of the eastern- most crests). Toward the northwest and north, in the area we 124 Rhodora [APRIL visited, the outer walls were of calcareous rocks, as if the granitic mass, as it rose, had carried with it a northwestern fringe of limy rock from below. It was this edge which Collins reached when he noted Dryas integrifolia.] After lunch we all went back to this place and worked the barrens above Pond no. 201 and also to some extent the upper slope of the next ravine north of no. 201. Found a good many interesting plants", including the following calcicolous species: Juncus castaneus Sm., the first from south of Labrador; Tofieldia palustris, a wide-ranging boreal species; a remarkable willow with large persistent stipules, Salix calcicola Fern. & Wieg.; the then undescribed and essentially endemic Draba Allenii; a little rosulate Saxifraga, resembling the arctic S. nivalis L., but with minute cuneate petals, the new S. gaspen- sts, subsequently found in northern Labrador and abundant with Draba Alleni? on the calcareous schists of the Mt. Logan area; Epilobium Drummondii Hausskn. of the Rocky Mountains; Pyrola grandiflora Radius, the tiny-leaved and large-flowered arctic ally of P. rotundifolia; Pedicularis flammea L., another arctic species at the first station known south of northern Labra- dor; Campanula uniflora L. ditto; a brand new goldenrod, the endemic Solidago mensalis; and the beautiful discoid Senecio with purple involucres and deep orange disks, the Cordilleran S. pauciflorus Pursh. In spring-rills of this area Cerastium cerasti- oides (L.) Britton, an anomalous arctic plant, almost as well placed in Stellaria, abounded. Another afternoon, while Collins was working over his mosses, I returned with Joe, further to explore the walls of this “Marble Ridge". A leaf somewhat suggesting a Taraxacum but mottled and surely not belonging to Taraxacum because the young scape was solid and the young phyllaries ciliate, greatly puzzled me, and better material was secured of some of the other specialties. Unfortunately, Joe was in an insubordinate mood and I soon told him to go back to camp. He had forgotten that we were not out merely for his personal gratification. Very soon, however, I regretted that I was alone, for on the treacherous scree I twisted my ankle and immediately one of my expensive high boots chafed the injury, and I was forced alternately to hobble and crawl four miles back to camp, arriving there quite exhausted and having lost the strange Composite. (In 1923 this proved to be the new Agoseris gas- 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 125 pensis, a species subsequently found elsewhere only on mountains of northern British Columbia). Evidently Joe did not tell Collins why he went back to camp alone, for the record simply reads: “Joe came back in late P. M. to get some firewood. Fernald went on alone from Pond no. 201 to Marble Ridge. He came in long after dark, having had a hard, slow trip home on account of one of his boots skinning an injured ankle. He gave the boots to Joe when he got back”; the gift intended to heap coals of fire on the head of the rebel, who promptly put on the boots and wore them the rest of the trip! At the northeastern border of the platter-bottom of Tabletop some of the high domes are of a whitish syenite, consequently slightly caleareous. We got to this region, draining into the Madeleine River, only for a short side-trip in August, 1906, just enough to show how different it is from the granite area where we had chiefly camped. “ August 9, 1906, Thursday. Very cold last night. Fernald and Joe got up about 4:30 A. M. After breakfast Joe, Coté, Fernald and I started for the eastern edge of the mountain at 8:45 . . . went up the ‘South Dome’ [Botanists’ Dome of Coleman’s report] and built a cairn for marking spot—altitude 4100 feet. Fernald, Coté and Joe started southeast to a lake we called ‘Lac Coté’ to make camp, while I went up on the big main dome alone and built a cairn [Mt. Jacques Cartier of recent Canadian maps]. Big dome 4250 feet. . . On the way down found Fernald collecting Phegopteris alpestris, new to eastern America "—not only new to eastern America, but new to science, for it is the endemic Athyrium alpestre, var. gaspense.! “August 14, 1906 . . . Left our camp in the ravine of the East Fork of the Ste. Anne River at 7:45 A. M. in a dense fog. Came down over the regular Low’s Trail. . . . Reached our old camp at the Forks at 6:15 P. M. Pedometer 12 miles. Altitude 675 feet, which means that 30 to 50 feet should be added to all altitudes taken on Tabletop Mountain." L In the 1923 trip to the northeastern region of Tabletop after Collins had returned home, the smaller half of our large Mt. Logan party, Carroll W. Dodge, Lyman B. Smith and I, found in this syenitic area a great many additional species: Carex capi- tata; the famously localized C. macloviana D'Urv. (of the Falkland Islands and Patagonia and scattered spots in arctic and subarctic regions); the arctic Sarifraga cernua L. and Gnaphalium supinum; the almost endemic Agoseris gaspensis, finally in flower and young fruit, and many other rare things. 126 Rhodora [APRIL “ August 16, 1906. Very cold in the tent towards morning. Clear now. Temperature 40 degrees." In 1907 Mrs. Fernald and I took a delayed honeymoon to Bic and to Pereé, with Collins as the third member of the party. These regions having been already covered by the preceding narrative, only a few items need mention. At Bic we regularly left the hotel after breakfast and arranged for a hearty evening meal, taking with us for lunch only bread, butter, tea and some sweets. When M. Pineau expressed surprise that we needed so little we explained to his horror, that we regularly cooked clams, mussels or mushrooms and wild vegetables; that was terrible, clams and mussels were deadly poisonous (as were mushrooms) and used only for fish-bait, and only cattle ate wild plants! With a recruit in the party we explored many new spots, roped precipitous cliffs (PLATE 706, Fra. 1) to get at herring-gulls’ nests, and otherwise shocked the staid people of Bie who had never seen a woman scale vertical walls. Where the herring-gulls had their nests, Draba minganensis, arabisans and glabella and Primula laurentiana were stripped of flowers, fruit and new foliage. Elsewhere they were intact; only one inference was obvious. Then we went on to Percé, again revelling in the work with the alpine rope. We had all been very seasick during a stormy trip on the “Lady Eileen", from Dalhousie to Percé, arriving at about 3 A. M. I shall never forget the breakfast at 3:30 A. M. at M. Le Boutillier’s, such a contrast to our meals the first summer at Pereé—heaping platters of lobster and of “Gaspé oysters" (cod-tongues and sounds), our introduction to the latter delectable dish. The cliffs of Grande Coupe (PLATE 707, FIG. 2) were reclimbed (with difficulty on account of “overhang ") and those of Mt. Ste. Anne again raked for specialties; but the great new trip was to Bonaventure Island, a long red calcareous- conglomerate island, famous as one of the great breeding haunts of gannets, puffins and other sea-birds. The people at Percé, on the mainland, are derived from French-speaking ancestors, originally from Jersey. Their distant cousins on Bonaventure Island often can not talk to them for, although also from Jersey, they eame much later and speak only English. “Willie” Duval, long familiar to tourists (who, in 1907, were unknown) took us over in his sailboat and we spent two wonderful days on 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 127 the Island. On the overhanging shelf of rock (PLATE 707, ria. 1) where we landed there was a strange grass, the new and endemic Puccinellia macra Fern. & Weath.; and all the way from the landing to the Duval house we walked on Drabas, Euphrasias and other choice plants which form much of the turf. There was, naturally, a great temptation to spend our time on the rope, down among the tens of thousands of nesting gannets, razor- billed auks, sea-pigeons and other inhabitants of the cliffs. The old gannets, with wing-stretch of 6 feet or more would leave the young on the shelves of rock and, flying in great circles about us, shout ''go-rock! go-rock! go-rock!" No plants grew down among the crowded nests, however, and we, consequently, re- turned to the turfy crests (PLATE 700, ria. 2) collecting most of the Percé specialties and getting particularly fine material of Draba pycnosperma (often eaten off); Epilobium glandulosum Hausskn. of the North Pacific region; Oxytropis johannensis, described from the upper St. John in Maine; the tiny Sagina procumbens, var. compacta Lange, the arctic extreme of the species, not previously recorded from south of Greenland; Eu- phrasia purpurea Reeks, described from Newfoundland; and Descurainia Richardsonii (Sweet) O. E. Schulz, of the Rocky Mountains. That trip closed for many years my long expeditions with Collins. His duties in government work kept him from joining the parties which spent succeeding summers in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, so that our work together consisted then of occasional week-end exploration of pond-shores and swamps of Rhode Island. On these brief trips in his adopted state we were able to add to the known flora of the state some nice things (Rhynchospora Torreyana, Eupatorium leucolepis, var. novae- angliae, etc.), but these are insignificant in comparison with his own discoveries in the state. In 1923, however, Collins got off long enough to spend much of July in the party which went to the Mt. Logan region of Gaspé. The preceding summer Pease and I had tapped the region, one of calcareous schists, whereas Mt. Albert to the east is serpentine and amphibolite and, still farther east, the small part of Tabletop we knew is granite or syenite, with marble and other caleareous rock at the north- western edge; and from our very brief visit Pease and I knew 128 Rhodora [APRIL that another alpine flora was on Logan. Whereas our first trip into the Shickshock Mountains had been by Gaspé canoes up- river, we now left Cap Chat in automobiles' and drove to the farm farthest up Riviére Cap Chat, Emond’s. There the party, Pease, the late Kenneth K. Mackenzie, Ludlow Griscom, Carroll W. Dodge, Lyman B. Smith, Collins and I, with the guides, transferred the collecting- and camp-equipment and the foodstuffs to lumber-wagons and proceeded by lumber-road to up-river headquarters in a log-cabin about west of the Mt. Logan range. Thence we packed across to the high basin which lies under a steep escarpment below the summit-levels of the Mt. Logan system and after much preliminary botanizing moved our camp to a higher level and continued work there. The physio- graphic details of this mountain-area have already been discussed and illustrated elsewhere.? I need not go into them here. This trip and the one preceding it yielded, as we had thought, a great many important additions to the Shickshock flora. Of course the more or less ubiquitous alpines are there but there are many specialties. The cool slopes are most frequently carpeted with the beautiful Salix vestita (PLATE 699, ric. 2), with an abundance of Draba Allenii, otherwise known only on Tabletop, or of the new and endemic D. clivicola, with Barbarea orthoceras Ledeb. of Siberia and northwestern America abundant. Saxifraga cernua, S. rivularis and the local S. gaspensis are frequent. In some of the chimneys Arnica louiseana Farr, of Lake Louise in the Canad- ian Rockies, abounds; in others there are endless variations of Senecio resedifolius Lessing, of the Bering Sea region and the Altai of Siberia. On some of the alpine meadows Epilobium boreale Hausskn. of Alaska, Galium Brandegeei Gray, of the ! Many incidents, some merely amusing, some almost tragic (like the overturning of one of the automobiles or the dropping of a horse through a weak corduroy) oc- curred. These can hardly be enumerated here. One, however, was so amusing that it must be told. Mackenzie, always dogmatic, promply resented the British govern ment's allowing the French Canadians to speak anything but English. He refused to recognize any other language and would not concede the “si'l vous plait” and '* merci" necessary for a smooth passage through the country. Griscom, early educated in France, spoke better than the natives and at Lefrancois', when dinner was nearly finished, he would quietly explain to the waitress that M. Mackenzie was terribly hungry (in fact a gourmand); and when large new helpings were set, to his amazement, at Mackenzie's place, the joker would calmly reach over and draw them to his own place. ? Collins and Fernald, The Region of Mt. Logan, Gaspé Peninsula. Geogr. Rev. xv. 84—91, with map and illustr. (1925). Rhodora Plate 106 Fic. 1 (upper): CLIFF-CLIMBING AT Bic (Marcarer H. AND Merrirr L. FERNALD DESCENDING TO HERRING-GULLS’ NESTS). Fic. 2 (lower): CASTELLATED CLIFF WEST OF Bic. Rhodor: Plate 107 Dt] Fic. 1 (upper): Our LANpING-PLACE, BONAVENTURE ISLAND, TYPE-STATION OF PUCCINELLIA MACRA. ig. 2 (lower): OVERHANGING WALL OF GRANDE Coure, PERCÉ. 1942] Fernald,—-Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 129 Rocky Mountains, and Luzula sudetica (Willd.) DC., of arctic- alpine Europe occur. The pass between Mts. Fortin and Mat- taouisse is distinguished by the arctic Potentilla emarginata Pursh and Draba nivalis Liljebl., at their first known stations south of northern Labrador, and the arctic Carex norvegica Retz. (C. alpina Swartz), also at its first station so far south. One ridge gave us the high-arctie C. nardina Fries, while the slope beneath bore the Rocky Mountain Arenaria macrophylla; bare crests had the Mt. Washington Euphrasia Oakesii, and on the tablelands two new species of Antennaria are noteworthy, the strictly endemic A. Peasei, and another, A. vexillifera, shared with the lime-barrens of western Newfoundland. The Mt. Logan trip was as worth-while as Collins’s and my introductory trip to Gaspé twenty years earlier. It was a fitting climax to our work together in that fascinating country. Our first season, at Bic, Carleton, on the Little Cascapedia and at Percé, yielded scores of species never before known south of the St. Lawrence or east of the Rocky Mountains or even the Pacific slope, with a good share new to science; the last trip was almost as productive. Although the Gaspé flora had been earlier explored by John Macoun, John A. Allen and some others, they left plenty to be discovered.! There is much more to be found; but with the self-sacrificing, financially unsupported and un- remunerated but always skillful and cheerful coöperation of Collins a real start was made; without it little would have been accomplished. In 1903 Gaspé meant nothing to botanists?; by 1907 it had become famous as one of the botanically unique regions. Throughout his active period of collecting Collins was pri- ` marily interested in Bryophytes. His collections and memoranda ! One Canadian botanist, prominent on account of his official position but given to *' plain thinking and high drinking,” repeatedly wondered at our finding so much about Percé. He went there every summer and ‘‘never could find anything of interest.” One doesn't if he sits about the front porch or in the bar. ? Collins and I, with no grants in aid of our work, tried, without much success, to get back a small part of the expenses of our trips by selling uniform sets of the Gaspé material. A letter from St. Petersburg (now Leningrad) stated that their herbarium was already rich in Alaskan plants and that they needed no more! '*' Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec," meant nothing to their geographic sense. Specific and varietal names like aleuticum, sitchense, alaskana, unalaschcensis, Menziesii, oregana, Douglasii, dawsonen- sis, Bongardiana, beeringiana. Romanzoffiana, Fischeriana, Chamissonis, mandjuricum, sajanensis, davuricum, sibiricum, kamtschaticum, Langsdorfii, Kotzebuei, Gmelini and tatarica sufficiently indicated the region. 130 Rhodora [APRIL on the mosses are invaluable. Of these, his chief interest for years, I am unable to write; but I constantly recognized the care with which he collected and the endless pains he took to have his data accurate. His own collections, presented to the Gray Herbarium, the Farlow Herbarium and the New England Bo- tanical Club, will always be a reminder of his thoroughness. When, gradually dropping his activities through an increasing paralysis, he asked C. A. Weatherby and me to come to his apartments, to move his herbarium and library while he could yet oversee the transfer, he said with his accustomed cheerful- ness: I've had more than forty years of satisfactory exploration and botanizing. What more could one ask?", not mentioning the fact, that for four decades he had looked forward to his years of retirement, when he would concentrate upon his mosses. The paralysis of his hands, while his brain and eyes were still acute, prevented the delicate manipulation necessary for that work. And as we packed the books and papers, preliminary to his moving to a sanitarium, he retained his diaries because, with them before him, he could live over again his long period of active field-work. The many photographs taken by Collins naturally include few of himself and those are in groups, taken when he had joined the party after setting his camera.' He did, however, delight in photographing plants in their natural habitats. It seems fitting, therefore, to add to this account of our field-work together a few of his photographs, some of scenes or incidents in our work together, some of plants rarely pictured. These I offer as a slight recognition of the genius of a sincere and wholly unselfish friend. APPENDIX I. Those who follow us may be glad to have a brief summary of the regions in eastern Quebec and the seasons of collecting by Collins and me. They are as follows, with the addition of other trips to eastern Quebec by myself or those exploring with me or influenced by Collins or me to visit the region. 1 A characteristic picture of Collins on the alpine rope is in Fernald, Botanizing on the Gaspé Sea-cliffs, Harvard Alumni Bull. xxxiv. 419-425—repr. 1-7 (1932). 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 131 1902 E. F. WirLLiAMS AND M. L. FERNALD, late July and early August: Mata- pedia, Bonaventure County; mouth of Bonaventure River and region of New Carlisle and Paspebiae to Port Daniel, Bonaventure County; Riviére du Loup, Temiscouata County; St. Alphonse, Saguenay River, Chicoutimi County. 1904 G. H. RicHanps AND M. L. FERNALD, late June: valley of Grande Rivière, Gaspé County. M. L. FERNALD, late June: Escuminac, Bonaventure County. J. F. Corns AND M. L. FERNarp, July 11-13: Rivière du Loup and Cacouna, Temiscouata County. July 14: St. Alphonse, Saguenay River, Chicoutimi County, and Tadousac, Saguenay County. July 15-18: Bic and vicinity, Rimouski County. July 19: Matapedia, Bonaventure County. July 19 and 20: lower Nouvelle River and region of St. Jean l'Evangéliste, Bonaventure County. July 21 and 22: Carle- ton and Tracadigash Point, Bonaventure County. J. F. ConuiNs, M. L. FERNALD AND A. S. PEASE, July 28-27: Carleton and vicinity, and Tracadigash Mountain, Bonaventure County. July 28 and 31 and August 1: New Richmond, Bonaventure County. July 29 and 30: Little Cascapedia Hiver to slightly above the Forks. August 2 and 3: about mouth and lower islands of Bonaventure River. August 5, 6 and 8: Bonaventure River as far up as Mt. Baldé. August 11-15: region about Grande Rivière, Gaspé County. August 16: Grande Riviére to Percé. August 16-19: region of Percé, Gaspé County. August 20: Percéto Douglastown, Gaspé County, collecting slightly on southwest slopes of Pereé Mountain and at Barachois. August 21 and 22: region of Douglastown and Seal Cove River. August 23: lower Douglastown River. August 24: Douglastown to Gaspé Basin. August 24-27: region of Gaspé, York, and lower Dartmouth River. FAYETTE F. FonnBEs, July, August: Rivière du Loup to Ste. Anne des Monts. 1905 E. F. WiLLiAMs, J. F. Colins, M. L. FERNALD AND OTHERS, July 5 and 6: Riviére du Loup and Cacouna, Temiscouata County. July 6-10: region of Bic, Rimouski County. July 12-15 (with OAKES AND BLANCHE Ames) and July 17: valley of Grand Cascapedia River, Bonaventure County. July 16: region of New Richmond, Bonaventure County. July 18-21: region of Carleton and Tracadigash Point, Bonaventure County. July 23-26: region of Percé, Gaspé County, July 27: Percé to Gaspé Basin. July 28: region of Gaspé Basin. July 29: lower York River, Gaspé County. J. F. Cottins AND M. L. FERNALD, July 31: Mont Louis, Gaspé County. August 3-7: valley of Riviére Ste. Anne des Monts, up to the Forks, Gaspé County. August 8-15: Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. August 19-21: mouth of Riviére Ste. Anne des Monts to Ruisseau Castor, Gaspé County. August 24: Father Point, Rimouski County. August 24: Riviére du Loup. 1906 J. F. Cornnius AND M. L. FEnNALD, July 3-8: region of Bic. July 10: Little Métis, Matane County. July 11 and 12: Little Métis to Ste. 132 Rhodora [APRIL Anne des Monts. July 13-17 and 30 and August 15-17: Riviére Ste. Anne des Monts, up to the Forks. July 18-28: Mt. Albert. July 31: Forks of Riviére Ste. Anne des Monts to Lac des Américains. August 1: Lae des Américains. August 2-13: northern end of Tabletop Mountain (Montagne de la Table), Gaspé County. August 14: Table- top to Forks of Ste. Anne des Monts (Low’s Trail). 1907 J. F. ConuiNs, M. L. FERNALD AND MancanET H. FERNALD, July and August: regions of Bic and of Percé. 1910 K. M. WikGAND AND M. L. FEnNALD, late July and early August: Blane Sablon, Straits of Belle Isle, eastern Saguenay County. 1912 M. L. Fernavp, E. B. Barrram, Bayarp LonG anp Hanorp Sr. JOHN, July: Magdalen Islands. M. L. FERNALD, Bayarp Loxa anp Hanorp Sr. Jonn, August: Magdalen Islands. 1914 Hanorp Sr. Jon, August: Brion Island and Bird Rock, Magdalen Islands. 1915 Hanorp Sr. Jonn, June-September: Côte Nord eastward to Straits of Belle Isle. 1922 M. L. FERNALD AND A. S. Pease, July and early August: Lévis to Mar- souin River, Gaspé County; Rivière Cap Chat and western section of Mt. Logan region, Matane County; Mt. Nicolasbert, Matane County. 1923 J. F. ConuiNs, M. L. FERNALD, A. S. Pease, K. K. MACKENZIE, LUDLOW Griscom, C. W. Donar an L. B. Smita, July: Rivière Cap Chat and Mt. Logan region, Matane County; Riviére Ste. Anne des Monts and Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. M. L. FEnNarp, C. W. DopaE AND L. B. SurrH, August: Rivière à Pierre to Lac Pleureuse, and northwestern region of Tabletop Mt., Gaspé County. N.C. Fasserr AND H. K. Svenson, August: lower St. Lawrence and Baie des Chaleurs. 1925 K. M. Wiecanp, M. L. Fersarp, Bayarp Lona, F. A. GILBERT AND Ni, Horcukiss, early September: Blane Sablon and Blane Sablon River to Bradore, and Mutton Bay, Saguenay County. 1927 . S. L. Kersey AND P. H. Jordan, late July: north coast of Gaspé County. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 133 1928 A. S. Pease, mid-July: Cap Rosier and vicinity, Gaspé County. ARTHUR F. ALLEN, July and August: valley of Riviére Cap Chat and Mt. Logan region, Matane County. 1931 M. L. FERNALD, C. A. WEATHERBY (and others), late June and early July: Levis to Cap Rosier, Gaspé County, thence to Matapedia, Bonaventure County, collecting at numerous stations, especially east of Marsouin River. M. L. FERNALD, C. A. WEATHERBY AND G. LEDYARD STEBBINS, JR., July 5: Mt. St. Pierre, Gaspé County. M. L. FERNALD (with daughter and son), September: River St. Lawrence from above Quebec to Ste. Anne de Beaupré and to Bellechasse County (especially Anse St. Vallier). G. LEDYARD STEBBINS, JR., July: Lower St. Lawrence and coast of Gaspé Peninsula. 1934 Warrer H. HopGE anp Joun H. Pierce, June and July: Shickshock Mountains of western Matane County (Mt. Blanc, Mt. Bayfield, eto.) ; Matane River. APPENDIX II. BIBLIOGRAPHY The following papers resulted wholly or in large part from the work of Collins and me or of those influenced by us to explore in eastern Quebec. The majority of them would not have been written without Collins’s constant aid in securing the material. ALLEN, ARTHUR F. Some Cladoniae from the Valley of the Cap Chat River and Vicinity, Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec. Ruopora, xxxii. 91-94, pl. 199 (May, 1930). Brake, S. F. An Atriplex new to North America. RHopora, xvii. 83-86, illustr. (April, 1915). Couuins, J. FRANKLIN. The Use of Corrugated Paper Boards in Drying Plants. RHopona, xii. 221-224 (December, 1910)—the method dis- covered, as an emergency-measure, by Collins, when camping on Tabletop Mountain in 1906. CoLLiws, J.F. and M. L. FERNaLD. Rare Plants of Eastern Quebec. 3 pp. Announcement of sets for sale. October, 1905. The Region of Mount Logan, Gaspé Peninsula. Geogr. Rev. xv. 84- 91, with map and illustr. (January, 1925). DopaE, CARROLL W. Lichens of the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec. RuHo- DORA, xxviii. 157-161, 205-207 and 225-232 (September-November, 1926). FassETT, Norman C. An Epilobium under Estuarine Conditions. Ruopora, xxvi. 48, 49 (March, 1924). Bidens hyperborea and its Varieties. RnHopona, xxvii. 166-171 (September, 1925). 134 Rhodora [APRIL The Vegetation of the Estuaries of Northeastern North America. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxix. 73-130, pl. 6-15 (November, 1928). FEnNALD, M. L. Red-flowered Anemone riparia. RHODORA, v. 154-155 (May, 1903). Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum and the American White Weed. RHODORA, v. 177-181, illustr. (July, 1903). Arabis Drummondi and its Eastern Relatives. RnHopona, v. 225-231 (September, 1903). A peculiar Variety of Drosera rotundifolia. Ruopora, vii. 8, 9 (January, 1905). A new Arabis from Rimouski County, Quebec. Rnopona, vii. 31, 32 (February, 1905). An undescribed Northern Comandra. Ruopora, vii. 47-49 (March, 1905). The Genus Arnica in Northeastern America. RHopona, vii. 146-150 (August, 1905). Some Lithological Variations of Ribes. RHopora, vii. 153-156 (August, 1905). Anaphalis margaritacea, var. occidentalis in Eastern America. Ruopona, vii. 156 (August, 1905). Symphoricarpos racemosus and its Varieties in Eastern America. RnHopona, vii. 164-167 (September, 1905). An anomalous alpine Willow. Ruopona, vii. 185, 186 (October, 1905). An alpine Adiantum. Ruopora, vii. 190-192 (November, 1905). A pale Form of Avena striata. RHopora, vii. 244 (November, 1905). A new Antennaria from eastern Quebec. Ottawa Nat. xix. 156, 157 (November, 1905). A Northern Cynoglossum. Ruopora, vii. 249, 250 (December, 1905). ie borealis in Eastern America. RHopona, vii. 267 (December, 1905). An alpine Variety of Cnicus muticus. Ottawa Nat. xix. 166, 167 (December, 1905). A new Goldenrod from the Gaspé Peninsula. Ottawa Nat. xix. 167, 168 (December, 1905). A new Geum from Vermont and Quebec. Ruopora, viii. 11, 12 (January, 1906). Some American Representatives of Arenaria verna. RHODORA, Viil. 31-34 (February, 1906). Two Variations of Carex glareosa. RHopona, viii. 45-47 (February, 1906). The Genus Streptopus in Eastern America. Rmuoponma, viii. 69-71 (April, 1906). The Variations of Carex paupercula. RHoponma, viii. 73-77 (April, 1906). An alpine Variety of Solidago macrophylla. Ruopora, viii. 227, 228 (December, 1906). The Variations of Primula farinosa in Northeastern America. Ruo- DORA, ix. 15, 16 (January, 1907). An alpine Rhinanthus of Quebec and New Hampshire. RHODORA, ix. 23-25 (February, 1907). Note on Cirsium muticum, var. monticola. Ruopona, ix. 28 (Febru- ary, 1907). 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 135 Streptopus oreopolus a possible Hybrid. Rmopona, ix. 106, 107 (June, 1907). The Soil Preferences of certain Alpine and Subalpine Plants. Ruo- DORA, 1x. 149-193—repr. as Contrib. Gray Herb., n. s. no. xxxv. (Sep- tember, 1907). Some new Willows of Eastern America. Ruopora, ix. 221-226 (December, 1907). Lemna minor and Sparganium eurycarpum in Rimouski County, Quebec. Ruopora, x. 95, 96 (May, 1908). Draba aurea in Rimouski County, Quebec. RHopora, x. 148 (August, 1908). Bidens connata and some of its American Allies.—Bidens tripartita L. and Bidens hyperborea Greene. Ruopora, x. 200-203 (November, 1908). The Variations of Arenaria peploides in America. RHODORA, xi. 109-115 (June, 1909). A new Variety of Abies balsamea. RnoRopa, xi. 201-203 (Novem- ber, 1909). A Botanical Expedition to Newfoundland and Southern Labrador. hnuopona, xiii. 109-162, pl. 86-91 (especially portions dealing with Blane Sablon to Bradore)—repr. as Contrib. Gray Herb., n. s. xl. (July, 1911). Botanizing on the Gaspé Sea-cliffs Harvard Alumni Bull. xxxiv. 419-425—repr. 1-5, illustr. (January, 1912). A Northeastern Variety of Carex Deweyana. Ruopora, xv. 92, 93 (May, 1913). The North American Representative of Arenaria ciliata. RHODORA, xv. 92, 93 (May, 1913). Some annual halophytie Asters of the Maritime Provinces. RHo- DORA, xvi. 57-61, pl. 109 (April, 1914). Some Willows of boreal America. Ruopona, xvi. 169-179 (October, 1914). Some new or unrecorded Compositae chiefly of Northeastern America. Ruopona, xvii. 1-20—repr. as Contrib. Gray Herb., n. s. no. xliii. pt. I (January, 1915). Some Color-forms of American Anemones. Ruopona, xix. 139-141— repr. as Contrib. Gray Herb., n. s., no. 1, pt. III. (August, 1917). Some American Epilobiums of the Section Lysimachion. RHODORA, xx. 29-39 (February, 1918). American Variations of Epilobium, Section Chamaenerion. Ruo- DORA, xx. 1-10 (January, 1918). Rosa blanda and its Allies in Northern Maine and adjacent Canada. Ruopora, xx. 90-96 (May, 1918). The Geographic Affinities of the Vascular Floras of New England, the Maritime Provinces and Newfoundland. Am. Journ. Bot. v. 219-236 (1918). Two new Myriophyllums and a Species new to the United States. Ruopona, xxi. 120-124 (July, 1919). Note on ‘‘Salivation” of Specimens. Ruopora, xxiii. 111, in foot- note (May, 1921). The Southern Variety of Thelypteris fragrans. RHODORA, xxv. 1-4 (January, 1923). 136 Rhodora [APRIL 2i petrum nigrum L., forma purpureum. RHobona, xxv. 83 (May, 1923). Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, n. s. no. Ixxii.—I. Polystichum mohrioides and some other Subantarctic or Andean Plants in the Northern Hemisphere; II. The Dwarf Anten- narias of Northeastern America; III. The Eastern American Representa- tives of Arnica alpina; IV. Some Senecios of Eastern Quebec and New- foundland; V. New or recently restudied Plants of Eastern America. Rnopona, xxvi. 89-107 and 114-127, pl. 142-144 (May and June, 1924). The Flora of the Unglaciated Regions of Northeastern America (abstraet). Ann. Assoc. Amer. Geogr. xiv. 37, 38 (1924). Myriophyllum magdalenense; A Correction. Ruopora, xxvi. 198 (October, 1924). Botanical Explorations in Eastern Canada. Harvard Alumni Bull. xxvii. 1046-1051, illustr. (June 11, 1925). Persistence of Plants in Unglaciated Areas of Boreal America. Mem. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. xv. 231-342—repr. as Mem. Gray Herb. no. II (August, 1925). Axyris amarantoides in eastern America. RHODORA, xxix. 223, 224 (October, 1927). Geocaulon, a new Genus of the Santalaceae. RHODORA, xxx. 21-24 (February, 1928). The Eastern American Occurrence of Athyrium alpestre. RHODORA, xxx. 44-49, pl. 161-168 (March, 1928). Some Eastern American Forms of Senecio. RHODORA, xxx. 224-226 (November, 1928). Four Grasses of Eastern America. RHODORA, xxxi. 44-49 (March, 1929). Callitriche stagnalis on the lower St. Lawrence. RHODORA, xxxiv. 39 (February, 1932). Epilobium ecomosum. RuHopora, xxxiv. 39, 40 (February, 1932). Another localized Variety of Bidens heterodoxa. RHODORA, xxxiv. 116, 117 (June, 1932). An Estuarine Variety of Mimulus ringens. RHoponRa, xxxiv. 118, 119 (June, 1932). An Estuarine Variety of Gratiola lutea. RHODORA, xxxiv. 147-149 (July, 1932). The Problem of Conserving rare native Plants. Smithsonian Rep. for 1939: 375-391, 7 plates [including the Gaspé endemic, Fragaria multicipita]. (1940). FERNALD, M. L. and S. L. Kersey. A new Oxytropis from the Gaspé Coast. RHODORA, xxx. 121-124 (June, 1928). FERNALD, M. L. anp C. H. Kxowrrox. Draba incana and its Allies in Northeastern America. hHopona, vii. 61-67, pl. 50 (April, 1905). FEnNALD, M. L. anb Hanorp Sr. Jonn. Some American Species and Varieties of Bidens in eastern North America. RHODORA, xvii. 20-25— repr. as Contrib. Gray Herb. n. s., no. xliii, pt. II. (January, 1915). The Occurrence of Botrychium virginianum, var. europaeum in America. RHODORA, xvii. 233, 234 (December, 1915). FEnNarLD, M. L. AND C. A. WEATHERBY. The Genus Puccinellia in eastern North America. RnHopona, xviii. 1-23, pl. 114-117—repr. as Contrib. Gray Herb. n. s., no. xlvi. (January, 1916). 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins ` 137 Some new Plants from the Gaspé Peninsula. Ruopona, xxxiv. 231- 240 (December, 1931). FERNALD, M. L. AND K. M. WiEGAND. Two new Galiums from North- eastern America. RHopona, xii. 77-79 (April, 1910). The Representatives of Erigeron acris in Northeastern America. Ruopona, xii. 225-227 (December, 1910). Epilobium palustre L., var. longirameum. —RHopona, xiii. 188 (August, 1911). A vd Variety of Juncus balticus. Ruopora, xiv. 35, 36 (February, 1912). Some new Species and Varieties of Poa from Eastern North America. RHopona, xx. 122-127 (July, 1918). Leavitt, R. G. On Translocation of Characters in Plants. RHODORA, vii. 13-19 and 21-31 (especially 14 and 15, and 21 and 22, on Drosera rotundifolia, var. comosa). (January and February, 1905). PEASE, ARTHUR STANLEY. A Day in Gaspé. RHopoRa, xxxi. 54-56 (March, 1929). Perce, Joun H. Range Extensions of certain Plants on the Gaspé Peninsula. Ruopona, xxxviii. 273-275 (August, 1936). RuppLE, Lincotn Ware. Notes on some Lichens from the Gaspé Penin- sula. Ruopora, xi. 100-102 (May, 1909). Rosrnson, B. L. A new Ranunculus fron Northeastern America. RHo- DORA, vii. 219-222 (November, 1905). Sr. Jonn, Hanorp. A Botanical Exploration of the North Shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Victoria Memorial Mus. Mem. exxiv. (March, 1922). STEBBINS, G. LEDYARD, Jr. Some Interesting Plants from the North Shore of the St. Lawrence. RHopora, xxxiv. 66, 67 (April, 1932). TOWNSEND, CHARLES W. The Old Stumps at Blanc Sablon. RHODORA, xviii. 185-188 (1916). WEATHERBY, C. A. A new North American Variety of Cystopteris fragilis. RHODORA, xxviii. 129—131 (July, 1926). APPENDIX III. TYPES AND PARATYPES Nearly 200 types or paratypes of new species, varieties or forms (mostly in the Gray Herbarium) were collected on the trips in Quebec by Collins and me or by those working with us or visiting the region through our direct influenee, two-thirds of them collected by Collins or with his personal assistance. When his extensive collections of Gaspé mosses are properly studied the number will be greatly extended. In this enumeration the dis- coveries made in the same region by the energetic workers of the University of Montreal and their collaborators (Brother Marie- Victorin and others), the Institut Agricole d'Oka (Father Louis- Marie and others), and the Canadian government (Dr. Harrison F. Lewis and others) are omitted, as not directly inspired through Collins or those collaborating with him. "Their inclusion would greatly extend the list of types, altogether a very remarkable series to come in the 20th century out of one restricted area of temperate and early-settled eastern North America. 138 Rhodora [APRIL CLADONIA INVISA C. A. Robbins in A. F. Allen in Ruopora, xxxii. 93 (1930). Tyre from Cap Chat River, Matane County. CYSTOPTERIS FRAGILIS, Var. LAURENTIANA Weatherby in RHODORA, xxviii. 129 (1926). Type from Bic, Rimouski County. THELYPTERIS FRAGRANS, var. HOOKERIANA Fernald in RHODORA, xxv. 3 (1923); basis of Dryopteris fragrans, var. Hookeriana (Fernald) A. R. Prince ex Weatherby in Am. Fern. Journ. xxvi. 62 (1936). Type from River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé County. Apparently identical with Nephrodium fragrans, var. remotiusculum Komarov in Fedde, Rep. Spec. Nov. ix. 394 (1911); basis of DRYOPTERIS FRAGRANS, var. REMOTIUSCULA Komarov, Fl. U. R. S. S. i. 38 (1934). ATHYRIUM ALPESTRE, Var. GASPENSE Fernald in RHODORA, xxx. 48, pl. 168. Type from Mt. Dunraven, Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM, var. LAURENTIANUM Butters in RHODORA, xix. 194 (1917). Type from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. ATHYRIUM ANGUSTUM, forma CONFERTUM Butters in RHODORA, xix. 195 (1917). Type from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. BorRYCHIUM VIRGINIANUM, Var. LAURENTIANUM Butters in RHODORA, xix. 209 (1917). Tyre from Bie, Rimouski County. LYCOPODIUM ANNOTINUM, Var. ACRIFOLIUM Fernald in Ruopona, xvii. 124 (1915). PARATYPE from Magdalen Islands. EQUISETUM PALUSTRE, var. NIGRIDENS St. John, Victoria Memorial Mus. Mem. exxiv. 42 (1922). Type from Romaine, Saguenay County. ABIES BALSAMEA, Var. PHANEROLEPIS Fernald in RHopona, xi. 203 (1909). TYPE from Percé, Gaspé County. JUNIPERUS COMMUNIS, Var. MEGISTOCARPA Fernald & St. John in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxvi. 58 (1921). Pararyprs from Magdalen Islands. POTAMOGETON MONILIFORMIS St. John in Ruopona, xviii. 130 (1916). Type from Blanc Sablon River, Saguenay County. Later identified by St. John with P. vaarNATUS Turez. in Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, xi. 102 (1838), xxvii. 65 (1854) and Fl. Baical-Dahur. ii. 162 (1856). POTAMOGETON PUSILLUS, var. COLPOPHILUS Fernald in Mem. Amer. Acad. xv. 90, pl. 20, figs. d and 10, and pl. 35, fig. 5 (1932); basis of P. BERCHTOLDI, var. COLPOPHILUS Fernald in Ruopora, xlii. 246 (1940). Type from mouth of Dartmouth River, Gaspé County. POTAMOGETON MICROSTACHYS, var. SUBELLIPTICUS Fernald in RHODORA, xxxii. 82 (1930); basis of P. rENUIFOLIUS, var. SUBELLIPTICUS Fernald in RHODORA, xxxiii. 211 (1931). TYPE from Magdalen Islands. SCHEUCHZERIA PALUSTRIS, Var. AMERICANA Fernald in RHODORA, xxiii. 178 (1923). PARATYPE from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. SAGITTARIA CUNEATA, forma HEMICYCLA Fernald in Rnopona, xxxviii. 74 (1936). Tyre from St. Augustin, Portneuf County. Bromus Duprey Fernald in Ruopora, xxxii. 63, pl. 196, figs. 1-3 (1930). PARATYPES from Gaspé and Bonaventure Counties, etc. PUCCINELLIA COARCTATA Fernald & Weatherby in Ruopora, xviii. 13, pl. 115, figs. 28-32 (1916). Pararyprs from Brest and Romaine, Sague- nay County. PUCCINELLIA LAURENTIANA Fernald & Weatherby in Ruopora, xviii. 14, pl. 115, figs. 33-38 (1916). Tyre from Carleton, Bonaventure County. PUCCINELLIA MACRA Fernald & Weatherby in Ruopora, xviii. 15, pl. 115, figs. 39-43 (1916). Tyre from Bonaventure Island, Gaspé County. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 139 PucciNELLIA LUCIDA Fernald & Weatherby in Ruopora, xviii. 16, pl. 116, figs. 54-58 (1916). TYPE from Cacouna, Temiscouata County. Poa FEnNALDIANA Nannfeld in Symb. Bot. Upsal. v. 50, figs. (1935). PARATYPE from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. Poa GASPENSIS Fernald in Ruopona, xxxi. 46 (1929). Type from River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé County. Poa saLTUENSIS Fernald & Wiegand in Ruopora, xx. 122 (1918). Type from River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé County. POA SALTUENSIS, Var. MICROLEPIS Fernald & Wiegand in RHODORA, xx. 124 (1918). PaRATYPES from Gaspé and Bonaventure Counties. CATABROSA AQUATICA, Var. LAURENTIANA Fernald in RHODORA, xxxv. 137, pl. 242, figs. 3 and 4 (1933). TYPE from Capuchins, Matane County. AVENA STRIATA, forma ALBICANS Fernald in Rnopona, vii. 244 (1905) ; basis of Melica striata, forma albicans Fernald in RHODORA, x. 47 (1908), and of ScHIZACHNE PURPURASCENS (Torr.) Swallen, forma albicans (Fernald), comb. nov. Tyre from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. AGROPYRON CANINUM, Var. TENERUM, forma FERNALDII Pease & Moore in Rxopora, xii. 73 (1910); basis of A. TRACHYCAULUM, var. FERNALDII (Pease & Moore) Malte in Ann. Rep., 1930, Nat. Mus. Can. 46 (1932) PaRATYPE from Percé, Gaspé County. AGROSTIS GEMINATA, forma EXARISTATA Fernald in RHODORA, xxxv. 211 (1933). Tyre from North Fork of Madeleine River, Gaspé County. CALAMAGROSTIS LAPPONICA, Var. BREVIPILIS Stebbins in RHODORA, xxxii. 56 (1930). Typx from Blanc Sablon, Saguenay County. TRISETUM SPICATUM, Var. PILOSIGLUME Fernald in Ruopora, xviii. 195 (1916). PanATYPES from Saguenay, Gaspé and Rimouski Counties. ZIZANIA AQUATICA, Var. BREVIS Fassett in Rnuopona, xxvi. 157 (1924). Type from Levis, Levis County. ELEOCHARIS UNIGLUMIS, var. HALOPHILA Fernald & Brackett in Ruo- DORA, Xxxi. 72, pl. 183 (1929); basis of E. HALopHILA Fernald & Brackett in RHoporA, xxxvii. 395, pl. 387, figs. 12-14 (1935). TYPE from mouth of Bonaventure River, Bonaventure County. ERIOPHORUM spissuM Fernald in Rnopona, xxvii. 209 (1925). PARA- TYPES from Saguenay and Gaspé Counties. ERIOPHORUM TENELLUM, var. MONTICOLA Fernald in RHODORA, x. 47 (1908). Type from Tabletop Mt., Gaspé County. CAREX GLAREOSA, Var. AMPHIGENA Fernald in Ruopona, viii. 47 (1906) ; basis of C. BIPARTITA, var. AMPHIGENA (Fernald) Polunin, Bot. Can. E. Arctic. pt. i. 115 (1940). Type from Escuminac, Bonaventure County. Carex DEWEYANA, Var. COLLECTANEA Fernald in RHopona, xv. 93 (1913). Type from Grand Cascapedia River, Bonaventure County. CAREX GARBERI, var. BIFARIA Fernald in RHODORA, xxxvii. 255, pl. 360, figs. 11 and 12 (1935). Tyre from River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé County. CAREX CLIVICOLA Fernald & Weatherby in Ruopona, xxxiii. 233 (1931). Type from Mt. St. Pierre, Gaspé County. CAREX LAXIFLORA, Var. LEPTONERVIA Fernald in HRHopona, viii. 184 (1906); basis of C. tepronervia Fernald in Rnopona, xvi. 214 (1914). PaRATYPE from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. CAREX ORMOSTACHYA Wiegand in Ruopona, xxiv. 196 (1922). PARA- TYPE from Bic, Rimouski County. CAREX FLAVA, Var. GASPENSIS Fernald in Rnopona, viii. 200 (1906). Tyre from Bonaventure River, Bonaventure County. 140 Rhodora [APRIL CAREX VESICARIA, Var. LAURENTIANA Fernald in RHODORA, xxxv. 232 (1933). PaRATYPES from Saguenay County and Magdalen Islands. CAREX ROSTRATA X SAXATILIS, Var. MILIARIS, n. hybr., Fernald in Ruopora, x. 48 (1908). Type from Tabletop Mt., Gaspé County. JUNCUS BUFONIUS, var. HALOPHILUS Buchenau & Fernald in RHODORA, vi. 39 (1904). Type from Rivière du Loup, Temiscouata County. JUNCUS BALTICUS, var. STENOCARPUS Buchenau & Fernald in Buchenau in Engler, Pflanzenr. ivê. 141 (1906). Type from mouth of Bonaventure River, Bonaventure County. JUNCUS BALTICUS, Var. MELANOGENUS Fernald & Wiegand in RHODORA, xiv. 35 (1912). Type from Bradore, Saguenay County. ALLIUM SCHOENOPRASUM, Var. LAURENTIANUM Fernald in RHODORA, xxviii. 167 (1926). PARATYPE from Matapedia, Bonaventure County. STREPTOPUS OREOPOLUS Fernald in Ruopora, viii. 70 (1906); basis of S. AMPLEXIFOLIUS, var. OREOPOLUS (Fernald) Fassett in RHODORA, xxxvii. 99 (1935). Type from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. HABENARIA OBTUSATA, Var. COLLECTANEA Fernald in RHopora, xxviii. 175 (1926). Pararypes from Blane Sablon, Goynish and Mingan, Saguenay County. SALIX VESTITA, Var. PSILOPHYLLA Fernald & St. John in St. John, Vic- toria Memorial Mus. Mem. exxiv. 44 (1922). TYPE from Eskimo Island, Mingan, Saguenay County. SALIX ANGLORUM, var. KOPHOPHYLLA Schneider in Bot. Gaz. Ixvi. 130 (1918). PARATYPES from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. SALIX ANGLORUM, var. ARAIOCLADA Schneider in Bot. Gaz. lxvi. 133 (1918). Type from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. SALIX ANGLORUM, var. ANTIPLASTA Schneider in Bot. Gaz. lxvi. 134 (1918). Type from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. SALIX CHLOROLEPIS Fernald in RHopoRA, vii. 186 (1905). TYPE from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. SALIX CHLOROLEPIS, var. ANTIMIMA Schneider in Bot. Gaz. lxvi. 339 (1918); basis of S. BRACHYCARPA, Var. ANTIMIMA (Schneider) Raup in in RHopoRA, xxxiii. 243 (1931). Typer from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. SALIX CORDIFOLIA, var. INTONSA Fernald in RHopoRA, xxviii. 185 (1926). PanaTYPES from Blane Sablon, Saguenay County and from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. SALIX CORDIFOLIA, var. EUCYCLA Fernald in Ruopora, xxviii. 187 (1926). PaRATYPES from Archipel Ouapitagone, Saguenay County. SALIX CORDIFOLIA, var. TONSA Fernald in RHopoRA, xxviii. 187 (1926). PaRATYPE from Mt. Mattaouisse, Matane County. SALIX FUSCESCENS, var. HEBECARPA Fernald in Rnopona, ix. 224 (1907) ; basis of S. HEBECARPA Fernald in RHoDORA, xxvi. 123 (1924). Typr from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. SALIX ROSTRATA, Var. CAPREIFOLIA Fernald in Rnopona, xvi. 177 (1914); basis of 8. BEBBIANA, var. CAPREIFOLIA Fernald in RHODORA, xxvi. 123 (1924). Type from Tourelle, Gaspé County. SALIX ROSTRATA, Var. LUXURIANS Fernald in Ruopona, ix. 223 (1907); basis of S. BEBBIANA, var. LUXURIANS Fernald in RHODORA, xxvi. 122 (1924). Type from Bic, Rimouski County. SALIX LAURENTIANA Fernald in Ruopora, ix. 221 (1907). TYPE from Les Méchins, Matane County (formerly Gaspé County). SALIX PARALEUCA Fernald in Ruopora, xvi. 175 (1914). Type from Grand Hiver, Gaspé County. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 141 SALIX STENOCARPA Fernald in Ruopora, xvi. 176 (1914). Type from Matapedia, Bonaventure County. SALIX OBTUSATA Fernald in RHoponma, ix. 223 (1907). TYPE from River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé County. SALIX GLAUCOPHYLLOIDES Fernald in Ruopora, xvi. 173 (1914). PanaTYPES from Gaspé and Bonaventure Counties. BETULA ALBA, var. ELOBATA Fernald in Ruopora, xv. 169 (1913): basis of B. PAPYRIFERA, var. ELOBATA (Fernald) Sargent i in Journ. Arn. Arb. 1. 63 (1919). TYPE from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. BETULA PUMILA, var. RENIFOLIA Fernald in RuHODORA, xxviii. 190 (1926). TYPE from Mutton Bay, Saguenay County. CoMANDRA RICHARDSIANA Fernald in RHODORA, vii. 48 (1905). TYPE from Grand River, Gaspé County. POLYGONUM ACHOREUM Blake in Ruopona, xix. 232 (1917). PARATYPE from York, Gaspé County. Potyconum HYDROPIPER L., var. PROJECTUM Stanford in RHODORA, xxix. 86 (1927). PaARATYPES from Magdalen Islands, ete. ARENARIA CYLINDROCARPA Fernald in RHODORA, xvi. 43 (1914). TYPE from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. Better referred to A. HUMIFUSA Wahl- enb. Fl. Lapp. 129 (1812). ARENARIA VERNA, Var. PROPINQUA, forma EPILIS Fernald in RHODORA, viii. 32 (1906) ; basis of A. ver na, var. pubescens, forma epilis Fernald in Ruopora, xxi. 22 (1919) and of A. RUBELLA, forma EPILIS (Fernald) Polunin in RHopona, xli. 39 (1939). TYPE from. Percé, Gaspé County. ARENARIA LITOREA Fernald in Ruopora, viii. 33 (1906). TYPE from Carleton, Bonaventure County. Apparently identical with A. DAWSONEN- sts Britton in Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. ii. 169 (1901). ARENARIA MARCESCENS Fernald in Rnopona, xxi. 15 (1919). TYPE from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. STELLARIA CALYCANTHA, Var. LAURENTIANA Fernald in Rnopona, xlii. 254 (1940). TYPE from Christie, Gaspé County. RANUNCULUS SUBRIGIDUS W. B. Drew in RHODORA, xxxviii. 39, pl. 406, figs. 1, 4and 10 (1936). Type from York River, Gaspé County. RANUNCULUS PURSHII, var. PROLIFICUS Fernald in Ruopora, xix. 135 (1917); basis of R. GMELINI, var. PROLIFICUS (Fernald) Hara in RHODORA, xli. 386 (1939). TYPE from Magdalen Islands. RANUNCULUS PYGMAEUS, Var. PETIOLULATUS Fernald in RHODORA, xix. 137 (1917). TYPE from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. According to Dr. M. P. Porsild in Arbejder fra Danske Arkt. Sta. Disko, no. 13: 42-44 (1930), this is the rare plant of Greenland, R. rYaMAEUs, var. LANGEANA Nathorst in Ofv. K. Vet. Akad. Fórh., 1884, no. 1:46 (1884). RANUNCULUS ALLENI Robinson in RHopona, vii. 220 (1905). TYPE from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. RANUNCULUS ABORTIVUS, var. ACROLASIUS Fernald in Ruopora, xl. 418, pl. 519, figs. 1 and 2 (1938). Pararyprs from Saguenay, Gaspé and Matane Counties. ANEMONE MULTIFIDA, forma POLYSEPALA Fernald in RHODORA, xix. 141 (1917). TYPE from Grand River, Gaspé County. ANEMONE MULTIFIDA, var. RicHARDSIANA Fernald in RHODORA, xix. 141 (1917). Type from Grand River, Gaspé County. ANEMONE MULTIFIDA, var. RICHARDSIANA, forma LEUCANTHA Fernald in RHODORA, xix. 141 (1917). Typ from Grand River, Gaspé County. 142 Rhodora [APRIL ANEMONE RIPARIA, forma RHODANTHA Fernald in Rnopona, xix. 139 (1917). Type from Grand River, Gaspé County. ANEMONE RIPARIA, forma 1NCONSPICUA Fernald in Ruopora, xix. 140 (1917). Type from Percé, Gaspé County. THALICTRUM POLYGAMUM, var. HEBECARPUM Fernald in RHODORA, x. 49 (1908). Type from Rivière du Loup, Temiscouata County. DraBa Praskr Fernald in RHODORA, xxxvi. 298, pl. 295, figs. 4-7 (1934). Type from Cape Rosier, Gaspé County. Drasa ALLENI Fernald in RHODORA, xxxvi. 289, pl. 292 (1934). Type from Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, Matane County. DRABA NORVEGICA, var. PLEIOPHYLLA Fernald in RHODORA, xxxvi. 324, pl. 302 (1934). PaARaATYPES from Blanc Sablon, Saguenay County. DRABA CLIVICOLA Fernald in RuHopona, xxxvi. 326, pl. 303 (1934). Type from Big Chimney, Mt. Mattaouisse, Matane County. DRABA INCANA, var. CONICA Q. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!9», 285 (1927). Type from Percé, Gaspé County. DRABA ARABISANS, var. ORTHOCARPA Fernald & Knowlton in Ruo- DORA, vii. 66, pl. 60, figs. 10 and 11 (1905); basis of D. GLABELLA, var. ORTHOCARPA (Fernald & Knowlton) Fernald in Ruopona, xxxvi. 336, pl. 310 (1934). Type from Bic, Rimouski County. DRABA MEGASPERMA Fernald & Knowlton in Ruopona, vii. 65, pl. 60, figs. 6-8 (1905); basis of D. GLABELLA, Var. MEGASPERMA (Fernald & Knowlton) Fernald in RHODORA, xxxvi. pl. 311 and 312 (1934). TYPE from Paspebiac, Bonaventure County. DRABA PYCNOSPERMA Fernald & Knowlton in Ruopona, vii. 67, pl. 60, figs. 13-15 (1905). Type from Percé, Gaspé County. ARABIS PYCNOCARPA Hopkins in RHODORA, xxxix. 113, pl. 458, figs. 1 and 2 (1937); basis of A. HIRSUTA, var. PYCNOCARPA (Hopkins) Rollins in Rnopona, xliii. 318 (1941). Type from N ouvelle, Bonaventure County. ARABIS PYCNOCARPA, var. REDUCTA Hopkins in Ruopona, xxxix. 117 (1937). Tyre from Carleton, Bonaventure County. ARABIS DIVARICARPA, var. STENOCARPA Hopkins in RHODORA, xxxix. 133 (1937). Type from Bic, Rimouski County. ARABIS Co.Luinsit Fernald in RHopona, vii. 32 (1905); basis of A. HorsoELLu, var. ConriNsu (Fernald) Rollins in HnHopona, xliii. 445 (1941). Type from Bie, Rimouski County. DROSERA ROTUNDIFOLIA, var. comosa Fernald in Rnuopona, vii. 9 (1925). Tyre from Grand River, Gaspé County. SAXIFRAGA CERNUA, Var. LATIBRACTEATA Fernald & Weatherby in Rnuopona, xxxii. 234 (1931). TYPE from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. SAXIFRAGA GASPENSIS Fernald in RHODORA, xix. 141 (1917). TYPE from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. RIBES OXYACANTHOIDES, var. CALCICOLA Fernald in RuHopora, vii. 155 (1905); basis of R. nimrELLUM, var. caLcicota Fernald in RHODORA, xiii. 76 (1911). Type from mouth of Bonaventure River, Bonaventure County. AMELANCHIER SANGUINEA, Var. GASPENSIS Wiegand in RHODORA, xiv. 139 (1912); basis of A. aAsPENSIS (Wieg.) Fernald & Weatherby in Ruo- DORA, xxxiii. 235 (1931). Tyre from Bonaventure River, Bonaventure County. AMELANCHIER FEnNaLDI Wiegand in RHoponma, xxii. 149 (1920). Tyrer from Magdalen Islands. 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 143 RUBUS IDAEUS, var. STRIGOSUS, forma TONSUS Fernald, in RHODORA, xxi. 96 (1919). Type from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. RUBUS IDAEUS, var. EUCYCLUS Fernald & Weatherby in RHopora xxxiii. 237 (1931). Type from Ruisseau a Rebour, Gaspé County. FRAGARIA MULTICIPITA Fernald in Ruopora, x. 49 (1908). TYPE from River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé County. GEUM PULCHRUM Fernald in Rnopona, viii. 11 (1906). TYPE from Bic, Rimouski County. Rosa WiLLiAMsiI Fernald in Ruopona, xx. 95 (1918). TYPE from Bic, Rimouski County. ASTRAGALUS SCRUPULICOLA Fernald & Weatherby in RHopora, xxxiii. 238, fig. 1 (1931). Type from Mt. St. Pierre, Gaspé County. ATELOPHRAGMA FERNALDI Rydberg in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. lv. 126 (1928); basis of AsrRAGALUs FERnNaALDI (Rydb.) H. F. Lewis in Can. Field Nat. xlvi. 36 (1932). Type from Blane Sablon, Saguenay County. ASTRAGALUS GASPENSIS Rousseau in Contrib. Lab. Bot. Univ. Montréal, no. 24: 51, figs. 15 and 16 (1933); basis of A. FRIGIDUS, var. GASPENSIS (Rousseau) Fernald in RHODORA, xxxix. 313, pl. 472, figs. 9-13 (1937). Toporvrk from Little Cascapedia River, Bonaventure County. OXYTROPIS GASPENSIS Fernald & Kelsey in Ruopora, xxx. 123 (1928). Type from Mt. St. Pierre, Gaspé County. CALLITRICHE ANCEPS Fernald in Ruopora, x. 51 (1908). Type from Lac des Americaines, Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. EMPETRUM ATROPURPUREUM Fernald & Wiegand in RHODORA, xv. 214 (1913). Paratype from Magdalen Islands. EmpeTruM Eamesi Fernald & Wiegand in Ruovora, xv. 215 (1913). PARATYPE from Blane Sablon, Saguenay County. VIOLA CUCULLATA, var. MICROTITIS Brainerd in Ruopora, xv. 112 (1913). PARATYPE from Magdalen Islands. VIOLA ADUNCA, var. GLABRA Brainerd in Ruopora, xv. 109 (1913). Type from Carleton, Bonaventure County. EPILOBIUM PALUSTRE, Var. LONGIRAMEUM Fernald & Wiegand in Ruo- DORA, Xiii. 188 (1911). Type from Blanc Sablon, Saguenay County. EPILOBIUM DENSUM, var. NESOPHILUM Fernald in RHODORA, xx. 29 (1918); basis of E. NEsorniLUM Fernald in Ruopora, xxvii. 32 (1925). Type from Magdalen Islands. EPILOBIUM GLANDULOSUM, Var. CARDIOPHYLLUM Fernald in RHODORA, xx. 35 (1918). TYPE from Low’s Trail, Gaspé County. EPILOBIUM GLANDULOSUM, var. BRIONENSE Fernald in RHODORA, xx. 35 (1918). TYPE from Magdalen Islands. EPILOBIUM GLANDULOSUM, var. ECOMOSUM Fassett in RHODORA, xxvi. 48 (1924); basis of E. Ecomosum (Fassett) Fernald in RHODORA, xxxiv. 39 (1932). Tyre from St. Vallier, Bellechasse County. MyRIOPHYLLUM EXALBESCENS Fernald in RHopona, xxi. 120 (1919). TYPE from York River, Gaspé County. MYRIOPHYLLUM MAGDALENENSE Fernald in Ruopora, xxi. 123 (1919) and xxvi. 198 (1924). Type from Magdalen Islands. SANICULA MARILANDICA, Var. BOREALIS Fernald in RHopora, xxviii. 220 (1926). PARATYPES from Gaspé and Bonaventure Counties. ANGELICA LAURENTIANA Fernald in RHoporA, xxviii. 222 (1926). PARATYPE from Boishébert, Saguenay County. 144 Rhodora [APRIL CORNUS CANADENSIS, forma ROSEA Fernald in Ruopora, xliii. 156 (1941). Type from Mt. Mattaouisse, Matane County. Apparently in- separable from Chamaepericlymenum | canadense, forma purpurascens Miyabe & Tatewaki in Trans. Sapporo Nat. Hist. Soc. xv. 43 (1937); basis of ConNUS CANADENSIS, forma PURPURASCENS (Miyabe & Tatewaki) Hara in Ruopora, xliv. 20 (1942). ARCTOSTAPHYLOS Uva-ursi, var. coacriLIS Fernald & Macbride in Ruopora, xvi. 212 (1914). PARATYPE from Magdalen Islands. VACCINIUM NUBIGENUM Fernald in RHODORA, x. 53 (1908). Type from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. PRIMULA FARINOSA, Var. MACROPODA Fernald in Rnopona, ix. 16 (1907); basis of P. LAURENTIANA Fernald in Ruopora, xxx. 68, pl. 169 (1928). Type from Bic, Rimouski County. ANDROSACE SEPTENTRIONALIS, var. ROBUSTA St. John, Victoria Mem- orial Mus. Mem. exxiv. 48 (1922). Type from Ile Ste. Geneviève, Min- gan, Saguenay County. STATICE LABRADORICA, var. SUBMUTICA Blake in RHODORA, xix. 7 (1917). Type from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. LoMATOGONIUM ROTATUM, forma OVALIFOLIUM Fernald in RHODORA, xxi. 197 (1919). Type from Magdalen Islands. CYNOGLOSSUM BOREALE Fernald in RuHopona, vii. 250 (1905). TYPE from Little Cascapedia River, Bonaventure County. SCUTELLARIA LATERIFLORA forma RHODANTHA Fernald in RHODORA, xxiii. 86 (1921). Tyre from Dartmouth River, Gaspé County. PRUNELLA VULGARIS, var. LANCEOLATA, forma CANDIDA Fernald in Ruopora, xv. 184 (1913). PanaTYPE from River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé County. MIMULUS RINGENS, var. COLPOPHILUS Fernald in RHODORA, xxxiv. 119 (1932). TYPE from mouth of Chaudière River, Levis County. GRATIOLA LUTEA, Var. GLABERRIMA Fernald in RHODORA, xxxiv. 149 (1932). Type from Anse St. Vallier, Bellechasse County. EUPHRASIA OAKESII, forma LILACINA Fernald & Wiegand in RHODORA, xvii. 185 (1915). Type from Blane Sablon, Saguenay County. I UPHRASIA PURPUREA, forma CANDIDA Fernald & Wiegand in RHODORA, xvii. 187 (1915). Typr from Magdalen Island. liuPHRASIA PURPUREA, var. RANDII, forma ALBIFLORA Fernald & Wiegand in Ruopora, xvii. 188 (1915). Paratype from Magdalen Islands. EUPHRASIA DISJUNCTA Fernald & Wiegand in Ruopora, xvii. 190 (1915). PanaTYPES from eastern Saguenay County. RHINANTHUS OBLONGIFOLIUS Fernald in Rnopoma, ix. 24 (1907). Tyrer from Tabletop Mt., Gaspé County. PLANTAGO JUNCOIDES, Var. LAURENTIANA Fernald in RHODORA, xxvii. 102, pl. 150, fig. 5 (1925). PARATYPE from Magdalen Islands. PLANTAGO OLIGANTHOS, var. FALLAX Fernald in Ruopora, xxvii. 103, pl. 150, fig. 7 (1925). PanamYrEs from Carleton, Bonaventure County, ete. GALIUM BREVIPES Fernald & Wiegand in Ruopora, xii. 78 (1910). Type from Grand River, Gaspé County. GALIUM TRIFIDUM, Var. HALOPHILUM Fernald & Wiegand in RHODORA, xii. 78 (1910). Type from mouth of Bonaventure River, Bonaventure County. | 1942] Fernald,—Field-work with J. Franklin Collins 145 SAMBUCUS PUBENS, forma CALVA Fernald in RHODORA, xxxv. 310 (1933). Type from Fernald Pass, between Mts. Mattaouisse, Fortin and Logan, Matane County. EUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM, var. COLPOPHILUM Fernald & Griscom in Rnopona, xxxvii. 182 (1935). Type from Berthier, Montmagny County. SOLIDAGO HISPIDA, var. DISJUNCTA Fernald in RHopora, xvii. 2 (1915). PaARATYPE from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. SOLIDAGO CHLOROLEPIS Fernald in RHoponma, xvii. 3 (1915). TYPE from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. SOLIDAGO MULTIRADIATA, Var. PARVICEPS Fernald in RHopoRA, xxxviii. 202, pl. 417, fig. 2 (1936). TYPE from near Cape Rosier, Gaspé County. SOLIDAGO MENSALIS Fernald in RHODORA, xvii. 4 (1915). Type from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. SOLIDAGO CHRYSOLEPIS Fernald in Ottawa Nat. xix. 168 (1905). TYPE from River Ste. Anne des Monts, Gaspé County. SOLIDAGO LEPIDA, var. MOLINA Fernald in RnHoponma, xvii. 9 (1915). Type from Percé, Gaspé County. SOLIDAGO LEPIDA, var. FALLAX Fernald in RHopona, xvii. 9 (1915). ParatyPEs from Gaspé and Bonaventure Counties. SOLIDAGO GRAMINIFOLIA, Var. SEPTENTRIONALIS Fernald in RHODORA, xvii. 12 (1915). PARATYPE from St. John (Douglastown) River, Gaspé County. ASTER FOLIACEUS, var. ARCUANS Fernald in RHopona, xvii. 14 (1915). Type from St. John (Douglastown) River, Gaspé County. ASTER FOLIACEUS, var. CRENIFOLIUS Fernald in RHopona, xvii. 15 .(1915). Type from Grand River, Gaspé County. ASTER FOLIACEUS, var. SUBPETIOLATUS Fernald in RHopona, xvii. 15 (1915). TYPE from Grand River, Gaspé County. ASTER PUNICEUS, var. PERLONGUS Fernald in RHopora, xvii. 17 (1915). Tyre from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. ASTER PUNICEUS, Var. FIRMUS, forma RUFESCENS Fassett in RHODORA, xxvii. 187 (1925). Type from Cap-Rouge, Quebec County. ASTER LAURENTIANUS Fernald in RHODORA, xvi. 59, pl. 109, figs. 1-3 (1914). PARATYPE from Magdalen Islands. ASTER LAURENTIANUS, Var. MAGDALENENSIS Fernald in RHODORA, xvi. 59, pl. 119, fig. 4 (1914). TYPE from Magdalen Islands. ERIGERON RAMOSUS, Var. SEPTENTRIONALIS Fernald & Wiegand in Rnopona, xv. 61 (1913). PARATYPE from Douglastown, Gaspé County. ERIGERON ACRIS, Var. OLIGOCEPHALUS Fernald & Wiegand in RHODORA, xii. 226 (1910); basis of E. ELATUS, var. OLIGOCEPHALUS (Fernald & Wiegand) Fernald in Ruopora, xl. 344, pl. 505, figs. 1 and 2 (1938). Type from Blanc Sablon, Saguenay County. ANTENNARIA VEXILLIFERA Fernald in RnHoponma, xxvi. 99, pl. 142, fig. 4 (1924). TYPE from Tableland between Mts. Mattaouisse and Collins, Matane County. ANTENNARIA PEASE! Fernald in Ruopora, xxvi. 101, pl. 142, fig. 11 (1924). Tyre from Mt. Logan, Matane County. ANTENNARIA SUBVISCOSA Fernald in Rnopona, xvi. 131 (1914). TYPE from Bie, Rimouski County. ANTENNARIA SPATHULATA, Var. CONTINENTIS Fernald & St. John in St. John, Victoria Memorial Mus. Mem. exxiv. 55 (1922). Type from Natish- kwan, Saguenay County. 146 Rhodora [APRIL ANTENNARIA APPENDICULATA Fernald in Ruopona, xxiii. 295 (1922). Type from the Grand River, Gaspé County. ANTENNARIA GLABRIFOLIA Fernald in St. John, Vietoria Memorial Mus. Mem. exxiv. 55 (1922). Type from Natishkwan, Saguenay County. ANTENNARIA NEODIOICA, var. GASPENSIS Fernald in Ottawa Nat. xix. 156 (1905); basis of A. GAspeNsis Fernald in Ruopora, xxxv. 341, pl. 268, figs. at right (1933). Type from Percé, Gaspé County. ANTENNARIA NEODIOICA, var. INTERJECTA Fernald in RHODORA, xxxv. 342 (1933). TypE from Bie, Rimouski County. BIDENS CERNUA, var. OLIGODONTA Fernald & St. John in RHODORA, xvii. 25 (1915). Type from Magdalen Islands. BIDENS HYPERBOREA, var. GASPENSIS Fernald in RHopona, xx. 150 (1918). Type from mouth of Dartmouth River, Gaspé County. BIDENS HYPERBOREA, var. SVENSONI Fassett in Ruopona, xxvii. 170 (1925). Type from Rimouski, Rimouski County. BIDENS HYPERBOREA, Var. LAURENTIANA Fassett in RHODORA, xxvii. 169 (1925). Tyre from Cap-Rouge, Quebec County. BIDENS HETERODOXA, var. ORTHODOXA Fernald & St. John in RHODORA, xvii. 24 (1915). Type from Magdalen Islands. BIDENS HETERODOXA, Var. ATHEISTICA Fernald in RHoponRra, xxxiv. 116 (1932); basis of B. iNFIRMA Fernald in Rnopona, xl. 351, pl. 507, figs. 1-3 (1938). Type from Anse St. Vallier, Bellechasse County. BIDENS FRONDOSA, var. STENODONTA Fernald & St. John in RHODORA, xvii. 22 (1915). PAnaATYPE from Magdalen Islands. SENECIO PSEUDAUREUS, forma ECORONATUS Fernald in RHODORA, XXX. 225 (1928). TYPE from North Fork of Madeleine River, Gaspé County. SENECIO AUREUS X BALSAMITAE, n. hybr. Greenman in RHODORA, X. 69 (1908). TYPE from Bonaventure River, Bonaventure County. SENECIO GASPENSIS Greenm. in Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 138 (1916). Type from Percé, Gaspé County. SENECIO BALSAMITAE, var. FIRMIFOLIUS Greenm. in RHODORA, vii. 244 (1905); basis of S. PAUPERCULUS, var. FIRMIFOLIUS Greenm. in Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. iii. 166 (1916). Type from Percé, Gaspé County. ARNICA CHIONOPAPPA Fernald in Rnopora, vii. 148 (1905). TYPE from Grand River, Gaspé County. ARNICA GASPENSIS Fernald in Ruopona, vii. 149 (1905). TYPE from Cap Tourelle, Gaspé County. ARNICA Griscomi Fernald in Ruopona, xxvi. 105, pl. 143, fig. 7 (1924). TvrE from Mt. Mattaouisse, Gaspé County. Seems specifically in- separable from A. LOUISEANA Farr in Ottawa Nat. xx. 109 (1906). CNICUS MUTICUS, var. MONTICOLA Fernald in Ottawa Nat. xix. 166 (1905); basis of CIRSIUM MUTICUM, var. MONTICOLA Fernald in RHODORA, ix. 28 (1907). Typex from Mt. Albert, Gaspé County. AGOSERIS GASPENSIS Fernald in RHoDoRa, xxvi. 125 (19024). TYPE from Tabletop Mountain, Gaspé County. Taraxacum Lona Fernald in RHODORA, xxxv. 379, pl. 278, figs. 1-4 (1933). PARATYPE from Grand River, Gaspé County. TARAXACUM AMBIGENS Fernald in RHODORA, xxxv. 376, pl. 271, figs. 5-8 (1933). PaARATYPES from Blane Sablon, Ste. Anne des Monts River and Grand Caseapedia River. ‘TARAXACUM AMBIGENS, var. FULTIOR Fernald in Ruopona, xxxv. 376, pl. 271, fig. 9 (1933). PanaTYPES from Fernald Basin, Matane County. 1942] Schubert,—Willdenow’s Species Plantarum 147 HIERACIUM CANADENSE, Var. HIRTIRAMEUM Fernald in RHODORA, xvii. 19 (1915). PaRaTYvPEs from Bonaventure County. HIERACIUM SCABRUM, var. TONSUM Fernald & St. John in RHODORA, xvi. 182 (1914). {YPE from Magdalen Islands. WILLDENOW'S SPECIES PLANTARUM AND MICHAUX’S FLORA BOREALI-AMERI- CANA: DATES OF PUBLICATION BERNICE G. SCHUBERT In 1891 Otto Kuntze published in the Revisio Generum Plantarum! a list of dates of publication for the several parts of Willdenow’s edition of Linnaeus’s Species Plantarum. Kuntze obtained the dates from Kayser’s Biicherlexicon (1835) and with them established a date of publication later than that given on the title page for at least one part of each volume. In reference to parts 3 and 4 of Willdenow’s volume III, which came into competition with Michaux’s Flora Boreali-Americana, Kuntze said that he was not able to discover whether III? (1803) appeared before or after Michaux’s Flora (although he gave 1804 as the proper date), but that he gave Michaux precedence because the omission of a date in Willdenow occurred maliciously?. The dates offered by Kuntz were subsequently adopted in the inter- national Rules of Botanical Nomenclature.? In an attempt to solve one of the many long-standing prob- lems which have arisen because of the conflict of dates between Willdenow's volume III? and Michaux's Flora I have found in- formation concerning the dates of both works which, seems worthy of notice. In the Intelligenzblatt der Allgemeime Literatur-Zeitung (published in Halle and Leipzig), for November 4, 1797 (number 137) volume I part 1 is announced by the Berlin publisher Nauk, in the following manner: In der Naukschen Buchhandlung zu Berlin sind folgende Bücher erschienen: 10. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. i. exxiv (1891). 2% | , betr. IIT? 1803 konnte ich nicht ermitteln, ob es vor oder nach Mi- chaux' flora erschien und gebe ich Michaux den Vorzug, weil die Unterlassung der Datumangaben bei Willdenow freventlich geschah. ” 3 Int. Rules of Botanical Nomencl. Art. 45 (1935). 148 Rhodora [APRIL [entry no.] 4) Linée species plantarum exhib. plantas rite cognitas ad gen. relatas cum differentiis, nomin. trivial. synon. selectis, locis natal. sec. syst. sexuale digestas. Tom. I. edit. quarta post. Reichard. quinta cura Carl. Lud. Willdenow. Vol. I. p. I. 8 maj. auf. engl. Papr. 2 Rthlr. auf ord. Druckpr. 1 Rthlr. 14 gr. Therefore 1797, as indicated on the title-page, and not 1798 as stated by Kuntze, is the correct date for volume I part 1. In the Intelligenzblatt of the same journal for February 1, 1800 (number 16) volumes I and II are listed by Nauk: Noch sind bey mir folgende Bücher verlegt: [entry no. 7) Linne, Carolia., species plantarum cura Willdenow. T. I und II. gr. 8 7 Rthlr. 18 gr. Thus the date 1799 on the title page of volume II is undoubtedly correet. ' In the Intelligenzblatt for January 7, 1801 (number 3) volume III is announced as having been published in 1800, as dated on the title page. Bey Nauck in Berlin ist erschienen, und in jeder guten Buchhandlung zu bekommen: [entry no. 2] Caroli a Linné Species plantarum cura Willdenow. Tom. HI. 8 maj. 1800 2 Rthlr. 8 gr. The entry which follows here, indicates that the notice above is for part 1 of volume III. In the Intelligenzblatt for November 10, 1802 (number 208) may be found: In meiner Buchhandlung ist so eben fertig geworden und zu be- kommen: [entry no.] 2) Linné Species plantarum cura Willdenow. Tom. III p. IIda. 8 maj. 1802. I Rthlr. 16 gr. After 1802 Nauk seems to have submitted no further lists of his newly published books. That he continued to publish is certain however, because in numerous later reviews he is cited as pub- lisher*. Although 1803 is the critical year and no notice of volume III part 3 of Willdenow's work could be found in the Allgemeine * For review of volumes I, II and III see Allgem, Lit.-Zeit. no. 304, 353-359 (Nov. 21, 1805). For review of volume IV see Ergünzungsblatt zur Allgem. Lit.-Zeit. no. 9, 65-71 (Jan. 20, 1807). For review of volume V see op. cit., no. 37, 289-294 (April 3, 1810) and no, 38, 297-301 (April 5, 1810). 1942] Schubert,—Willdenow’s Species Plantarum 149 Literatur-Zeitung, the following entry from the publishing house of Levrault appeared in the Intelligenzblatt for Saturday, March 19, 1803 (number 59): Bey den Gebrüdern Levrault, Buchhandlern in Paris und Strasburg sind folgende Biicher in Menge zu haben: [entry on p. 491, third column of entire list] Flora Boreali-Americana, sistens 2000 plantas, etc., c'est-à-dire, Flore de l'Amérique septentrionale, contenant plus de 2000 plantes, dont la plupart n'avaient jamais été décrites; par Michaux, auteur de la description des chénes, naturaliste voyageur dans l'expédition du citoyen Bodin, avec plus de 50 figures de plantes dessinées par Redouté et gravées par Plée; 2 vol. in 8. Idem, 2 vol. in 4. papier-vélin. Michaux's Flora must, therefore, have been published before March 19, 1808. In the Botanische Zeitung, a journal founded in 1802 by the Botanical Society of Regensburg, there appeared in volume II, in the number for Monday, March 14, 1803, a notice from Berlin which is quoted here: Berlin. Die Willdenowsche Ausgabe der Linnéischen Specierum plantarum wird nun schnell auf einander folgen, indem bereits der 3te Theil des 3ten Bandes unter der Presse ist, der mit Syngenesia anfüngt, und sehr interessant werden dürfte. Since on March 14, 1808, volume III part 3 was still in press, it could hardly have been published before March 19 of the same year, when Michaux's Flora was announced as having been al- ready published, and for sale. Kuntze's decision, to give Michaux precedence over Willdenow (volume III part 3 but not part 2) was therefore correct, although hardly for the reason which he gave. The dates for volume I and volume III, parts 1 and 2, might well be taken from the publisher's announcement rather than from the trade catalogue of at least 30 years later. A tabulation of the pertinent dates of Willdenow's work follows: 150 Rhodora [APRIL Date given on Date given by Date supplied Date of pub- Volume no. title-page of IXuntzein Rev. in publisher's lisher’s an- volume. Gen. i. exxiv. announcement. nouncement. (1890). J: 1797 1798 1797 Nov. 4, 1797 I? ——- 1798 II! 1799 1799 1799 Feb. 1, 1800 (by inference) IP? oe 1800 III! 1800 1801 1800 Jan. 7, 1801 (to page 850) II? -— 1803 1802 Nov. 10, 1802 (to page 1470) III? — 1804 1803 Mar. 14, 1803 (to page 2409) (by inference) (as in press). GnAY HERBARIUM. Two ALBINO Forms oF ECHINACEA FROM Missovmi—In his revision of Echinacea Sharp! did not list or recognize any white- rayed forms of species within that genus. For the last ten years the writer has known of a white-rayed variant of Echinacea pallida Nutt., infrequently encountered on the limestone glades of eastern and southern Missouri. In 1941 Mr. William E. Liggett of University City, Missouri, called the writer’s atten- tion to another white-rayed form occurring in Echinacea purpurea (L.) Moench. Both forms are known to breed true. Since apparently neither of these white-rayed variants has received recognition, they may be designated as color forms dif- fering from the respective species in no essential morphological details other than color variation. It is a pleasure to associate the name of the discoverer with the following form. ECHINACEA PURPUREA (L.) Moench, forma Liggettii Steyer- mark, forma nova—A forma typica differt ligulis albis. M1s- SOURI: highway 54, west of Niangua River, Dallas Co., trans- planted to yard of Mr. William Liggett in University City, Saint Louis Co., July 9, 1940, William E. Liggett 1 (TYPE, in Herb. Field Mus.). 'The other variant may be called ECHINACEA PALLIDA Nutt., forma albida Steyermark, forma nova—A forma typica differt ligulis albis et floribus disci luteis. Missovnr: limestone glade on top of bluffs along Plattin Creek, T 38 N, R 6 E, sect. 7, Koester Springs at Koester, Saint Francois Co., June 4, 1941, Steyermark 28797 (rvPE, in Herb. Field Mus.). 1 Sharp, Ward M. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 22: 84-95. 1935. 1942] Fernald,—Color-Forms of Gentiana Porphyrio 151 In this form the disk is yellow instead of orange- or ruddy- brown, the rays are white, the leaves are paler green, and the stem is pale yellow-green instead of darker green or brownish- purple.—J. A. SrEYERMARK, Field Museum. ForMAL TRANSFERS IN CYPERUS.— CYPERUS ESCULENTUS L., forma angustispicatus (Britton), stat. nov. Var. angustispicatus Britton in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xiii. 211 (1886). Var. leptostachyus Boeckl. in Linnaea, ser. 2, xxxvi. 290 (1870) as to description, not as to much of the synonymy. C. ESCULENTUS, forma macrostachyus (Boeckl.), stat. nov. Var. macrostachyus Boeckl. op. cit. 291 (1870). C. Hermannii Buckl. in Proc. Acad. Sci. Phil. (1862) 10. C. esculentus, var. Hermanni (Buckl.) Britton, op. cit. 214 (1886). The two extremes of Cyperus esculentus with spikelets 2-3 em. long are striking departures from typical C. esculentus, with spikelets 0.5-1.5 em. long, but they are forms rather than geo- graphic varieties. In forma angustispicatus the very narrow spikelets (1.5-2 mm. broad) taper to slender points; in forma macrostachyus they are exactly linear, 2-3 mm. broad and rounded at tip. Although Boeckeler’s var. leptostachyus, as described, seems to have been the plant I am calling forma angustispicatus, he cited no type (as he did for his var. macro- stachyus) and included under it essentially all North and South American material, with a bibliography including many Ameri- can references to ordinary C. esculentus with short spikelets. Kükenthal, likewise, taking up var. leptostachyus for most American plants, accepts the inclusive bibliography of Boeckeler. I therefore take up the later name of Britton, that having no such obscurity as to its application. C. DENTATUS Torr., forma ctenostachys (Fernald), stat. nov. Var. ctenostachys Fernald in Ruopora, viii. 126 (1906). This plant with many-flowered elongate spikelets proves to be without distinct range and to be an extreme form rather than a geographic variety. M. L. FERNALD Some CoLor-ForMs oF GENTIANA PorpHyRIO.—The dis- covery by Mrs. J. Norman Henry near Wilmington, North Carolina, as reported by Dr. R. T. Clausen in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. Ixviii. 662 (1941), of pink-flowered plants growing with the 152 Rhodora [APRIL typical azure-flowered plant clarifies the identity of Gentiana Porphyrio J. F. Gmel. It is now reasonable, as Dr. Clausen points out, to interpret Gmelin's name, given as a substitute for G. purpurea Walt. Fl. Carol. 109 (1788), not L. (1753), as resting on the purple or pink extreme, which, farther north at least is very unusual. In a damp sandy field west of Warren Grove, Ocean County, New Jersey, Mr. John Gill has found a colony with amazing color-variations, including typical “lavender’’- flowered G. Porphyrio, azure-flowered G. Stoneana Fernald in Ruopona xli. 555, t. 579 (1939), other plants with the corolla white but with broad greenish backs to the lobes, and others variously combining blue and white. A series of these variations, collected by Mrs. Allan (Eleanor C.) Marquand, on October 3, 1940, is preserved in the local Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and I am indebted to Mr. Long for an opportunity to study it, and for duplicate material of the albino. Since these plants are now coming into cultivation it will be convenient to have formal names for the more distinc- tive color-forms. GENTIANA PonPruvnio J. F. Gmelin, forma Stoneana (Fernald), stat. nov. G. Stoneana Fernald in Ruopora, xli. 555, t. 579 (1939). Forma albocaerulea, f. nov., corollis albidis caeruleo maculatis vel variegatis.—NxEw JERSEY: damp sandy field west of Warren Grove, Ocean County, October 3, 1940, Eleanor C. Marquand (TYPE in Herb. Phil. Acad.). Forma albescens, f. nov., corollis albidis plus minusve viridi suffusis.—NEw Jersey: damp sandy field west of Warren Grove, Ocean County, October 3, 1940, Eleanor C. Marquand (rype in Herb. Gray). M. L. FERNALD Volume 44, no. 519, including pages 73-92, was issued 7 March, 1942. MAY 6 1942 Hovora JOURNAL OF THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Conducted and published for the Club, by MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD, Editor-in-Chief CHARLES ALFRED WEATHERBY LUDLOW GRISCOM Associate Editors STUART KIMBALL HARRIS Vol. 44. May, 1942. No. 521. CONTENTS: Subspecies and Variety. F. Raymond Fosberg. ................ 153 Subspecies. C. A. Weaihirht cis bs ee kine pnb i cas sccssawie 157 Third List of Fungi of Nantucket. E. F. Quba and E: V. Goer I seppe oe tee ei Ux 167 Notes on New England Algae. Roy M. Whelden. ............ 175 Pollination of the Ericaceae: VI. Vaccinium caespitosum on Mt. Katahdin; Harvey D: DOVE ees ec vec cca hn 187 Berule pusilla. M. L; Mernald; cosas Ua iiien hs ise saunon v 189 Two Ferns new to Virginia. Carroll E. Wood, Jr. ............ 191 The New England Botanical Club, Jne. 8 and 10 West King St., Lancaster, Pa. Room 1001, 53 State St., Boston, Mass. RHODORA.—a monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora ef the Gray’s Manual Range and regions floristically related. Price, $2.00 per year, net, postpaid, in funds payable at par in United States currency in Boston; single copies (if available) of not more than 24 pages and with 1 plate, 20 cents, numbers ef more than 24 pages or with more than 1 plate at higher prices (see 3rd cover-page). Volumes 1-8 or some single numbers from them can be supplied only at advanced prices which will be furnished on application; volumes 35-43 can be supplied at $4.00 per volume, net, and some single numbers from them only at advanced prices (see 3rd cover-page). Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or in- directly to the plants of the northeastern states, will be considered for publication to the extent that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance of publication. Authors (of more than two pages of print) will receive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost. Address manuscripts and proofs to M. L. Fernald, 14 Hawthorn Street, Cambridge, Mass. Subscriptions (making all remittances payable to RHODORA) to Ludlow Griscom, 8 W. King St., Lancaster, Pa., or, preferably, Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. Entered at Lancaster, Pa., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter. INTELLIGENCER PRINTING COMPANY Specialists in Scientific and Technical Publications EIGHT WEST KING ST., LANCASTER, PA. CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE. For American taxonomists and all students of American plants this is the most important supplement to the Index Kewensis. A work of reference invaluable for larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000 cards. A limited number of complete sets of the past Issues can now be supplied at a greatly reduced price. GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A. MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. No. III. The Linear-leaved North American Species of Potamogeton, Section Axillares, by M. L. Fernald. 183 pp., 40 plates, 31 maps. 1932. $3.00. No. IV. The Myrtaceous Genus Syzygium Gaertner in Borneo, by E. D. Merrill and L. M. Perry. 68 pp. 1939. $1.50. Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. Rhodora THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB Vol. 44. May, 1942. No. 521. SUBSPECIES AND VARIETY F. RAYMOND FOSBERG IN a recent discussion (RHoporA 43: 157-167. 1941) R. T. Clausen presents a point of view on subspecies and varieties fairly widely held among American botanists, though not much subscribed to elsewhere. Fernald has previously presented an opposite point of view (RHopoRA 42: 239-246. 1940). Clausen invokes a lengthy historical argument, the previous confusion in the use of ‘variety,’ and the necessity of cooperation with zoology to justify the use of ‘subspecies’ for “the most important variations under the species", restricting the use of ‘variety’ to “mere trivial genetic variations" ‘‘as the horticul- turists do." The supporters of the now defunct American Code of Botanical Nomenclature and H. M. Hall and his followers have previously used the same arguments to arrive at the same conclusions. In Hall’s own reasoning there was, however, a subtle difference, which will be brought out later. Fernald advocates the use of the term subspecies for ‘‘a sub- division of an aggregate species, Gesamtart or species collectivus,”’ and the term varietas for geographic variations of ordinary species, with variations which have no separate geographic ranges to be designated as formae. How he distinguishes between aggregate and other species is not too clear, except that he says that many botanists, including himself, regard the subspecies within them as deserving the rank of species. That Fernald’s view is at least nearer the correct one, nomen- claturally, may be seen by examining the system of categories set up in the present International Rules. Three, or, if desired, even [21 154 Rhodora [Max more categories beneath the species are provided. The lowest of these three is forma. Clausen suggests no provision for more than two categories, and of these the most trivial is ‘variety’ or ‘varietas. One is led to wonder what he would suggest as a term for the subdivisions of aggregate species. Clausen makes no mention of aggregate species, though, so perhaps we may assume that his concept of species and that of Fernald (excluding col- lective species) are essentially similar and that his ‘subspecies’ is synonymous with Fernald’s ‘varietas’ and his ‘variety’ is synonymous with Fernald’s ‘forma.’ This is, however, hard to reconcile with his statement on p. 166, “On the other hand, some of the species of the older botanists are only subspecies, since large series today demonstrate intergradation." What a slaughter this point of view would create among the species of Rubus, Aster, Pinus, Quercus and other genera where the specific lines are notoriously indistinct! Also, what of those otherwise perfectly distinct species which form hybrid swarms where they meet? Clausen mentions H. M. Hall as favoring the use of the term ‘subspecies’ for the primary divisions of species as though this were in support of his own argument. Actually Hall’s usage better supports Fernald’s concept of subspecies as subdivisions of aggregate species. Certainly most of Hall’s subspecies are or have been regarded as species by some other botanists, and many of his species would be admitted by any botanist to be ‘aggregate species.’ All of the lesser variations, including many so-called ‘species’ he threw into an unclassified category of ‘‘minor varia- tions and synonyms.” The continued appeal to historical precedent may be inter- esting, but seems to me to have very little point in this connec- tion on either side. Modern taxonomy is based on so much more information than was available to Linnaeus and the other older workers that their concepts can have but slight significance in the determination of the application of the present day nomen- clatural equivalents of these concepts. Faced with the necessity for a simple method of expressing an infinitely complex situation, botanists have agreed upon a hierarchy of categories. To simplify the application of names, the designations of these categories were made to agree as far as possible with those used 1942] Fosberg,—Subspecies and Variety 155 by the pre-evolutionary botanists. Any attempt to attach further significance than this to the historical background merely adds to the lamentable state of confusion which bothers so many of the writers on this subject. If previous confusion is of significance in determining present use of categories, then certainly ‘family,’ ‘genus,’ and ‘species’ should be the ones to be thrown out, as they have been the subject of more confusion than has ever surrounded any intraspecific category. And if cooperation with, or imitation of zoologists is to be a deciding factor, certainly one of the first necessities is to eliminate the multitude of generic homonyms in the combined system, and another is to induce one or the other group to bring the suffixes for its higher categories into conformity with those of the other. Of course, none of these changes would likely be seriously recommended by anyone. The solution seems actually simple enough, if one recognizes that there are many types of evolutionary process in operation, producing many kinds of species, and that intraspecific units may be incipient species in various stages of development. These stages may be at least roughly indicated by the categories in which the groups are placed. Each taxonomist may take the system of categories set up in the International Rules and apply it to the groups of plants with which he is working in the way that, in his judgment, best expresses the relationships of the groups of individuals concerned. The Rules require only that the order of the categories be not disturbed, and that each plant be placed in a species, genus, family, order, class, division and kingdom. All other categories are to be used at the discretion of the worker. In this way the system will retain the flexibility that is absolutely essential to make it fit the wide variety of evolutionary situations to which it must apply. Discarding of any of the categories, whether from reasons of historical con- fusion or personal prejudice, impairs this flexibility. Since the above was written my friend Joseph Ewan, in a recent discussion (Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 69: 138-149. 1942), recommends *'the use of the term subspecies to replace the more inexact and variously used term variety," and at the same time deplores the practice of making new combinations for names originally proposed in one of these categories when they are 156 Rhodora [May transferred to the other. Apparently to be consistent with this, in spite of his immediately previous statement that he remains “confident of the enduring value of the use of the term sub- species” and the implication that he will use it in place of variety, on p. 141 he uses D. hanseni var. arcuatum Greene, and on p. 143 D. hanseni var. kernense Davidson, but on p. 147, D. patens subsp. montanum (Munz) Ewan for an apparently coordinate subdivision. In the discussion, on p. 139, however, he says, “To obviate this persistent confusion, . . . it seems to me desirable to adopt the straight trinomial when referring to the rank below that of the species." On p. 140, in a footnote, he says, “It is the author's express intent to avoid formal establishment of any name for typical subspecies, 1. e., ‘D. hanseni hanseni nomen nov.', but to indicate by such usage that the typical phase of the species is intended. Technically such trinomials should be credited to Greene; . . . " On page 141 he uses D. hanseni hanseni, referring to it as a subspecies. One could not wish for a better example of the way in which the ‘persistent confusion, which cannot but reflect discredit upon systematic botany” is compounded. It is perfectly obvious that a non-systematic botanist could not possibly follow what Mr. Ewan is talking about, and equally obvious that he has not studied very carefully Articles 12 and 13 of the International Rules for Botanical No- menclature. Such ambiguity has run almost universally through the writings of those who have recommended the use of the term subspecies in place of varielas, and yet their principal argument is the confused and inexact application of the term variety. In the light of Articles 12 and 13 it is perfectly plain that a transfer from one to the other of these categories must be accompanied by a change in authority and that the straight trinomial is completely meaningless. In the light of plain common sense it is obvious that if a name is used in print, i. e., Delphinium hanseni hanseni, it is published, and that Greene cannot be the author of the trinomial. Its author is Ewan. Greene was dead long before this trinomial was thought of. It might be added that, in spite of Ewan's statement on page 139, lines 16-19, the practice of repeating the specific epithet for the designation of the typical subspecifie unit has been followed in America by Dr. Rogers MeVaugh (Mem. Torr. Bot. 1942] Weatherby,—Subspecies 157 Cl. 19 (4): 23, 27, 51. 1941; Am. Midl. Nat. 24: 687, 695, 697, 1940; Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 27: 347-349. 1940) and by myself in a number of as yet unpublished papers and in at least two published ones (Am. Midl. Nat. 26: 69. 1941; Lloydia 4: 275. 1941). Dr. Gleason has told me that he has definitely published the proposal, for action at the next Botanical Congress, that this method be made mandatory. The last example by McVaugh, cited above, is also an excellent example of a place where the use of both categories, subspecies and varietas, is desirable within the same species. Finally, concerning the confusion surrounding the term ‘variety,’ most of those who dwell upon this confusion seem to overlook the fact that the confusion is about the term ‘variety’ while the category in the Rules is 'varietas. Botanically there has been relatively little confusion of the meaning of the Latin term. If one is worried by the confusion surrounding the English translation of this word, he should look up the English translations of the words ‘genus’ and ‘species’ in a good Latin- English dictionary (i. e. Cassell’s) and see what confusion emerges. All three terms were good Latin words long before they were adopted by botanists, and had their popular meanings and attendant confusions. It seems to serve no good purpose to disturb legitimate botanical usage by recourse to arguments based on popular, horticultural, or even past botanical confusion. Division or PLANT EXPLORATION AND INTRODUCTION, BUREAU OF PLANT INDUSTRY, Washington, D. C. SUBSPECIES C. A. WEATHERBY Dr. FossBERG hardly needs support; yet the following rather desultory remarks, to be regarded as in the nature of footnotes, may perhaps usefully supplement his excellent discussion. He is, of course, right in maintaining that present usage is of more importance than past; yet something may be learned from history, if only that arguments drawn from it may be worthless. In looking over the three preceding articles, I have been struck by the fact that Clausen places his chief emphasis on definitions, 158 Rhodora [May Fernald and Fosberg on practice. From the latter standpoint, the use of the term variety presents a natural and normal de- velopment. Linnaeus and his immediate successors used it for any and all groups subordinate to the species. As European floras were intensively studied, it was recognized that there were different grades of variants within species and a series of cate- gories was accordingly worked out in the effort accurately to represent the observed facts of nature. In the “Lois” of 1867 de Candolle enumerated six such categories! and by 1905 this system had so far proceeded that there was included in the International Rules a provision designating variety and form as the terms primarily to be used for categories below the species, with a number of others, including subspecies, to be inserted, if desired, above, below and between them, and allowing authors full liberty to interpolate new categories as needed. This section (11) remains unchanged in the present rules?. In America, with larger areas to cover and much less detailed knowledge of their floras, a simpler system has for the most part been followed; but as early as 1856, in the second edition of his Manual, Dr. Gray was distinguishing major and minor varieties. In both conti- nents, as accumulating material in herbaria came to show ranges with reasonable reliability, geography, as a convenient test of the probable validity of varieties, came more and more into use. From the point of view of practice, all this development, though of course not even and symmetrical, has proceeded hand in hand with the increase of knowledge. The division of the Linnaean variety into several categories is roughly analogous to the division of aggregate Linnaean genera and species, and the addition of the geographic idea to the concept of variety comparable to the redescription of the older groups by the addition of newly dis- covered characters. To Clausen, looking mainly at definitions, differences and de- velopments in practice appear only laxity in the use of terms, 1 See Weddell’s translation, with comment by Asa Gray, in Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2, xlvi. 63—77 (1868). * As Fosberg points out, this is a flexible system, accommodating readily both authors who use only a single category and Ascherson & Graebner with their ten. 3 His method of distinguishing them, by paragraphing and typography, was not altogether a happy one, since it was obvious to the eye alone and allowed the use of the same spoken term for both. It was, of course, to correct this that the term forma came into use for essentially his lesser varieties. 1942] Weatherby,—Subspecies 159 and the introduction of the geographic test for varieties a violent departure from precedent. The trouble with this view is that, in so plastic and multiform an assemblage as the vegetable king- dom, precise and comprehensive definition of taxonomic cate- gories is, in the absence of precise and comprehensive knowledge, a difficult and even dangerous business. Professor L. H. Bailey shows the wisdom of long experience when he remarks: “I define a variety as a lesser category of a species: other definitions do not hold water, being too philosophical or too subjective." Linnaeus, inaugurating a system, no doubt felt obliged to offer some sort of explanation of his categories. He drew up a defini- tion of variety based on certain observations of Ray (and presum- ably of his own) on garden plants, in which inconstancy was the important feature—and was at once compelled to force under it many groups of whose constancy or inconstancy he knew noth- ing’. Rather unfortunately, various more modern taxonomists (including, in a very modest way, myself) have also felt impelled to make definitions. I think it safe to say that, because of inadequate knowledge for generalization, not one, from Linnaeus to du Rietz, has been able to produce one which either he or anyone else could apply, over any wide field, with consistency or satisfactory results. This condition Clausen hopes to see corrected by the use of data provided by that immensely prom- ising line of research, experimental taxonomy; but almost in the same breath he is forced to admit that it cannot now be done. “The biologically most important unit under the species is the ecotype, which can be determined only by experiment... Tax- onomists, by the usual observational methods, can often detect geographic and ecologic variations which are the counterpart of the ecotype. Such variations are the taxonomic subspecies. ” * When the experimental part of the work has not been done, the . . . designation subspecies should be used alone." Clausen, then, is in the same position as was Linnaeus. Starting with a relatively insignificant body of experimental data, he has to deal with a vast number of plants in regard to which he has no ! Gent. Herb. v. 18 (1941). ? Dr. Clausen's account of the Linnaean varieties would perhaps have been more adequate had he taken the unnamed ones into consideration. So far as I can see, they are quite as important as the named in indicating Linnaeus's ideas; some of them, like Eupatorium purpureum 6$, he later raised to specific rank. There is no obvious reason why he gave names to some and not to others. 160 Rhodora [May comparable information; and he can find no better method than the ordinary exercise of taxonomic judgment, as practiced by Linnaeus and every other systematist, past and present. Of course, we can and do, with the knowledge accumulated since his time, turn out a greatly better job than Linnaeus could; but until that knowledge is complete, so long, that is, as we have to use judgment at all, the accuracy and soundness of the applica- tion of any taxonomic category, definition or no definition, will be in direct proportion to the accuracy and soundness of judg- ment of the individuals who apply it. This situation is not af- fected by any shifting of terms. This, of course, is not to say that the exercise of taxonomic judgment has not produced and will not produce very excellent results. The point is that Clausen has nothing new to offer to justify a revision of termi- nology—still less, a disruption of it. It may be worth while to examine in how far the contention that subspecies is a more accurate term than variety is borne out by evidence, particularly as regards recent usage in the United States. ‘‘Subspecies”’ did not originate with Persoon; he did not use the term in any systematic way and seems to have been referring vaguely to some previous employment of it. What he had in mind was very likely Link’s “Philosophiae Botanicae Novae Prodromus" (1798), in which (p. 187) subspecies are defined as strains ‘‘many of which are in cultivation and have become almost hereditary", which commonly come true from seed, but originally arose from the progeny of a single individual. Varieties, in Link’s view, did not come true. Sprengel (Anleit. i. 372-3 (1817)) makes practical application of these ideas, desig- nating as subspecies, on a strict basis of experimental taxonomy, cauliflower and Savoy cabbage!. De Candolle’s “Lois” of 1867 still used subspecies for the most striking modifications of culti- vated species. All this is more curious than important; but it is not without interest to observe that subspecies had as lowly a horticultural origin as variety; that from the beginning it was 1 Anyone further curious about the history of subspecies may consult Dampier, Voyage, iii. 75 (1699), ‘‘there are . . . four sorts of these longleg’d Fowls . . . as so many Sub-Species of the same kind; viz. Crab Catchers, Clocking-Hens . . . '': Aikin, Dict. Chem. & Min. ii. 13 (1807), ‘‘Arseniat of Lead; of this there are two subspecies”: Encycl. Britannica, ed. 9. xii. 19, “verse narrative . . . is. . . a sub- species by itself." Followers of Hall may take what comfort they can from the fact that Link also refused to give names to varieties. 1942] Weatherby,—Subspecies 161 used in the sense aptly characterized by Dr. Gray as a ''super- variety"; and that it has ascended the taxonomic scale pari passu with variety and inseparable from it. The followers of the American Code, in practice, applied sub- species indiscriminately to anything below the rank of species’. The work of Hall and his collaborators was, in part, a protest against the excessive splitting of Greene and his followers. In consequence, his subspecies were of very high morphological content and took no account of geography; they are the equiva- lent of the extreme of European usage—minor species, grouped under collective species and called subspecies. This fact, how- ever, was obscured by Hall’s failure to give any place to lesser variants which he recognized and described but would not name, partly because of uncertainty as to their nature and partly be- cause of a prejudice against the term variety. The result is a rather curious mixture of the form of the American Code and the substance of Aschersonian systematics. Pennell, using the three categories, subspecies, variety and form, unreservedly accepts du Rietz’s purely geographic system. The result is a great lowering of the morphological content of the subspecies, as compared to that of Hall, and the almost complete disappearance of any morphological distinction be- tween subspecies and variety. ‘‘Lindernia dubia major var. inundata”’, for instance, characterized by shape of leaf, length of pedicel and habit, is a variety because it occurs at more or less scattered stations within the range of the species. ‘‘ Pagesia acuminata microphylla”, distinguished by precisely the same sort and degree of variation in shape of leaf, length of pedicel and habit, is a subspecies because it is found in a single region in Alabama on the southern edge of the range of the species.? 1 [Varietas] '' nonnisi gradu a subspecie differt". Link. For most of these references I am indebted to Prof. A. S. Pease and Dr. H. K. Svenson. ? The use of subspecies in the American Code appears to have been an afterthought, due probably to ornithological influence. In the earlier versions of and discussions about the Code, variety was used; only in the final revision, published in 1904, was it ‘‘relegated to horticultural usage. "' ?]t is interesting to observe that Pennell, equipped with unusually ample geo- graphic knowledge of his group, and freely recognizing subspecies and formae, could find in eastern North America only four populations which answered to du Rietz's definition of variety, and that all four of these are estuarine, Their “local” distri- bution is therefore due to preference for a highly specialized habitat and is an essen- tially ecological, not geographic, phenomenon. Had the Atlantic coast of the United States been arranged like the Pacific, with a single large river at the north and no 162 Rhodora [May Clausen, in his one major attempt to put his system into practice, keeps the exclusively geographic criterion for subspecies, but denies it to varieties, degrading that category to the level of the forma (a term which he does nót use) of du Rietz, Fernald and Pennell. One might expect that this would produce a defi- nite gap between subspecies and variety; on the contrary, any morphological difference between them again almost completely disappears. Botrychium multifidum ssp. typicum, ‘‘of medium or small size . . . the ultimate divisions usually rather crowded and sometimes overlapping", and ssp. sila;folium, “rather large . . . the ultimate divisions rather remote and not imbri- cate", are treated as subspecies. B. Schaffneri var. typicum, “lax and large", and var. pusillum, “stout, compact and small", appear as varieties. And at least some of the varieties of Ophi- oglossum nudicaule have a far stronger morphological basis than the first two subspecies of O. lusitanicum.! estuaries elsewhere, the Lindernia could have occurred only at the northern edge of the range of the species and would automatically have become a subspecies. Should the Pagesia be discovered at an isolated station or two in the Carolinas (as a good many species have been found in the white-sand areas of Wilmington, North Carolina, and southeastern Virginia and not between), it would, equally automatically, become à variety. Nothing could better illustrate the limitations of a purely geographic criterion of infraspeciflc categories and, unless one denies all importance to morpho- logical characters, the artificiality of the system which may result from its use. Geog- raphy is not a character; it is rather a reagent. Since isolation tends to preserve genetic lines, it is, in the absence of experiment, a handy test of the probable per- manence of variants; it can be nothing more, (Du Rietz, Fundamental Units of Biological Taxonomy, jn Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxiv (1930), especially pp. 348-357; Pennell, Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North America, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Mon. i (1935)). ! Clausen, Monograph of Ophioglossaceae. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club, xix (1938). Not only are the characters of ssp. silaifolium the same as those of varieties in other species; they are exactly the sort of modification one would expect to appear in the milder climate and more favorable growing conditions of the more southern area which it inhabits. It is true that experiment in California has shown that some large and small forms of the same species occurring at different altitudes remain un- changed when transplanted to other environments, Nevertheless, this and such cases as Asplenium platyneuron var. bacculum-rubrum, Dryopteris fragrans var. remotiuscula, and Botrychium virginianum var. intermedium, offer inviting subjects for experimental testing. I hope someone can apply it to them. I am, of course, aware that the same character may have very different degrees of taxonomic importance in different groups. But in the instances cited from Pennell and Clausen, there is no evidence that they perceived anything of the sort or paid attention to any but purely geographic considerations. In any case, I am only ap- plying, from the morphological point of view, the same test which Clausen applies, from the geographic, to the varieties of Gray's Manual. I hope I have done it more carefully and candidly than the anonymous colleague who ''analyzed'' 105 ‘‘unse- lected” varieties of the Manual without ever noticing whether they were major or minor varieties. Had he conflned himself to the criticism that some varieties were geographic and some not, no exception could have been taken to his procedure; but 1942] Weatherby,—Subspecies 163 Irmscher, attempting to apply du Rietz’s system to Chinese Begonias, arrived at results like those of Pennell and Clausen, but, unlike those authors, was far from pleased with them. Groups, he says, which he could only regard as of equal phylo- genetic rank became, according to their ranges, partly sub- species, partly varieties. Even du Rietz’s test for species, dis- continuity of biotypes, broke down in this group when tried out from the morphological angle. Irmscher became so disgusted with the *gemischtrangige Sippenreihe”’ which emerged from the du Rietz system that he threw it overboard altogether, substi- tuting a primarily morphological one of his own and in the process discarding the term subspecies as (of all things) too confused, and putting a new term, turma, in its place.! Finally, there is a contemporary instance of the classical use of subspecies which deserves brief attention because of its ex- ceptionally clear-cut character. Tryon has recently published a revision of the genus Pteridium.? His point of view is conserva- tive; it would have had the approval of Prof. Hall. He reverts to the old concept of Pt. aquilinum as a polymorphic cosmo- politan species. He finds, however, that it breaks up into twelve varieties, distinguished by relatively minor characters, all geo- graphic and all intergrading where their ranges touch. These varieties in turn fall into two larger groups, also geographic and also not sharply disjunct, but connected, morphologically and seemingly genetically, by var. yarrabense (southeastern Asia to northern Australia), which produces intermediates with both (though their extremes do not cross where they meet in the American tropics) and cannot be dismissed as a hybrid swarm since it is reasonably uniform over a wide area where no possible parent exists. Under the system of du Rietz, Pennell and Clausen, Tryon would have had to call his lesser groups sub- species; yet he could not have called the larger ones species because they lack the required discontinuity. On the other when he complains that some are mere modifications and others equivalent to sub- species and fails to mention that an attempt (however unsuccessful he may consider it) to grade varieties on just this basis was made, he is not playing fair. 1Irmscher in Mitth. Inst. Bot. Hamburg, x. 459 (1939). 2 [n Ruopora xliii. 1-31, 37-67 (1941) (Contrib. Gray Herb. 134). 'Tryon's work was done as a candidate for the doctor's degree under my general supervision; but his taxonomy is wholly his own. 3 Hultén, Fl. Alaska in Lunds Univ. Arsskr. N. F. Avd. 2, xxxvii. no. 1, 44 (1941), has done so. 164 Rhodora [May hand, had he followed Hall’s practice, or any other using only one category below the species, he would either have had no place for his lesser, geographically distinct, groups, or would have had to put them in a single series with no indication of their relative affinities. It is sometimes difficult to distinguish be- tween the moving up and down of categories in the morphological scale attendant on splitting and Jumping and a shifting which actually disrupts the taxonomic series and diminishes its re- sponsiveness to the varied facts of nature. Pteridium and cases like it are good testing agents.! From this rather casual survey, it appears that subspecies began as a term for minor horticultural strains and that all re- cent redefinitions of it are quite as reprehensible departures from the original as are those of variety; and that, in the fifty years since its comparatively peaceful and consistent development was disturbed by the American Code, it has acquired quite as many different uses (except the horticultural) as variety. It has been all-inclusive and highly specialized; of morphological con- tent so high as to be equivalent to the Englerian subspecies and so low as scarcely to differ from the classical forma; it has been geographic and non-geographic, experimental and non-experi- mental; finally, it has achieved the ultimate ignominy of being cast into an outer darkness even blacker than that prepared for variety by the American Code. There is little here to support the contention that it has any inherent superior accuracy. 1 There are no doubt a considerable number of groups in the east-American flora in which, unless we are to disregard entirely number and kind of characters and adopt a wholly behavioristic classification—I use the adjective with apologies to the phi- losophers—degrees of relationship would be better shown by a three- or four-story system than by any simplerone. Three such groups with which I happen to be familiar are those of Dryopteris spinulosa, Acalypha virginica and Eupatorium purpureum. All are alike in that their members are obviously much more closely related to one another than to any other members of their genera and have been treated both as species and varieties by different authors in the past. In other respects, the groups are unlike. The three components of the first are geographically separated, but their ranges overlap considerably and where they do hybridization is fairly frequent. There are no very good varieties. In the second, there is no geographic and little ecological segregation, and also little crossing; two of its three members have readily recognizable geographic varieties. The third shows an intermediate condition; its four members are somewhat, but not sharply, separated geographically and ecologi- cally, there is some apparent interbreeding and there are two regional, not very strong, varieties. All the members of all three are a bit weak as species, though they have usually been treated as such by recent authors; certainly they are not coórdinate with other species of their genera. They cannot be fully accounted for by any purely geographic system, nor by any which depends at all rigidly on discontinuity; but the classical system of subspecies, variety and forma (there is some room for formae in them) puts their classification into very good order. 1942] JA Weatherby,—Subspecies 165 The zoological analogy has attracted others beside Dr. Clausen; but is it real? Is there any sound basis for uniformity of usage in vertebrate zoology and botany, or would it prove a forced and unnatural hybridization? The organisms with which the two disciplines deal are very different. It can hardly be without significance that in the best-known zoological groups the simplest series of categories has been developed, whereas the most elabo- rate series of botanical categories appears in the most intensively studied groups and floras. If there is to be correspondence, one would suppose that it would naturally be with that department of zoology which, in number of species and as yet imperfect knowledge of them, most nearly approximates the conditions in botany and which, moreover, in some of its families has the closest. biological connection with plants—namely, entomology. Those who talk largely about uniformity between botany and zoology do not mean zoology as a whole; at most they mean vertebrate zoology and more often, I suspect, no more than ornithology.! They do not tell us that zoological usage is not uniform, that the rigidly geographic, single infraspecific category of the ornithologists does not everywhere obtain. In entomology, the botanical series of subspecies, variety and form (sometimes further elaborated) is being used in the classification of Lepi- doptera and Coleoptera; in that of ants, subspecies and variety are regularly employed for different grades of variation within species. What their morphological level may be, I do not know; I am here on unfamiliar ground; but there seems no doubt that, confronted by similar conditions, the entomologists have de- veloped a system more like the botanical than that is like the ornithological.” In any case, if there is to be correspondence, why not have the vertebrate zoologists adopt the botanical way? They would gain a good deal. As to horticultural usage, it is almost enough to say that the botanist who has had the longest and closest connection with it, 1 Of the zoologophilous botanists who have come to my notice, only Coville and Clausen have been definite enough to say this; even they are silent as to entomology. 2 For chance examples of the contemporary use ot variety and of three categories (but not the term forma) in entomology, see articles by Normand & Vidal in Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique du Nord, xxx. (1938) and by Hustacbe in Bull. Mans. Soc. Linn. Lyon, x. 5 (1941). For information as to entomological usage I am indebted to Prof. C. T. Brues. 166 Rhodora [May L. H. Bailey, goes on undisturbedly using variety in his botanical work. It may be added that the horticulturalists themselves are dealing vigorously and clear-headedly with the matter.! What Dr. Clausen really asks is that we all accept the termi- nology employed by the experimental taxonomists now working in California. It is not unfair to say that this terminology is a sort of ecotypical habit, characteristic of a relatively small popu- lation isolated in the United States of America. Even so, it might be the coming thing and we might, with due adjustment of the rules, accept it if it had any organic connection with the greatly promising work its protagonists are doing—as, I hope, we shall accept the really organic term apomict for the asexual variants in ligulate Compositae? But it has no such connection; it appears, rather, to be an uncritical carrying over of Hall’s personal practice to concepts different from his and set against a different nomenclatural background. The experimental approach has, so far, wrought no revolution in taxonomy. It has, in some cases, revealed an almost terrifying complexity of forces underlying the morphological expressions we know; it has discredited, finally we hope, ill-considered split- ting; but in general, save in places where taxonomists have been uncertain, it has supported their conclusions.* It has shown that the characters of gross morphology which they, of necessity, have used, really are significant. All this is immensely valuable and, to old-fashioned taxonomists, heartening. We are familiar, under other names, with cenospecies which cannot cross with one another, with ecospecies which will hybridize weakly, with ecotypes which cross freely, given the physical opportunity, and produce series of intermediates; but hitherto there has been an element of conjecture about them. We are grateful that a foun- dation of experimentally tested fact is being built under them; we are ready to welcome any readjustments of the taxonomic structure which may be proved necessary; but we do not see that these things call for any revision of taxonomic terminology. 1 See, for instance, Stout in Amer. Journ. Bot. xxvii. 339-347 (1940) and the intro- duction to the new edition of Standardized Plant Names. 2 Stebbins’s system of treating these dead-end strains as minor units grouped around the species which they most resemble or from which they are known to have been derived seems preferable to Turesson’s treatment of them as agamic species. See Stebbins & Babcock, American Species of Crepis in Carnegie Inst. Pub. 504 (1938). 3 Cf. J. Clausen, Keck & Hiesey in Amer. Journ. Bot. xxvi. 104 (1939). 1942] Guba and Seeler, Third List of Fungi of Nantucket 167 And we wish that the experimenters had looked into this phase of the matter far enough to perceive that clarity is not only not to be achieved by a shifting of terms, but is actually hindered thereby. Insistence by the makers of the American Code on unessential details and disregard by them of majority usage, when a little yielding to it would not have harmed their major position, brought about thirty years of needless nomenclatural contro- versy. The most obvious result of a similar insistence on *'sub- species” and a like disregard for the use of it by most botanists in the past has been the unedifying spectacle of one group of taxonomists busily transferring varieties to subspecies and another group equally busy making transfers in the opposite direction—a tempest in a teapot also quite needless. All difficulty not wholly illusory would have been avoided by the simple, and one would suppose the obvious, expedient of following the rules and using variety as the term primarily to be employed for subdivisions of species. If the workers in experimental taxonomy have convinced themselves that only one infraspecific category is worth while!, so be it; if they can prove it, well and good; variety would still better serve their turn and would meet with no opposition. GRAY HERBARIUM. THIRD LIST OF FUNGI OF NANTUCKET? E. F. GuBA AND E. V. SEELER, JR. Sufficient further collections have been studied to make pos- sible a third list of fungi of Nantucket. Several specimens collected in previous years stil remain to be determined and much further work is required before the record of the fungous flora of the island can be considered fairly complete. Certain numbers of fleshy fungi appearing in this list and indicated by an asterisk are taken from a list of names submitted ! Americans, in line with previous practice in this continent, mostly use only one. So far as I have observed, Europeans, though they bave lowered more or less the morphological content of the subspecies and, in consequence, use that term more frequently than in the past, still freely employ two or three categories. ? Contribution of the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association, Div. of Natural Science, Nantucket, Mass. For the first and second lists see RHopoRA 39: 367-376, 1937, and 41: 508-520, 1939. The cost of publication is met by the Maria Mitchell Association. 168 Rhodora [May to the Nantucket Maria Mitchell Association in 1939 by Dr. Jacob E. Lange, Director, Fyns. Husmandsskole, Odense, Den- mark. Dr. Lange’s records are based on material which he collected on Nantucket in August 1927 and September 1939. Other collections and identifications mentioned in this and previ- ous lists were made by Linder (Harvard University), Diehl and Cash (United States Department of Agriculture), Rice (Wheaton College), Gilgut (Massachusetts State College) and others. The writers are most grateful to them for their collaboration. 201. ALTERNARIA SONCHI J. J. Davis. On leaves of Sonchus arvensis L. Generally present. August, 1937. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. 202. AMANITA PHALLOIDES (Bull. ex Fr.) Fr. On ground near pines south of Fair Grounds, and in Saul’s Hills. July 24, 1938. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. Quite common, and most poisonous. 203. *AMANITOPSIS STRANGULATA (Fr.) Karst. 204. *AMANITOPSIS VAGINATA (Bull.) Karst. 205. AMANITOPSIS VAGINATA (Bull) Karst. var. FULVA (Schaeff.) Sace. Hidden Forest, July 27, 1940. Coll. and det. by D. H. Linder. 206. ARCYRIA CINEREA (Bull. Pers. On decaying wood, Hidden Forest, August 5, 1988. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 207. ARCYRIA DENUDATA (L.) Wettstein. On decaying wood, Hidden Forest, August 5, 1939. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 208. ARCYRIA NUTANS (Bull.) Grev. Hidden Forest, July 27, 1940. Coll. by D. H. Linder; det. by D. P. Rogers. 209. ASCOCHYTA GRAMINICOLA Sace. On leaves of Andropogon scoparius Michx. Manifest as small, dense punctiform pyenidia on the lower surface of the leaf-blades. Same as No. 106 except for host. August 20, 1937. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. 210. AURISCALPIUM VULGARE S. F. Gray. Hydnum auri- scalpium L. ex. Fr. On fallen cones of Pinus rigida Mill. State Pines south of Fair Grounds. Sept. 5, 1939. Coll. and det. by J. E. Lange. 211. BELONIUM EUSTEGIAEFORME (B. & C.) Sace. On Spartina pectinata Link. Long Pond near Madaket Rd. May 30, 1936. Coll. by E. F. Guba; det. by E. K. Cash. 212. BOLETUS VERSIPELLIS Fr. Growing in mat of Arctosta- phylos, Saul’s Hills, about 14 mile west of Altar Rock. October 11, 1940. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by Walter H. Snell. 213. CaLopow alboniger (Peck) Seeler, n. comb. Hydnum albonigrum Peck. Rept. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 50: 110, 1897. Phellodon alboniger Banker. Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 12: 167, 1906. In mat of needles of Pinus rigida Mill. State 1942] Guba and Seeler,— Third List of Fungi of Nantucket 169 Pines south of Fair Grounds, Aug. 7, 1938. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 214. CALODON VELUTINUM (Fr.) Quélet. Hydnum velutinum _Fr. In mat of needles of Pinus rigida Mill. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Oct. 23, 1938. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 215. CANTHARELLUS AURANTIACUS (Wulf. ex Fr.) Fr. In mat of needles of Pinus strobus L. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Sept. 2, 1940. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 216. CANTHARELLUS CIBARIUS Fr. On ground, Hidden Forest, Aug. 5, 1938. Coll. by K. S. Seeler; det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 217. CANTHARELLUS CINNABARINUS Schw. On ground, Hid- den Forest, July 31, 1938. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by D. H. Linder. 218. CERATIOMYXA FRUTICULOSA (Muell. Macbride. Hidden Forest, July 27, 1940. Coll. and det. by D. H. Linder. 219. CHRYSOMYXA CASSANDRAE Tranzschel. C. cassandrae (P. & C.) Tranz. in Arthur. On Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench. Siasconset road swamp, Aug. 28, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 220. CLAVARIA CRISTATA (Holmsk.) Pers. In mat of pine needles. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, July 25, 1940. Coll. and det. by D. H. Linder. 221. *CoLLYBIA DRYOPHILA (Bull.) Fr. 222. CoLLYBIA LACERATA (Lasch ex Fr.) Fr. On dead roots of Pinus sp. near soil surface. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Aug. 11, 1940. Coll. by K. S. Seeler; det. by R. Singer. 223. *“CORDYCEPS MILITARIS Link. 224. CORTINARIUS TORVUS Fr. Hidden Forest, Aug. 5, 1938. Coll. and det. by E. F. Seeler, Jr. 225. Cryproporus voLvATUS (Peck) Hubbard. Polyporus volvatus Peck. On trunk of dead tree of Pinus rigida Mill. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, July 25, 1940. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by D. H. Linder. 226. CYPHELLA VILLOSA (Pers. ex Fr.) Karsten. On dead parts of beach grass, Ammophila breviligulata Fern. North Shore sand dunes just west of Nantucket Golf Course. Sept. 5, 1939. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 227. DAEDALIA UNICOLOR Fr. On dead Acer rubrum L. Hidden Forest, May 29, 1939. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by D. H. Linder. 228. DIATRYPELLA EUTYPOIDES Niessl. On dead branches of Ulmus americana L. Brant Point, Apr. 23, 1939. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by L. E. Wehnfyer. 229. DINEMASPORIUM GRAMINEUM Lév. On leaves of Andro- pogon scoparius Michx. Aug. 20, 1937. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. z 170 Rhodora [Max 230. EccrurA RHODOCYLIX (Lasch ex Fr.) Fr. On ground under Quercus velutina Lam. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Sept. 5, 1939. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by J. E. Lange. 231. ENTOLOMA sTRICTIUS Peck. On mat of pine needles, State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Sept. 2, 1939. Coll. by Æ. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by J. E. Lange. 232. ENTÓLOMA LINEATUM (Cke.) J. J. Davis. On leaves of Zizania aquatica L. Coll. by M. A. Rice; det. by W. W. Diehl. 233. EuROTIUM HERBARIORUM (Wigg.) Link. On pressed leaves and stems of Rubus with Gymnoconia Peckiana (Howe ex. Peck) Trotter. June 27, 1940. Coll. by M. A. Rice; det. by D. H. Linder. 234. EXIDIA GLANDULOSA (Bull.) Fr. On fallen branch, Hid- den Forest. July 27, 1940. Coll. and det. by D. H. Linder. 235. FLAMMULA PENETRANS Fr. On stumps of Pinus sp., com- mon in the fall. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Sept. 5, 1939, and often since. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by J. E. Lange. 236. Fomes ANNOSUS (Fr.) Cooke. On stump of Pinus rigida Mill. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Aug. 11, 1938. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by D. P. Rogers. 237. *GABERA HYPNORUM Fr. 238. GLOEOSPORIUM POLYGONI Dearn. & House. On living leaves of Polygonum persicaria L. with Septoria polygonorum Desm. In cultivated field along Hummock Rd. Aug. 17, 1936. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. 239. HELoTIUM SCUTULA (Pers. ex Fr.) Karsten. On fallen twig, swamp near Ram pasture. Coll. by M. A. Rice; det. by W. L. White. 240. HYMENOCHAETA CORRUGATA (Fr.) Lév. On dead branch of Acer rubrum L. Hidden Forest (1) May 30, 1936. Coll. by E. F. Guba; det. by W. W. Diehl. (2) July 27, 1940. Coll. by D. H. Linder; det. by W. L. White and D. P. Rogers. 241. HYMENOCHAETA TABACINA Sowerby ex Lév. On fallen branch, Hidden Forest, Oct. 11, 1940. Coll. by Æ. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by D. P. Rogers. 242. *HYPHOLOMA CANDOLLEANUM Fr. 243. HvsTrERIUM PULICARE Pers. On bark of Cornus florida L., Hidden Forest, May 30, 1936. Coll. by E. F. Guba; det. by E. K. Cash. 244. HySTEROGRAPHIUM PRAELONGUM (Schw.) E. & E. On dead branch of Ulmus americana L. on living tree. Brant Point, Apr. 23, 1939. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 245. HvsrEROGRAPHIUM VULVATUM (Sehw.) Saec. On twigs of Sassafras variifolium (Salisb.) Kuntze, Hidden Forest, May 31, 1936. Coll. by E. F. Guba; det. by E. K. Cash. 1942] Guba and Seeler,—Third List of Fungi of Nantucket 171 246. KuNKELIA NITENS (Schw.) Arth. III. On Rubus sp. Old Dump, Nantucket, July 3, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. Short cycle by germination. See No. 39 for long cycle. 247. LACCARIA LACCATA (Scop. ex Fr.) Berk. & Br. Growing in mat of pine needles, State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Sept. 16, 1940. Coll. by K. S. Seeler; det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 248. LACTARIUS THEIOGALUS (Bull. ex Fr.) Fr. In mat of pine needles; common. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, Sept. 5, 1939. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by J. E. Lange. 249. *LEPIOTA UMBONATA (Schum.) Lange. 250. *LEPIOTA LUTEA (Bolt.) Quél. 251. LoPHODERMIUM JUNIPERINUM (Fr.) de Not. (Immature). On leaves of Juniperus virginiana L. Siasconset Rd., May 30, 1936. Coll. by E. F. Guba; det. by E. K. Cash. 252. *MARASMIUS ANDROSACEUS (L.) Fr. 253. MELANCONIUM TYPHAE Pk. On dead stems of Typha latifolia L. Border of Long Pond near Madaket Rd. and along Miacomet Pond, May 30, 1936. Coll. by E. F. Guba; det. by J. A. Stevenson. 254. *FMUTINUS BOVINUS Morg. 255. *MYCENA ALCALINA Fr. 256. MYCENA SANGUINOLENTA (Ars. ex Fr.) Fr. In mat of pine needles; common. A small delicate mushroom with red juice in the stem. State Pines south of Fair Grounds. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr., det. by J. E. Lange. 257. NUMMULARIA MICROPLACA (B. & C.) Cke. On dead branches of Sassafras variifolium (Salisb.) Kuntze, Hidden Forest, May 1936. Coll. by E. F. Guba; det. by W. W. Diehl. 258. NvcTALIS ASTEROPHORA Fr. This is a small sturdy mushroom which grows on top of the large funnel-shaped Russula delica Fr. so common and pushing up patches of the pine needle mat. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, July 25, 1940. Coll. by D. H. Linder; det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 259. Panus stipticus Fr. On bark of Quercus sp., Coskata Woods, August 7, 1940. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 260. PEZICULA AUSTRALIS Rehm. On bark of dead Gleditsia triacanthos L., ‘‘Harp-O-the-Winds”’, Wauwinet Rd., June 25, 1938. Coll. by E. V. Seeler, Jr.; det. by J. Walton Groves. (This determination is tentative until the fungus can be grown in culture as this is a new host.) 261. PHAEOBULGARIA INQUINANS (P. ex Fr.) Seaver. Bulgaria polymorpha (Oeder ex Fr.) Wettstein. In logs of Quercus sp. shipped from Mattapoisett, Mass., Steamboat Wharf and Island Service Co. yard, Aug. 16, 1937. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 262. PHYLLACHORA GRAMINIS (P. ex Fr.) Fckl. On stems and leaves of Ammophila breviligulata Fernald (see Nos. 160 and 161), 172 Rhodora [May south end of Madaket Rd., May 30, 1936. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. 263. PHYLLACHORA GRAMINIS (P. ex Fr.) Fekl. On Andropogon virginicus L. in field at Polpis, Sept. 29, 1936. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. 264. PHYLLACHORA GRAMINIS (P. ex Fr.) Fekl. with Puccinia peridermispora (Ellis & Tr.) Arth. On Spartina alterniflora Loisel. var. glabra (Muhl.) Fern., Long Pond Shore near ocean, August, 1940. Coll. by M. A. Rice; det. by E. F. Guba. 265. PHYLLACHORA TRIFOLI (P. ex Fr.) Fekl. On living leaves of Trifolium hybridum L. Waste places, Siasconsct, August 18, 1936. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. 266. PHYLLOSTICTINA PALLIDIOR (Pk.) Petrak & Syd. On leaves of Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf., Coatue, Aug. 1940. Coll. by M. A. Rice; det. by E. F. Guba. . 267. PHRAGMIDIUM SPECIOSUM (Fr.) Cke. On living leaves of Rosa virginiana Mill. Madaket. June 25, 1936. Coll. by G. Wyatt; det. by E. F. Guba. 268. PoLyporus ninsuTUS (Wulf.) Fr. On dead branches of Myrica carolinensis Mill. Hummock Rd., May 30, 1936. Coll. by KE. F. Guba; det. by W. W. Diehl. 269. *PLuTEUS CERVINUS (Schaeff.) Fr. 270. *PSATHYRA FIBRILLOSA (Pers.) Fr. 271. *PsILOCYBE ELONGATA (Pers.) Fr. 272. PUCCINIA BOLLEYANA Saccardo O., I. On Sambucus canadensis L. June 24, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 273. PucciNIA caricis (Schum.) Sehroet. I. On leaves of Ribes oxyacanthoides L. ''uckernuck Island, Aug. 14, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 274. PuccINIA CONVOLVULI (Pers.) Cast. II, III. On Convol- vulus arvensis L. Lily Pond Swamp, Aug. 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 275. PUCCINIA CORONATA Cda. II, III. On leaves and stems of Avena sativa L. See No. 173. Polpis Rd. and in field along Hummock Pond Rd. Aug. 1939. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 276. PucciNIA coronata Cda. II, III. On leaves of Holcus lanatus L. Sept. 1936. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. 277. Puccinia omrEGENS Tul. O, II, III. On Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. Lily St., June 19, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 278. PUCCINIA PERIDERMISPORA (Ellis. & Tr.) Arth. II, III, with Phyllachora graminis (P. ex Fr.) Fekl. On Spartina al- terniflora Loisel. var. glabra (Muhl.) Fern. Edge of Long Pond, Madaket Rd., Aug. 1936. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. Long Pond, shore near ocean, Aug. 1940. Coll. by M. A. Rice; det. by E. F. Guba. 1942] Guba and Seeler,—Third List of Fungi of Nantucket 173 279. PUCCINIA PROSERPINACAE (B. & C.) Farl. II, III. On Proserpinaca palustris L. Tuckernuck. Aug. 14, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 280. PUCCINIA vioLAE (Schum.) D. C. II, III. On Viola blanda Willd. Long Pond Shore, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 281. RAMULARIA LANCEOLATA Dearn. & House. On living leaves of Plantago lanceolata L. Along roadside, Siasconset, Aug. 17, 1936. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. 282. *RuUSSULA AERUGINEA Lindblad. 283. *RUSSULA MAIREI Singer = R. fragilis (Pers.) Fr. 284. *RUSSULA PARAZUREA J. Schaffer. 285. Russuta DELICA Fr. A very common large funnel- shaped mushroom which pushes up under the mat of pine needles. State Pines south of Fair Grounds, July 29, 1938. Coll. by Æ. V. Seeler, Jr., det. by J. E. Lange. 286. RussuLA FOETANS Pers. Hidden Forest, July 31, 1938. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 287. SCLERODERMA LYCOPERDOIDES Schw. On ground in garden, 20 Orange St., July 28, 1938. Coll. and det. by Æ. V. Seeler, Jr. 288. SELENOPHOMOPSIS JUNCEA (Mont.) Petrak. On stems of Cytisus scoparius Link. Madaket Rd., May 30, 1937. Coll. by E. F. Guba; det. by E. K. Cash. Not previously reported from the United States. 289. SEPEDONIUM CHRYSOSPERMUM (Bull) Link ex Fr. Parasitic on Strobilomyces strobilaceus (Scop.) Berk. State Pines, south of Fair Grounds, Aug. 10, 1940. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. This forms a powdery mass of golden yellow spores on decaying Boleti. : 290. STEREUM OCHRACEO-FLAVUM Schw. On stems of Myrica carolinensis Mill. killed by fire, Madaket Rd., east of Long Pond, Aug. 30, 1937. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 291. SYNCHYTRIUM AUREUM Schröter. On Hydrocotyle um- bellata L. 1940. Coll. by M. A. Rice; det. by D. H. Linder. 292. TRAMETES SUAVEOLENS (L.) Fr. On Salix sp. Hidden Forest, May 30, 1936. Coll. and det. by J. H. Crowell. ^/ 293. TRAMELLA LUTESCENS Pers. On dead branch of Acer rubrum L. Hidden Forest, July 27, 1940. Coll. by D. H. Linder; det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. 204. TRICHOLOMA NUDUM (Bull. ex. Fr.) Fr. Hidden Forest, October 11, 1940. Coll. and det. by E. V. Seeler, Jr. A very beautiful all violet mushroom. 295. UROMYCES ACUMINATUS Arth. II, III, with Claviceps purpurea (Fr.) Tul. On leaves and stems of Spartina alterniflora Loisel. var. pilosa (Merr.) Fern. Oct. 1, 1936. Coll. and det. by FE. F. Guba. 174 Rhodora [May 296. Uromyces ari-triphylli (Schw.) Seeler, n. comb. Aecidium caladii Schw. Schr. Nat. Ges. Leipsig 1: 69. 1822. Puccinia ari- triphylli Schw. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. II. 4: 297. 1834. Uromy- ces caladii (Schw.) Farl. in Arthur p. 214. The specific epithet caladii 1s invalid because it was not based on the teleutospore stage. Internat. Rules Bot. Nomen. 3 ed. Art. 57. For further synonymy see works of Farlow, Arthur and Sydow. On Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Schott. Abnecount’s Island, Nantucket, July 6, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 297. UROMYCES FABAE (Pers.) de Bary. II, III. On Vicia sativa L. Siasconset roadside, July 26, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 298. UnoMvcEs HOUSTONIATUS (Schw.) Sheldon. III. On Sisyrinchium atlanticum Bicknell. Quidnet, Aug. 7, 1939. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 299. UnoMvcEs HOUSTONIATUS (Schw.) Sheldon. O, I. On Houstonia caerulea L. Coleman’s Bird Sanctuary, June 27, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 300. UroMycrs HYPERICI (Spreng.) Curt. O, I, II. On Hy- pericum adpressum Bart. Along border of pond. Aug. 1939. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. See No. 97. 301. UROMYCES HYPERICI (Spreng. Curt. O, I, II. On Hypericum virginicum L. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. Also Tuckernuck Island, Aug. 14, 1940. Coll. and det. by M. A. Rice. 302. VENTURIA INAEQUALIS (Cke.) Aderh. On leaves and fruits of Pyrus malus L. Ash Street, Aug. 1940. Coll. and det. by E. F. Guba. Host Inpex, PART III Acer rubrum L. 227, 240, 293 Juniperus virginiana L. 251 A hila breviligulata Fernald. 226,262. a EEE Myrica carolinensis Mill. 268, 290 A eR séópanN Mios. AN Pinus rigida Mill. 210, 225, 236 Andropogon virginicus L. 263 Pinus sp. 222, 235 E 4 Plantago lanceolata L. 281 Anema triphyllum (L.) Schott. Polygonum persicaria L. 238 . Proserpinaca palustris L. 279 Avena sativa L. 272. Pyrus malus L. 302 Chamaedaphne calyculata (L.) Moench. 219 Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. 277 Convolvulus arvensis L. 274 Cornus florida L. 243 Cytisus scoparius Link. 288 Gleditsia triacanthos L. 260 Holcus lanatus L. 276 Houstonia caerulea L. 299 Hydrocotyle umbellata L. 291 Hypericum adpressum Bart. 300 Hypericum virginicum L. 301 Quercus velutina Lam. 230 Quercus sp. 259, 261 Ribes oxyacanthoides L. 273 Rosa virginiana Mill. 267 Rubus sp. 233, 246 Russula delica Fr. 258 Salix sp. 292 Sambucus canadensis L. 272 Sassafras variifolium (Salisb.) Kuntze. 245, 257 Sisyrinchium atlanticum Bicknell. 298 1942] Whelden,—Notes on New England Algae 175 Host Inpex, PART III—Continued Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf. 266 Trifolium hybridum L. 265 Sonchus arvensis L. 201 Typha latifolia L. 253 Spartina alterniflora Loisel, var. glabra (Muhl.) Fern. 264, 278 Ulmus americana L. 228, 244 Spartina alterniflora Loisel., var. pilosa (Merr.) Fern. 295 Vicia sativa L. 297 Spartina pectinata Link. 211 Viola blanda Willd. 280 Strobilomyces strobilaceus (Scop.) Berk. 289 Zizania aquatica L. 232 DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, MASSACHUSETTS STATE COLLEGE FarLtow HERBARIUM OF CnvPTOGAMIC BOTANY, HARVARD UNIVERSITY CONTRIBUTION FROM THE LABORATORIES OF CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY AND THE FARLOW HERBARIUM, HARVARD ||. UNIVERSITY.—NO. 196 NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND ALGAE II. SOME INTERESTING NEw HAMPSHIRE ALGAE Roy M. WHELDEN That the many and varied bodies of fresh water of New Hampshire should yield rich collections of algae may be antici- pated from the frequency with which early American algologists described such plants. Often however the abundance of species and forms encountered in a single pond far surpasses one’s ex- pectations, especially when the examination is exhaustively thorough. Among ponds yielding rich returns, Downing Pond in the town of New Durham offers much of particular interest to a student of the algae. Formed at least in part by the damming of a river, raising the water level several feet, this pond covers an area of perhaps 200 acres, over the greater part of which the depth of water is not more than 10 feet. The sandy bottom of the shallower portions, overlaid with a thin layer of fine ooze, is covered with an abundance of Potamogeton, Vallisneria, Bra- senia, Castalia and other plants, among which occurs an abund- ance of Utricularia. In the deeper portions there are many specimens of Nitella flexilis growing on a coarse gravel bottom. Throughout the summer months all this submerged vegetation, -as well as such twigs and logs as occur, are commonly thickly covered with an ooze of algae. The water itself is rich in plankton 176 Rhodora [May material, which is not considered in this paper. Many of the algae persist undiminished in numbers until late in the fall and even the coldest weather of the winter does not cause all of them to disappear. While extensive observations have been made throughout several years, the observations herein reported are based on material gathered and examined in August, then preserved by formalin and studied exhaustively as opportunity offered. They comprise considerations of several algae which differ notably from previously known material from this region or whose occurrence has been rarely cited. THE GENUS STAURASTRUM Desmids were very well represented in all collections made from this pond, the various genera being proportionately equally well represented. About 30 species of Staurastrum were found in large numbers, most of them being species of larger than aver- age size for the genus. Among these, one of the most frequently encountered in all material was Staurastrum Arctiscon (Ehrenb.) Lund., and occurring even more abundantly than the species was the variety truncatum Irénée-Marie. (Fia. 4.) In the hundreds of specimens examined some slight variations were noted: by far the greater number of them were noticeably larger than those described by Irénée, the length (processes excluded) ranging from 90-122 y. (processes included, from 155-196 u); the breadth (proc- esses excluded) was 60—75 y. (processes included, the breadth was 133-162 u); the breadth of the isthmus 30-42 u. The other most noticeable variation was found in the nature of the ends of the bifureated processes. lrénée characterizes the variety in part by the lack of spines (“pointes”) at the ends of the processes. In the New Hampshire material this is equally characteristic of a great many of the specimens, but not all. Many have three well- developed acute spines 2-3 w long at the apex of each arm of the process. The relative dimensions of the cell body and the length and amount of divergence of the processes also show considerable variation. This variety is not infrequently encountered in other parts of New Hampshire, as well as in western Maine, but in no other station have I found it so plentiful as in the present one. 1942] Whelden,—Notes on New England Algae 177 Staurastrum longispinum (Bail) Arch. was another species found in some abundance. Among the specimens were some which differed from the type in having three equally large spines (30 u long) in a vertical row at one, two or all three angles of a semicell. No specimens were observed in which all the angles of the cell were so armed. THe GENUS MICRASTERIAS The genus Micrasterias is conspicuously present in nearly all collections from this pond, with M. foliacea Bailey the most abundant in numbers, and in filaments often nearly a millimeter long, but rather fragile and easily broken. Fifteen species have appeared in the various gatherings, most of them rather abund- antly. Among the rarer ones is M. Johnsonii W. & G. S. West. In 1897 the Wests described this species of Micrasterias from Florida. It is characterized by very deep incisions, by the occur- rence of two very long spines terminating each division of the lateral lobes, by having one long straight spine from each angle of the polar lobes and by the presence of a row of very fine spines within the margins of the several lobes. The dimensions of the species were given as 270 u long, 275 u broad, with the apical lobe 26 u and an isthmus 30 u broad. Taylor (1935) described a variety bipapillata from Newfound- land. This variety has shorter spines terminating the lateral lobes, is quite devoid of intramarginal spines and has two mam- milate-subaculeate projections on each side of the apical margin of the polar lobe. The variety is somewhat smaller than the species, the length being 250 u and breadth 240 y. Salisbury (1936) described from Florida, as Micrasterias ranoides, an alga quite similar to the species, but lacking intra- marginal spines and having the polar lobe about one half the width of the cell. The dimensions were: length 208-269 u; breadth 202-254 w; thickness 45-50 u, apex 102-108 y. and isth- mus 21-23 y broad. Krieger (1939) reduced this to variety ranoides of M. Johnsonit. To these there must now be added another variety which has much in common with the two above. Like them the surface of the cell lacks completely any ornamentation of intramarginal spines. Unlike them, each lateral lobe ends in two fairly stout 178 Rhodora [May and usually rather blunt spines that are 17-25 u long and strongly diverging. The polar lobe is broadly obcuneate, widening rapidly in its distal third to a breadth of 90-115 u. The apical margin of this lobe is usually quite deeply indented in the middle. The exterior angle of the polar lobe ends in a long coarse spine; near this, on the apical margin there is a second spine which may be equal in size to that of the regular spine, but is often much smaller and may be completely missing in one or both the angles of one or both polar lobes. In some specimens the surface of the spines and even of the adjacent part of the lobe is gently and irregularly undulate. (Fia. 5a). In size this variety varies somewhat, but is generally some- what larger than any of the previously named forms. I describe this as: MICRASTERIAS JOHNSONII, var. novae-angliae, var. nov. Fia. 5. Differt a typo membrana sine spinis, et apicibus lob. polaris spinis uno vel duobus acutis armatis. Cellulis 280—348 u long., 270- 323 u lat.; isthmo 19-30 y lat., lob. polaribus 93-116 gy lat. THE GENUS COSMARIUM Considering the large number of described species of Cos- marium, the genus appears to be very poorly represented in this pond, only two dozen species having so far been found in any quantity. Of these, C. ovale Ralfs, C. Eloiseanum Wolle, C. Quinarium Lund. & C. margaritatum (Lund.) Roy and Biss. are most frequent. Equally abundant and rather more inter- esting are the frequently encountered specimens of Cosmarium contractum var. papillatum W. & G. S. West. In the New Hampshire specimens however the cells, while very variable in size, have all much larger dimensions than given by others, having cell length 90-123 u, cell breadth (without papillae) 62- 96 u; cell thickness 48-55 u; breadth of isthmus, 19.5-26 u; length of papillae 2-8 u. Cell dimensions given by others are: length 73 u; breadth 51 w; thickness 44 u, breadth of isthmus 20 u, length of papillae 2-3 u. (Fig. 3, a & b). 180 Rhodora [May THE GENUS SPINOCLOSTERIUM Spinoclosterium curvatum Bernard. |Closterioides spinosus Prescott.| In 1909 Charles Bernard deseribed an alga collected in large ponds in the botanie garden at Singapore. He placed it in the new genus Spinoclosterium, close to Closterium, but readily dis- tinguished from the latter by the presence of a single large spine terminating each apex of the cell. In all other details the plant is like Closterium, having a smooth wall, distinct large vacuoles containing several granules each, and a single large chloroplastid in each semi-cell. The plastid seemed to have six radiating bands, with many pyrenoids apparently serially distributed in the bands. His species, designated curvatum, measured 120- 144 u between apices, 150-170 u along the concave, and 240- 275 u along the convex side. It was 47—52 y. broad, with apical spines 15-24 y. long and 5-7 u broad at base. The spines were quite noticeably curved. In 1937 Prescott, presumably unaware of Bernard's paper, re- corded as Closterioides spinosus certain Closterium-like algae from Michigan. His species was distinguished by a smooth colorless cell wall, cells slightly attenuated to broadly rounded poles, each of which bears a single stout spine. There are two plastids per cell, each with 2-3 longitudinal regions showing pyrenoids in 3 or 4 irregular series; the cells measured 140—148 y between apices, were 58-62 y broad, and had spines 4.5 11.5 y. long. Subsequently Prescott, (1940) haviag seen living cells, considered them sufficiently distinct to warrant separation from Closterium, and very close to Bernard's Spinoclosterium curvatum. Since his plants are slightly stouter, bear stouter and longer spines, and have a distinct swelling of the apices, he separates them as Spinoclosterium curvatum var. spinosum. It is quite probable that this alga is not quite so rare as the infrequency _ with which it has been observed would suggest. I have seen many " specimens collected from a marshy pond in Maine. There many of them were infected with a small fungus which had completely destroyed all normal cell content: those which escaped infection were so densely packed with food reserves as to obscure quite thoroughly the plastid structure. In the New Hampshire col- 1942] Whelden,—Notes on New England Algae 181 lections on which this report is based Spinoclosterium cells are not truly rare. However it is evident that they occur either singly or at most in small groups of two or three individuals and so may be easily overlooked unless systematie search is made. Then they turn up frequently. All those seen have been very strongly curved, the outer margin much more so than the inner. Tapering is very gradual from the center of the cell to a point a few microns from the apex, at which point a very abrupt narrowing occurs, culminating at the base of the spine. In some specimens there is a slight bulging of the outer margin of the cell Just before this contraction point, causing the cell to appear distinctly swollen at this point (Fig. 2a). This swelling may appear only at one end of a cell, or at both, and is frequently entirely lacking. The strong spine which terminates the cell end 1s usually quite straight (Fras. 2a, d, e) although specimens having one (Fra. 2c) or both spines (Fia. 2b) quite distinctly curved outward are not rare. The chloroplastids are composed of five longitudinal plates each having a row of 6-10 pyrenoids. A large vacuole is present at each end of the cell, but in only a few of my specimens (all from preserved material) was there any indication of granules within the vacuole. In these there were 10-14 small granules present. All specimens were quite uniform in size, measuring 144—160 u between the apices of the spines, 54-61 y in diameter at the broadest part and having spines 17-20 u long. Fra. 2. THE GENUS PENIUM Specimens of the genus Penium are not common in this station: P. spirostriolatum Barker and P. margaritaceum (Ehrenb.) Bréb. are found infrequently, and P. rufescens Cleve rarely. One which occurs quite rarely seems best considered a variety of P. margaritaceum, characterized by the presence of many papillae over the entire surface of the cell excepting a narrow band at the isthmus, and the central portion of the apical surface. "These papillae are 2-3.5 u long, and arranged either irregularly or less frequently in vaguely delineated longitudinal rows. I desig- nate these plants as: [May Rhodora 182 1942] Whelden,—Notes on New England Algae 183 PENIUM MARGARITACEUM (Ehrenb.) Bréb. var. papilliferum, var. nov. Penium membrana papillifera, papillis irregulariter dispersis vel lineis ordinatis; cell. 150 y long.; Papillis 2-3.5 y. longit. Fig. 1. MICROCHAETE vs. LEPTOBASIS The blue-green algae are found in wide variety in this pond, but usually only in rather small numbers. Periodically excep- tions occur, some form becoming extremely abundant for a short time, as occurs during the last two or three weeks of August, or early September, when Nostoc planctonicum becomes a dominant and conspicuous plant in the upper 2-3 feet of water. Among those species which appear to occur regularly but never in any quantity is a species of Microchaete which seems worthy of some comment. All specimens that were observed were growing on the submerged stems or leaf sheaths of various phanenogams; the lower part of the filament of the Microchaete being usually, but not invariably, close pressed thereto. They are found in small groups composed of 3-16 filaments, the free ends of which may stand erect and nearly parallel, (Fra. 6d) or may spread in a group of widely divergent strands, (Fra. 6e) mostly 300-600 u long, but infrequently reaching more than 1 mm. Each trichome is surrounded by a firm colorless sheath 1.3-2.0 y thick in its thickest part. Asa rule the sheaths are unstratified, but several groups of filaments were observed in which all or nearly all of the sheaths were composed of two or three very distinct strata which faded out only towards the apex of the filament, where the sheaths became very much thinner. One of the most noticeable characteristics of the sheaths was in their dimensions. The greater number of them showed a very evident increase in diam- eter from the base upwards: (Fra. 6a) measurements taken at 100 u intervals of one filament are as follows—11.5, 13, 15, 15, 17, 17, 17, 17.5, 18, 19, 22 u. Other filaments, often in the same group as those with increasing diameters, are either isodiametric (Fra. 6c), or else may even show a slight decrease as in one case from 16.5 to 15 y. The trichomes likewise show considerable variation, both in dimensions and in the nature of the component cells. In the filament whose increasing dimensions are given above the cor- responding dimensions of the trichome increase from a basal 184 Rhodora [May 9.5 u to a maximum of 12.5 at the apex of the trichome, which ended nearly 300 u below the end of the sheath. The dimensions of the trichome in the other sheath mentioned above decreased from 12.5 to 11.5 u. The smallest trichome diameter measured was 7 w, in a sheath 11 wu in diameter: this same filament was 15 u broad at the apex, with the trichome 11.5 w at its apex. The shape of the cells composing the trichomes varied from base to apex. The cells of the basal portion were rectangular in optical section and varied in length from 0.6-1.6 times as long as broad: in this portion of the plant there was none or only a very slight constriction of the trichome at the dissepiments. These relative dimensions might obtain nearly throughout the trichome, but in many cases the cells of the central portion were conspicuously longer, being up to 2 times as long as broad, and seldom less than 1.2 times as long: here constrictions were rarely evident. Near the apex of the trichome the cells were much shorter, 0.6-0.9 times as long as broad, and so obviously constricted that they oc- casionally appeared like beads (Fias. 6a, b, c). The cell contents are usually very uniformly homogeneous. In many cases how- ever the apical cells of the filament were prominently vesiculate (Fra. 6b). In a few instances, filaments were seen in which the cells contained many small vacuoles, possibly a consequence of the condition of those cells at the time of preservation. Heterocysts were both basal and intercalary. The basal heterocysts were mostly subspherical and 9.5 to 12.5 w in diam- eter (Fra. 6a, b, c); a few were somewhat flattened, being 11-13 u broad and 7.5-9 u long. Intercalary heterocysts were cylindrical and 9-21 u long (Fra. 6, a, c). No other types of cells were ob- served, nor was any sign of branching noted. The identifieation of this plant offered certain problems. Microchaete comprises those algae in which a single trichome, rarely branched, is included in a distinct sheath usually homo- geneous but in a few species distinctly stratified, the sheath either of uniform diameter throughout or slightly narrowed to- wards the apex. The filaments grow attached to various sub- strates, either singly or in small groups. Basal and less frequently interealary heterocysts occur, as well as akinetes. With the genera Aulosira and Hormothamnion, Microchaete makes up the family Microchaetaceae. 1942] Whelden,—Notes on New England Algae 185 Elenkin (1915) described the genus Leptobasis, the only genus in the family Leptobasaceae, characterized principally by the distinct widening of the filament towards the apex. There is also usually a distinct narrowing of the filament in the basal portion, but the greater part of the filament is of uniform diameter. Basal and rarely intercalary heterocysts occur. The separation of this family from the Microchaetaceae seems often to be a matter of some doubt. In Leptobasis there is one species L. crassa (G. S. West) Geitler, originally described by G. S. West as Microchaete crassa. This plant, occurring at 2600 m. in the Eastern Andes mountains, had filaments 13-16 y. broad, slightly narrowed at the base and not widened upwards, colorless un- stratified sheaths, and grew in small groups of slightly bent filaments. The basal cells of the trichome were rather longer than broad, 9-10.5 y in diameter, whereas those near the apex were 12-13 y in diameter and rather shorter than broad. There were no constrictions at the cross walls. The spherical hetero- cysts were mostly basal and 9—10.5 u in diameter. Certainly there was little which justified removing the species from Mi- crochaete to a position in Leptobasis. Two species of Microchaete need now be considered. These are M. uberrima N. Carter, found in rice fields of India, and M. calothrichoides Hansgirg, in standing water in Prater in Vienna. Miss Carter's species is characterized by its filaments of uniform diameter 16-18 gu throughout, with firm brown sheath around a trichome 10-14 u in diameter. She also describes a form minor with filaments 9-11 u broad and trichomes 6.5-8 u. This at once suggests that there may be considerable variation in size in species of this genus. M. calothrichoides has filaments 10-16 u (-20 u) broad, occurring singly or in small groups, the latter forming a dull gray-green layer of straight or bent strands. The sheaths are thick, stratified, often more or less encrusted, and colorless. Cells at the base of the filament are 6-8 u broad and !4-1 times as long, with distinct constrictions at the eross-walls. The basal heterocysts are egg-shaped to elongate—ellipsoidal, 6-8 u broad. No other of the described species seems to approach in char- acter the New Hampshire plant. In size it could well be placed in either species, though it tends to be distinctly larger than M. calothrichoides: the shape of the cells and the size and shape of 186 Rhodora [May the basal heterocysts equally serve to distinguish it from this species. The most conspicuous distinction between it and Leptobasis crassa is found in the distinctly constricted filaments of the former. The slightly larger average dimensions of the filament and equally slightly smaller dimensions of the trichome are not sufficient to set it off. It therefore seems justifiable to identify it as Microchaete crassa G. S. West (= Leptobasis crassa (G. S. West) Geitler), while notiag specifically the fact that there is a distinct increase in the diameter from base to apex in the majority of the filaments. The great variability in the form of the filaments in this species throws doubt on the basis on which Leplobasis is established; it is better to place its species in the genus Microchaete, where they may be distinguished as a sub- genus. Following DeToni (Noterelle di nomenclatura algologica VIII. Terzo elenco di Missoficee omonime. 1936) this alga should be Fremyella crassa (G. S. West) DeToni. DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES Fia. 1 and details of Fics. 2, 3, 5 and 6 are all drawn to scale b; All others are drawn to scale a. 1. PENTIUM MARGARITACEUM (Ehrenb.) Bréb. var. PAPILLIFERUM, var. nov. 2. SPINOCLOSTERIUM CURVATUM Bernard.